05年高考评估06年高考预测备考研讨会
全国统一卷(英语)近五年难度走势解析
成都盐道街中学 熊开国
从2004年开始,全国普通高考实行“统一考试”分省命题。在此之前,北京、上海、内蒙、安徽即已开始地区性命题。包括四川省在内的十三个省、地区在2004年和2005年仍使用全国统一试卷。
全国英语高考统一试卷是由国家教育部全国考试中心命制的。分析和研究自2000年到2005年全国统一卷命题的方向和试卷设制的难度,可以帮助我们明确2006年四川省高考英语科试卷命题的方向、了解各大题和全卷难度的要求,从而制定出科学的复习计划、正确选择复习资料,更大面积提高复习效果。
全国高考英语科试卷的难度系数多年维持在5.1——5.3这个区间。假定5.2为平均难度值,以2000年为起始点,通过对近6年英语统一卷的分析,我们发现,全国统一卷难度如图所示,呈稳中有降的趋势:
(注:5.2为平均难度系数,数字越大,难度越小,反之难度越大)
2005年全国卷难度的下降,其主要原因为:
1、单项检测中的主要考项,即对语法的检测,近年来逐渐摈弃了偏、难、怪题,强调了运用,突出了基础。这一变化已经对中学英语教学起到了积极的正确导向作用,2005年全国卷保持了这一趋势。因此,这一趋势在短时期内不会有大的变化。
2、2005年全国卷(包括I,II,III卷)较大幅度地降低了完形填空题的难度。这是2005年全国卷难度有较大幅度降低的主要原因。这一变化是否对将来产生影响,值得我们研究。
2006年四川省自主命题英语科试卷的难度将会如何,这是所有高中英语教师所关注的问题。经过对近年来全国卷的仔细分析、结合我国教育改革发展的大背景、大形势来考虑,我们认为,四川省2006年自主命题英语科高考卷的命制,其难度将位于2005年试卷难度的水平之上。
语言知识基础训练
全国普通高等学校招生统一考试,从1987年起到1990年为止,英语考题重在语法知识考查,而对考生的阅读理解能力要求略低。1991年至1995年,英语高考题减少了短文改错的考分。从1996年到2000年,减少了语言知识单项填空和短文改错的考分。从2001年至2005年,除个别省市的自主命题而外,英语高考试题的考点分布大致都呈相同的的格局:听力测试30分,完形填空和阅读理解共计6篇短文合计70分,书面表达25分,语言知识单项填空与短文改错大多合计为25分。简言之,几经改进的英语高考试题,合理淡化了对单纯语言知识(尤其是语法术语思维)的要求,明显提高了对考生运用英语听力和阅读能力、捕捉语义信息并能较快而准确地分析、筛选和使用信息能力的考查。从某种意义上说,英语高考试题更多地具备了TOEFL考题的基本特征,可视为引导今后英语高考命题的经典。
如果说,在2004年高考之前,部分师生对英语高考的应试离不开大量演练所谓“仿真”、“模拟”试题的话,那么,随着2004年15套高考英语试题和2005年17套高考英语试题的出现,情况已发生了根本变化。
从四川省中学英语教学的实际出发,暂不考虑近年上海市的英语高考试题。对四川省2006年的高中毕业生而言,现在已经有至少30套英语高考试题可供借鉴。仅以语言知识单项填空题为例,我们已有合乎国家考试中心要求标准的英语语言知识单项填空题共计495个。这是2006级考生必不可少的应试资源。
已经基本稳定的英语高考试题本身鲜明的示范性和统一性,决定了高考全真试题作为经典的不可代替性。深入研究全真试题证明:英语高考试题不论是全国统一试卷还是分省自主命题,其编制体例、命题思想与定位测试决不是散漫、随意的“布朗运动”,而是有明显的考点轨迹可寻。两年32套高考试题的大量考点重复地说明:高三复习阶段仍然沉偭于“食不厌精,脍不厌细”,追求高大全、偏难怪的语言知识专题训练,忽视听、读、写的复习方式已经过时,而且是低效、有害的。因此,必须重视研究作为经典的英语高考试题中出现的常考点和考试热点,方能收到事半功倍的效果。这正应了一句英文谚语:The best way of learning is to learn from the best.
重视回顾与研究近年英语高考全真试题的经典内容,认识语言知识单项填空题的难度,考频和得分权重,定能悟得命题的真谛,掌握应试谋略、解题思路,最后能以“庖丁解牛,游刃有余”的本领,满怀信心地夺取2006年四川省高考英语自主命题卷的优异考绩。
近
5
年
33
套
高
考
题
语言知识考查题数
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
冠
词
形容词与副词
名词的词义与数
主谓语的一致性
代
词
It的用法与强调结构
谓语的时态和语态
动词与短语动词的词义
非谓语动词
情态动词
虚拟语气
等立连接词的词义
介词与短语介词
名词性从句
定语从句
状语从句
语
序
倒装句
交际情景用语
其他短语词组
04共
15套
230
14
11
3
4
13
10
31
29
26
13
1
8
13
8
11
13
9
5
23
20
05共
17套
265
10
10
5
3
12
6
32
24
29
16
1
9
7
12
13
12
6
9
18
10
总计
32套
495
24
21
8
7
25
16
63
53
55
29
2
17
20
20
24
25
15
14
41
30
注明:凡一题考查涉及不止一个知识点的,本表选句做了必要的重复统计。
思考:从近两年全国统一试卷和各省自主命题的考点分布表认识高考题的语言知识考题特点,并预测2006年四川省高考英语自主命题中“语言知识单项填空题”的考点趋向与难易程度。
一.冠词
从2001年至2003年,全国高考的英语语言知识单项填空题中,直接考查冠词有3个小题,2004年15套高考题中直接考查到的有14个小题,2005年17套高考题仅考冠词单选题10个。冠词考题减少变浅,考点后移到“短文改错”和考生容易发生语感型和过失性失分的“书面表达”之中。
冠词用法过于复杂之处会使其母语国家的人也会出错。英国语言学家Michael Swan在其所著“Practical English Usage ”一书中指出冠词使用妙诀有三:遇到复数名词或不可数名词,泛指时不可用“the”;遇到单数可数名词,第一次提到用“a”或“an”;再次提到时用“the”;谈论人的职业或工作且不是唯一职务的时候多用“a”或“an”。
英语冠词用法十分复杂,细节例外也很多。但是,作为基础英语能力水平测试,并未超出初中英语所学范畴。历年英语全国统考试题和各省市自主命题都降低了对冠词考查的难度。这一点我们将在经典试题精解中加以证明。
冠词是汉语中没有对等形式的一种虚词,放在名词的前面,读音为“冠”(guàn)实则为“冠”(guān)首先是作名词的“帽子”。帮助说明名词的含义。冠词分不定冠词和定冠词两种。“a”是不定冠词,用在首个音标为辅音音标的可数名词单数之前,如 a book, a man;“an”也是不定冠词,用在首个音标为元音音标的可数名词单数之前,如an old woman, an hour 等。“the”是定冠词。
不定冠词的用法:
1.泛指人或事物的某一种类,这是不定冠词a (an) 的基本用法。如:
The (A) horse was a useful animal to farmers in some remote countryside in the old days.
2.指某人或某物,但不具体说明何人或何物。如:
Hi, John. A Mr. Smith is waiting for you at the school gate.
3.表示数量,有“一”的意思,但数的概念没有“one”强烈。如:
Most children nowadays have a brother or a sister, and they have only one, and no more.
4.用于某些固定词组中,如:
a bit, a few, a little, a lot of, a piece of , a cup of, a glass of, a pile of , a quantity of , an amount of等。
定冠词的用法:
1.特指某(些)人或某(些)事物,这是定冠词the 的基本用法。如:
There are twelve months in the (a) year.
2.指谈话双方都知道的人或事物。如:
—Where is our headmistress?
—She is still staying in the office talking with many of the sport fans in the school .
3.特指上文提过的人或事物。如:
One day, Lei Feng noticed an old woman sitting alone at Shengyang railway station. The old woman was looking worried. Lei Feng went over to the old woman and spoke to her …
再次提到前边所说的人或事,不能再使用不定冠词。否则就是个笑话。不信你试试!
4.用在世界上独一无二的事物前,但有例外。如:
Our world is a world of wonders, always changing and giving us numerous surprises.
5.用在序数词和形容词最高级前,但请注意以下例外。如:
The fisherman cast his net for a second time and drew in a basket of sand. (这里a second time即once again)
6.用在某些含普通名词在内的专有名词词组前,如:
the Great Wall, the Summer Palace, the Palace Museum, the Capital Stadium, the Monument to the People’s Heroes, the East Street Hospital, the Party等。
7.演奏的乐器名称前使用定冠词,如:
My cousin enjoys playing the guitar but my uncle doesn’t like his music.
8.用在一些习惯用语中。如:
in the day, on the way, the day after tomorrow, the night before last, the next morning, in the course of等。
下列情况中一般不用冠词(或称为零位冠词):
1.在专有名词和不可数名词前。如:
China, Grade Two, Class Three, science, chalk, ink, paper, water, tea, milk等。
2.名词前已有作定语用的代词。如:
Arthur David was my first English teacher from Australia.(my的前后都不能再使用任何冠词)
3.复数名词表示一类人或事物时。如:
People all over the world are in favor of green food.
4.在节目、日期、月份、季节前。但有例外。如:
He has been in close touch with me since we first met at a fancy ball in the autumn of 1998.
5.在称呼语或表示头衔的名词前。如:
She was elected president of the Students Union.
6.在某些习惯用语中的名词前。如:
at noon, at night, at first, at last, by land, in bed, in time, in front of, go to school, go boating等。
7.在三餐饭和球类运动名称前。如:
Most school children have breakfast at home .
但有例外,如:
Mr. Fatty usually has a big breakfast every morning.
冠词单项填空题的考点标高将稳定在2001年以来持续不变的水平上,难度不会增加。但是,在“短文改错”中,冠词的错误将成为部分考生的难点;“书面表达”中考生误用冠词或冠词脱落,将继续成为我省考生英语高考题第二卷抽样均分不高的原因之一。
冠词失分的根源在初中英语启蒙阶段忽视英语上口,朗读习惯差,没有形成基本的语感。学好冠词应从初中抓起,重点抓的口头表达训练。值此高三复习阶段,尤应认真研究近5年英语高考试题中冠词单项填空题的难度标高,减少无休止的英语讲评单项填空题的低效劳动,将更多的注意力转移到第二卷主观试题上。
冠词考查失分更多的在于试卷第二部分。仅以2001年至2004年的23套高考短文改错题为例,小题总数230个之中,考查冠词仅13小题。不少考生看不出短文中缺少的冠词。
更为严重的是,由于不少学生在初中英语启蒙阶段忽视英语上口,语感较差,所以造成英语高考的书面表达得分低,原因之一就是冠词的缺失和误用。
今后英语高考的冠词知识单项填空题的考点标高会稳定在2001年以来的水平上。难度不会增加。学好冠词应从初中起始年级抓起,重点抓好口笔头表达时英语冠词的用法而不是无休止的单选题。
冠词“语言知识单项填空题”两年考点分布表
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
全
国
卷
一
全
国
卷
二
全
国
卷
三
全
国
卷
四
北
京
试
卷
上
海
试
卷
天
津
试
卷
重
庆
试
卷
辽
宁
试
卷
江
苏
试
卷
浙
江
试
卷
福
建
试
卷
湖
北
试
卷
湖
南
试
卷
广
东
试
卷
山
东
试
卷
安
徽
试
卷
江
西
试
卷
04
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
无
无
无
05
1
1
无
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
注1:2005年全国卷Ⅱ与全国卷Ⅲ“语言知识单项填空题”、“完形填空”、“阅读理解”、“短文改错”和“书面表达”题型的考点完全相同。2:“无”表示该项当年无试卷。
二.形容词与副词
从2001年至2003年,全国高考的英语语言知识单项填空题中仅2002年有1题考查形容词的等级。2004年出现4套全国统一命题和11套名省自主命题,为降低上世纪90年代后半期对语言知识考查的难度,有2个省仿效2002年全国卷考查形容词的等级,有9个省市考查形容词和副词的词义,而且天津卷与广东卷出现相同副词考点。2005年出现2套全国统一命题和14套各省自主命题,其中有3个省考查形容词及其等级,也有9个省市考查形容词和副词的词义。一方面是“从众效应”使然,另一方面也反映出形容词和副词的考查重点从单纯语法知识点(如原级、比较级、最高级)向语义、运用转移的总趋势。
历年英语全国统考试题和各省市自主命题除在“完形填空”和“阅读理解”而外,都还十分重视用“语言知识单项填空题”考查形容词和副词。命题思路明显向词义转移,增加了形容词与副词的四项不同词义的区别选择题,可视为句中小小“完形填空”而大大减少了形容词与副词的比较等级考点。这一点我们将在经典试题精解中加以证明。
形容词和副词的近义词比较和一词多义问题大多不属于普通中学英语教学要求。我省2006年首次自主命题必然从我省实际出发,不会在词汇量上出现上海卷的超纲词汇。我省大多数普通中学在复习迎考阶段不宜在此条目上准备得过多、过细,而应当在基础知识和基本技能方面多下功夫,既能在听力测试中抓住关键信息,又能发现和改正形容词和副词在“短文改错”题中存在的错误,并能在“书面表达”中减少过失性失分。
近年经典试题中形容词与副词应用举例(请注意下列各句中的形容词与副词):
1.Business decisions are often made with many unknown and unknowable factors (因素) which would even puzzle (困惑) best poker players.
2. If we make the earth a poor place to live on because we are careless or greedy (贪婪) or quarrelsome, our grandchildren will not bother to think of excuses for us.
3.Jim Hatfield has three boys and his wife died. He has a full-time job at home as well as in a shoe making factory.
4.Today, roller- skating is easy and fun. But a long time ago, it wasn’t easy at all.
5.John and Jim are not unusual people. Most families in the country are doing everything they can to save money so they can fight the high cost of living.
6.Finally, he decided to buy two wheels under each shoe. These were the first roller skates.
7.Some people are paying as much as 500 Swedish kronor in taxes a year for the right to keep their dogs, money that is spent by the government on dog hospitals and sometimes medical treatment for a dog that falls ill.
8. When two cars traveling at 30 mph hit each other, an unbelted driver would meet the windshield with a force equal to diving headfirst into the ground from a height of 10 meters.
9.Williams encouraged him to continue, and on February 24th 1982, he found the treasure. It was worth £3000 in the beginning, but the excitement it had caused since its burial made it much more valuable.
10.With their shining brown eyes, wagging tails, and unconditional love, dogs can provide the nonjudgmental listeners needed for a beginning reader to gain confidence, according to Intermountain Therapy Animals (ITA) in Salt Lake City.
再以2005年经典试题中形容词与副词应用举例
11.Interesting yet based on fact, Michael White’s learned yet readable new book offers a true picture of Newton completely different from what people commonly know about him.
12.He says printers that print on both sides are growing in popularity. The action group has also found acceptable paper made from materials other than wood, such as agricultural waste.
13.If we make the earth a poor place to live on because we are careless or greedy (贪婪) or quarrelsome , our grand children will not bother to think of excuses for us.
14.As a first-year student, the boy was not able to do much but wave his long skinny arms and shoot a basket now and then.
15.Of all systems of symbols (符号), language is the most highly developed. It has been pointed out that human beings, by agreement, can make anything stand for anything.
16.Goods must be of proper quality, must be as described on the package and must be fit for any particular purpose made known by them.
17.There are very few roads and paths, or places to land helicopters and aeroplanes. Rivers tend to be the easiest way to enter the forest, but this still leaves vast areas between the rivers completely unsampled (未取样).
18.I really love my job because I enjoy working with small children and like the challenges and award form the job. I also think my work is important.
19.How could we possibly think that keeping animals in cages in unnatural environments — mostly for entertainment purposes — is fair and respectful?
20.A stronger argument comes from research into school results. Girls grow up earlier than boys, tend to be more orderly and are likely to be better at language. In a mixed class, boys who might do well in a single-sex class become discouraged and take on the role of trouble-maker.
形容词与副词“语言知识单项填空题”两年考点分布图
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
全
国
卷
一
全
国
卷
二
全
国
卷
三
全
国
卷
四
北
京
试
卷
上
海
试
卷
天
津
试
卷
重
庆
试
卷
辽
宁
试
卷
江
苏
试
卷
浙
江
试
卷
福
建
试
卷
湖
北
试
卷
湖
南
试
卷
广
东
试
卷
山
东
试
卷
安
徽
试
卷
江
西
试
卷
04
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
无
无
无
05
1
1
无
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
注1:2005年全国卷Ⅱ与全国卷Ⅲ“语言知识单项填空题”、“完形填空”、“阅读理解”、“短文改错”和“书
面表达”题型的考点完全相同。2:“无”表示该项当年无试卷。
三.名词的词义与数
“名词的数”在近两年间已属于很少见的考查点,而“名词的词义”考查点却大量地以“单句内小小完形填空”的形式出现。此项属于英语词汇量考查。限于常用语的语义、语用范畴。名词的一词多义问题大量出现在阅读理解题中,考生不可忽视。
历年英语全国统考试题和各省市自主命题除“完形填空”与“阅读理解”而外,都十分重视用“语言知识单项填空题”考查名词的词义。这一点我们将在经典试题精解中加以证明。
近5年中,“名词的词义与数”考题较少,但不排除2006年四川省自主命题中出现此项考点。建议将常用不可数名词、可数与不可数的名词和主谓语的一致性放在一起进行归纳复习,并注意名词的一词多义性。勤查字典的效果比无休止地做名词词义单项填空题的效果会更好。
现将中学英语教学过程中常见的不可数名词归纳如下:
ink, milk, bread, tea, wine, coffee, soup, porridge,meat, pork, mutton, beef, salt, sugar, vinegar, ice, snow, rain, grass, chalk, smoke, soap, hair, money, wheat, flour, rice, cotton, powder, hay, straw, steel, coal, gold, earth, soil, mud, dust, wax, tobacco, medicine, oil, petrol, gasoline, gas, sap, glue, air, vapour, steam, health, wealth, music, knowledge, news, advice, progress, attention, weather, fun, information, income, silk, fur, clothing, traffic, plastics, rubbish, nonsense…
以下名词在可数与不可数问题上含义不同:
fish, chicken, beef, corn, grain, fruit, orange, sand, glass, rubber, dictation, wood, paper, ash, noise, matter, iron, cloth, work, help, water, food, tax, exercise…
以字母“s”结尾的语言、学科名称和抽象名词仍然当不可数名词看待:
physics, maths, politics…
注意名词单复数失分最多的地方是对“短文改错”的误判和“书面表达”的过失。这同样是初中英语基本功的问题。在高2006级学生在复习迎考阶段,一定要抓住中学英语教材和考纲词汇表中的常用词,不宜过分扩大不分主次的名词词汇。
近年经典试题中名词的词义与数应用举例(请注意下列各句中的名词的词义与数):
1.The clubs are for people who have some computer knowledge already.
2.Children need to be taken seriously no matter how unimportant their ideas may appear. It lets them know that their opinions and feelings matter.
3.This frightens away non-experts, who are happier going to Computer towns where there are computers for them to experiment on, with experts to encourage them and answer any questions they have.
4.The simplest way to find out what sleep is for is to do without it for a while and see what happens. The brain starts going gently crazy if deprived of sleep for two or three days. It simply stops working in a sensible fashion.
5.However, people are used to speaking their native language , so immigrants (移民) are having many problems between the first generation and the second generation because they don’t have the same native language.
6. If, for example, you are the sort of person who goes running around getting exhausted, then you are going to need more rest, but not necessarily more sleep.
7.My lawyer was at all smiles the first time we met. But after that he avoided seeing me at all. He knew very well the other party was responsible for the accident, yet he hardly did anything.
8.The second racing leg of the tour will be from Changli to the seaside of Nandaihe, covering a distance of 20 kilometres. Saturday night includes the stay at Nandaihe and supper.
9.With their shining brown eyes , wagging tails and unconditional love , dogs can provide the nonjudgmental listeners needed for a beginning reader to gain confidence (自信心).
10.About three quarters of organic food in Britain is not local but imported (进口) to meet growing demand.
再以2005年经典试题中名词的词义与数应用举例:
11.It is really very impolite to give your hand when the other party, especially when it is a woman, shows little interest in shaking hands with you and when the meeting does not mean anything to him or her.
12.Designing buildings of the future gives children a lot of freedom,” says the teacher who developed this program. “They are able to use their own rich imagination and inventions without fear of blame, because there are no wrong answers in a future context.
13.When a rather dirty, poorly dressed person kneels at your feet and puts out his hands to beg for a few coins, do you hurry on, not knowing what to do, or do you feel sad and hurriedly hand over some money?
14.But we seldom think of how it might affect the other child. I was a little worried that Kristen would feel she was being outshined.
15.Some have their own collection, some have parents who do, and some have written complete stories.
名词的词义与数“语言知识单项填空题”两年考点分布图
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
全
国
卷
一
全
国
卷
二
全
国
卷
三
全
国
卷
四
北
京
试
卷
上
海
试
卷
天
津
试
卷
重
庆
试
卷
辽
宁
试
卷
江
苏
试
卷
浙
江
试
卷
福
建
试
卷
湖
北
试
卷
湖
南
试
卷
广
东
试
卷
山
东
试
卷
安
徽
试
卷
江
西
试
卷
04
1
1
1
无
无
无
05
无
1
1
1
1
1
注1:2005年全国卷Ⅱ与全国卷Ⅲ“语言知识单项填空题”、“完形填空”、“阅读理解”、“短文改错”和“书面表达”题型的考点完全相同。2:“无”表示该项当年无试卷。
四.主谓语的一致性
主谓语的一致性问题较为复杂。不同层次语法专著讨论的深度和广度也各不相同。一般说来,在中学阶段不宜弄到“食不厌精,脍不厌细”的地步。有句格言说得好:“人在追求完美时可能失去智慧。”复习备考阶段不宜在“either of …”和“neither of …”,“each of …”和“none of …”的活用方面纠缠,使复习工作偏离应试方向,产生负效劳动。
简言之,“主谓语的一致性”只是在“语言知识单项填空题”中不构成主要考点。
历年英语全国统考试题和各省市自主命题也有时涉及到主谓语的一致性考点。这一点我们将在经典试题精解中加以证明。
主谓语的一致性“语言知识单项填空题”两年考点分布图
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
全
国
卷
一
全
国
卷
二
全
国
卷
三
全
国
卷
四
北
京
试
卷
上
海
试
卷
天
津
试
卷
重
庆
试
卷
辽
宁
试
卷
江
苏
试
卷
浙
江
试
卷
福
建
试
卷
湖
北
试
卷
湖
南
试
卷
广
东
试
卷
山
东
试
卷
安
徽
试
卷
江
西
试
卷
04
1
1
1
1
无
无
无
05
无
1
注1:2005年全国卷Ⅱ与全国卷Ⅲ“语言知识单项填空题”、“完形填空”、“阅读理解”、“短文改错”和“书面表达”题型的考点完全相同。2:“无”表示该项当年无试卷。
2004年与2005年的32套英语高考试题与近5年的所有英语高考试题一样,“主谓语的一致性”不再作为语言知识单项填空的必考点。但在1991年至今的45套英语高考试题的“短文改错”中,涉及“主谓语一致性”的考点至少36个,几乎每年必考。加之以“书面表达”中不可回避的动词表达句型和时态、语态要求,“主谓语的一致性”问题,历来是考生在第二类“主观性试题”中失分较多的地方。重视英语动词的用法,注意“主谓语的一致性”,要求尤其要用好第三人称单数的谓语动词,是学习英语的基本功夫。
从历年高考试题审视考点轨迹,除“介词短语不计入主语”和“邻近原则”以外,因为受考纲词汇的局限,“主谓语的一致性”考点很少,而且基本属于初中英语知识考查范畴。
仅以2001年至2004年23套高考题为例,总题数为230个的短文改错中,考查“名词的数”与“主谓语一致性”的题共计25个。考查概率大于10%,足以证明考点已基本上转移到语言运用能力上来。
特别值得注意的是试卷第二部分的“书面表达”。一大批考生因为初中英语基本功差,表达能力没有随年级上升而提高,在名词的单复数形式、谓语动词的人称和数的形式上失分严重,甚是可惜。高三复习迎考阶段,对英语知识的复习应加强应用训练、方能提高复习效率。
主谓语的一致性将仍然不会构成2006年四川省自主命题的考点。复习备考只需要重视“邻近原则”与“介词短语和 as wall as 不计入主语”几条就行。另一方面,要特别重视此项在“短文改错”中的遗漏和在“书面表达”中的失误。历年高考阅卷发现考生失分最多的是动词的句型,而且往往是在“语言知识单项填空题”中不易出错的动词,考生自己写在“书面表达”中错误连篇。复习迎考阶段应重视涉及初中基本句型的单句汉译英口、笔头训练。因为初中英语基本功差,英语表达能力不能随年级上升而提高,但是在“名词的数”、“主谓语一致性”和“谓语动词的时态和语态”诸方面严重失分的现象不能再继续下去了。
近年经典试题中主谓语的一致性应用举例(请注意下列各句中的主谓语):
1.Sorting (分类) recyclables before they are collected saves the use of expensive materials recovery equipment which otherwise has to do the sorting.
2.That sort of thing looks like doing nothing. A recharging battery (正充电的电池) doesn’t look as if it’s doing anything either. Sitting restores your soul. If you want to enjoy a truly full life, don’t just do something — sit there.
3.Six workmen spent more than eight weeks piling 1,000 tons of snow onto a wooden base, when the snow froze, the base was removed. “The only wooden thing we have left in the igloo is the front door.” He says.
4.Many cities around the world today are heavily polluted. Careless methods of production and lack of consumer demand for environment (环境) friendly products have contributed to the pollution problem.
5.“In general,” write Rubin in her new book, “women’s friendships with each other rest on shared emotions and support, but men’s relationships are marked by shared activities.
6.Everything a family needs to plan a party, except the cake and ice cream, is delivered to the home in a large basket.
7.About three quarters of organic food in Britain is not local but imported (进口) to meet growing demand. The demand for organic food is increasing by about one third every year, so it is very fast — growing market.
8.“Having a party at home usually requires a lot of running around on the part of the parents, and often the birthday boy or girl gets lost in wild excitement.
9.Many cities around the world today are heavily polluted . Careless methods of production and lack of consumer demand for environment (环境) friendly products have contributed to the pollution problem.
10.Neither device (装置) tells you how many fat grams or calories are in your cart, but they will flash you with items on sale.
五.代词
英语实用语法将代词分为10多个条目进行讨论。从历年高考英语试题考点轨迹研究的技术性要求出发中,我们重视引导名词性从句的连接代词、引导定语从句的关系代词和“It”引导强调结构、“It”作形式主语或形式宾语等语法问题。涉及到代词的语义和用法,我们发现主格代词、宾格代词、人称代词、名词性物主代词、形容词性物主代词、反身代词、相互代词、指示代词、不定代词、和复合不定代词共10条,也是英语高考命题的兴趣所在。
以不定代词“one”为例:
(2002NMET)Meeting my uncle after all these years was an unforgettable moment, _________I will always treasure.
A. that B. one C. it D. what
答案选“one”即“one unforgettable moment”,其后省去引导从句的关系代词,作定语从句之宾语的“that”或“which”。绝非简单的语法考分。读不懂句子就不能做出正确的判断和选择。。
(2005安徽卷)Cars do cause us some health problems in fact, far more serious _______than mobile phones do.
A. one B. ones C. it D. those
答案选“ones”,即“health problems”,后半句的谓语动词“do”即“cause us health problems”。这样的考题不是一般所谓的“模拟”、“仿真”或“XX经典”所能企及的。
历年英语全国统考试题和各省市自主命题都一致重视考查各种代词的语义和语用。这一点我们将在经典试题精解中加以证明。
从2001年到2003年,在全国高考的英语知识单项填空中,直接考查各类代词3个小题,2004年15套高考题中考查各类代词13个小题,2005年17套高考题中考查各类代词12个小题,其考点明显地集中在不定代词、复合不定代词和人称代词上的语义上。
值得注意的是:代词考点在“完形填空”和“阅读理解”中占的比分更高,在“短文改错”中容易被忽视,在“书面表达”中,考生因人称、数的混用,进一步影响了谓语动词句型的正确使用,失分更为严重。复习迎考阶段不可掉以轻心。
虽然中学英语教学可涉及的语法术语在15个以上,但“术语不离口”的语言知识教学已不适应2001年后高考英语对考生实际应用语言能力的要求。
面对即将来临的2006年四川省高考英语自主命题,更应当认真研究近年经典试题的命题思路,使个人的复习和解题思路与之相符,从而大大减轻考生复习应试的负担,收到事半功倍的良好效果。
近年经典试题在代词应用举例(请注意下列各句中的代词):
1.The easy way out isn’t always easiest. I learned that lesson when I decided to treat Doug, my husband of one month, to a special meal.
2.The robots, each weighing 150 kilograms, can cover 100 meters per day. They are designed to be able to examine the mineral content of the soil, and their special camera will take pictures of the lands and hills.
3.The hot sun had caused the dough to double in size and the fermenting yeast (酵母) made the surface shake and sigh as though it were breathing.
4.Quietly, the graying of America has made us a very different society — one in which people have a quite different idea of what kind of behavior (行为) is suitable (合适) at various ages.
5.Before they buy a product, they ask questions like these : “ Will this shampoo damage the environment?” “Can this metal container be reused or can it only be used once?”
6.Many people say, ‘I am much younger than my mother — or my father — was at my age’ No one says ‘Act your age’ anymore.
7.If you ask people to name the one person who had the greatest effect on the English language, you will get answers like “Shakespeare,” “Samuel Johnson,” and “Webster,” but none of these men had any effect at all compared to a man who didn’t even speak English —William the Conqueror.
8.People today know that there are no underground cities on the moon. However, the question that the “moon people” asked is still an interesting one. A growing number of scientists are seriously thinking about it.
9.At one time, computers were expected largely to remove the need for paper copies of documents (文件) because they could be stored electronically. But for all the texts that are written, stored and sent electronically, a lot of them are still ending up on paper.
10.The book contained a large number of clues to help readers find the hare, but Williams put in a lot of “red herrings” or false clues, to mislead them.
11.It is difficult to measure the quantity of paper used as a result of use of Internet-connected computer, although just about anyone who works in an office can tell you that when e-mail is introduced, the printers start working overtime.
12.The robots , each weighing 150 kilograms , can cover 100 meters per day . They are designed to be able to examine the mineral content of the soil , and their special camera will take pictures of the lands and hills .
13.Before they buy a product , they ask questions like these : “Will this shampoo damage the environment?” “Can this metal container be reused or can it only be used once?”
14.Though I knew I wouldn’t tell her about my parents’ situation, I was looking forward to getting out of the house.
15.Certainly, most of the world’s great religions (宗教) order us to be open-hearted and share what we have with those less fortunate than ourselves.
代词“语言知识单项填空题”两年考点分布图
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
全
国
卷
一
全
国
卷
二
全
国
卷
三
全
国
卷
四
北
京
试
卷
上
海
试
卷
天
津
试
卷
重
庆
试
卷
辽
宁
试
卷
江
苏
试
卷
浙
江
试
卷
福
建
试
卷
湖
北
试
卷
湖
南
试
卷
广
东
试
卷
山
东
试
卷
安
徽
试
卷
江
西
试
卷
04
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
无
无
无
05
1
无
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
注1:2005年全国卷Ⅱ与全国卷Ⅲ“语言知识单项填空题”、“完形填空”、“阅读理解”、“短文改错”和“书
面表达”题型的考点完全相同。2:“无”表示该项当年无试卷。
六.It的用法与强调结构
本书将“It”的用法与强调结构作为专章研究讨论,不仅是出于技术上的考虑,而且也必须指出其语言知识考点。2004年15套高考题的“语言知识单项填空”考到10个小题,2005年17套高考试题的“语言知识单项填空”考到7个小题。一方面应注意到“It”引导强调结构的考点概率已接近50%,另一方面也应重视断句阅读,将强调结构与名词性从句、定语从句和状语从句相区别。简言之,是否能读懂句义成为是否能正确选择“It”用法的关键所在。
历年英语全国统考试题和各省市自主命题除了在“完形填空”、“阅读理解”和“短文改错”考查“it”的用法而外,也重视考查“it”的用法和强调结构。
It的用法与强调结构“语言知识单项填空题”两年考点分布图
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
全
国
卷
一
全
国
卷
二
全
国
卷
三
全
国
卷
四
北
京
试
卷
上
海
试
卷
天
津
试
卷
重
庆
试
卷
辽
宁
试
卷
江
苏
试
卷
浙
江
试
卷
福
建
试
卷
湖
北
试
卷
湖
南
试
卷
广
东
试
卷
山
东
试
卷
安
徽
试
卷
江
西
试
卷
04
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
无
无
无
05
1
1
1
无
1
1
1
1
注1:2005年全国卷Ⅱ与全国卷Ⅲ“语言知识单项填空题”、“完形填空”、“阅读理解”、“短文改错”和“书
面表达”题型的考点完全相同。2:“无”表示该项当年无试卷。
七.谓语的时态和语态
从1987年到2000年在全国高考的英语知识单项填空题中,专门考查谓语的时态和语态共计64题,将近占总题数388题的17%。从2001年到2003年在全国高考的英语单项填空题中,考查谓语的时态和语态7题。
2004年15套高考题考查谓语的时态和语态共31题,高考题含21个谓语时态和语态的考题,恰好平均每套占总题数520小题的13%。2005年17套高考题考查谓语动词的时态和语态共32题。在近两年的32套高考题中,考查谓语的时态和语态共计63小题。
中学阶段英语学习涉及的谓语的主动时态类型有:一般现在时、一般过去时、一般将来时、现在进行进、现在完成时、现在完成进行时、过去完成时、过去进行时、过去完成时、过去将来时、过去完成进行时、将来进行时、将来完成时、主句与从句的谓语时态呼应。
英语可用不同语法手段表示“将……”:
1. Tomorrow is Sunday. = It is Sunday tomorrow.
2. They will be back again before long, won’t they?
3. They will be building many more hotels for the coming Asian Games.
4. I told the boy I was going to join them in their experiment right away.
5. You are to answer for what you have done.
6. He is about to study here for another two weeks.
7. She was just about to knock her door when her son returned home.
8. 现在用be+ ~ing 形式表示“将……”的逐渐多起来。
中学阶段英语学习涉及的谓语的被动语态类型有:一般现在时、一般过去、一般将来时、现在完成时、过去完成时、现在进行时、过去进行时、含情态动词的被动语态。
谓语的时态和语态“语言知识单项填空题”两年考点分布图
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
全
国
卷
一
全
国
卷
二
全
国
卷
三
全
国
卷
四
北
京
试
卷
上
海
试
卷
天
津
试
卷
重
庆
试
卷
辽
宁
试
卷
江
苏
试
卷
浙
江
试
卷
福
建
试
卷
湖
北
试
卷
湖
南
试
卷
广
东
试
卷
山
东
试
卷
安
徽
试
卷
江
西
试
卷
04
2
3
2
2
2
3
1
3
1
2
2
2
3
2
1
无
无
无
05
2
2
2
无
2
3
1
3
3
1
2
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
注1:2005年全国卷Ⅱ与全国卷Ⅲ“语言知识单项填空题”、“完形填空”、“阅读理解”、“短文改错”和“书面表达”题型的考点完全相同。2:“无”表示该项当年无试卷。
近两年高考谓语动词“语言知识单项填空”具体考查条目表
主动语态
被动语态
情
态动词被动语态
一般过去时
过去进行时
过去完成时
过去完成进行时
过去将来时
一般现在时
现在进行时
现在完成时
现在完成进行时
一般将来时
将来进行时
将来完成时
一般过去时
过去完成时
过去将来时
一般现在时
现在完成时
一般将来时
将来完成时
04
6
4
0
2
0
7
2
2
0
3
0
0
1
2
0
8
5
0
2
0
05
4
5
4
1
0
4
7
3
0
1
0
1
4
0
0
2
3
0
1
0
八.非谓语动词
如果说英语动词用法是历年全国高考的英语知识单项填空题的2/15,那么非谓语动词的时态和语态,独立主格结构,with结构,动词不定式复合结构,动名词复合结构等的知识考点则更多。由此产生不少地区和学校在此进行大量专题训练,偏离高考英语实际,造成了大量的无效劳动。
从1987年至2000年,在全国高考的英语知识单项填空题中,专门考查非谓语动词知识点共50题,占总题数的13%以上。
从2001年2003年,在全国高考的14套英语单项填空题中,考查非谓语动词64题。2004年15套高考题中考查非谓语动词26题,2005年17套高考题考查非谓语动词31题。两年合计5年共计57题。
分词有现在分词和过去分词两种。它兼有动词、副词和形容词的特征,可以有宾语和状语。分词和宾语或状语一起构成分词短语。
非谓语动词“语言知识单项填空题”两年考点分布图
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
全
国
卷
一
全
国
卷
二
全
国
卷
三
全
国
卷
四
北
京
试
卷
上
海
试
卷
天
津
试
卷
重
庆
试
卷
辽
宁
试
卷
江
苏
试
卷
浙
江
试
卷
福
建
试
卷
湖
北
试
卷
湖
南
试
卷
广
东
试
卷
山
东
试
卷
安
徽
试
卷
江
西
试
卷
04
1
2
2
2
2
4
1
1
2
2
1
3
1
1
1
无
无
无
05
1
2
2
无
3
4
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
3
注1:2005年全国卷Ⅱ与全国卷Ⅲ“语言知识单项填空题”、“完形填空”、“阅读理解”、“短文改错”和“书面表达”题型的考点完全相同。2:“无”表示该项当年无试卷。
1. It was unbelievable that the fans waited outside the gym for three hours just a look at the sports stars.
A. had B. having C. to have D. have
2. My adviser encouraged a summer course to improve my writing skills.
A. for me taking B. me taking C. for me to take D. me to take
3. – Is Bob still performing?
-- I’m afraid not. He is said the stage already as he has become an official.
A. to have left B. to leave C. to have been left D. to be left
4. The news reporters hurried to the airport, only the film stars had left.
A. to tell B. to be told C. telling D. told
5. I don’t know whether you happen , but I’m going to study in the U.S.A this September.
A. to be heard B. to be hearing C. to hear D. to have heard
6. such heavy pollution already, it may now be too late to clean up the river.
A. Having suffered B. Suffering C. To suffer D. Suffered
7. from other continents for millions of years, Australia has many plants and animals not found in any
other country in the world.
A. Being separated B. Having separated C. Having been separated D. To be separated
8. Alice returned from the manager’s office, me that the boss wanted to see me at once.
A. having told B. tells C. to tell D. telling
9. Don’t leave the water while you brush your teeth.
A. run B. running C. being run D. to run
10. Reading is an experience quite different from watching TV; there are pictures in your mind instead of before your eyes.
A. to form B. form C. forming D. having formed
11. You should understand the traffic rule by now. You’ve had it often enough.
A. explaining B. to explain C. explain D. explained
12. with the size of the whole earth, the biggest ocean does not seem big at all.
A. Compare B. When comparing C. Comparing D. When compared
13. The disc, digitally in the studio, sounded fantastic at the party that night.
A. recorded B. recording C. to be recorded D. having recorded
14. two exams to worry about, I have to work really hard this weekend.
A. With B. Besides C. As for D. Because of
15. He got well-prepared for the job interview, for he couldn’t risk the good opportunity.
A. to lose B. losing C. to be lost D. being lost
16. I really can’t understand her like that.
A. you treat B. you to treat C. why treat D. you treating
17. – You know, Bob is a little slow understanding,
-- So I have to be patient him.
A. in; with B. on; with C. in; to D. at; for
18. It was a pity that the great writer died his works unfinished.
A. for B. with C. from D. of
19. The mother didn’t know to blame for the broken glass as it happened while she was out.
A. who B. when C. how D. what
20. Having a trip abroad is certainly good for the old couple, but it remains whether they will enjoy it.
A. to see B. to be seen C. seeing D. seen
九.情态动词
从2001年到2003年,全国高考的英语知识单项填空题中,直接通过情态动词考查语义逻辑共5题。2004年15套高考题中考查情态动词总计13题。2005年17套高考题中每套试题必考,共考查情态动词17题。由此可见情态动词作为综合考查学生英语语言知识和逻辑思维能力的考查在标准化试题中的地位是不会动摇的。情态动词的考点标高实际上就是汉语语法中的“能愿动词”加上英语语法中情态动词的基本用法规定。应试训练应把握好高考题的要求,千万不可追求高、大、全。
历年英语全国统考试题和各省市自主命题都一致重视用情态动词考查语义逻辑。这一点我们将在经典试题精解中加以证明。
情态动表示“可以”、“允许”:
“He’s my forth child,” she says. She may think of him and treat him that way, buying his food, paying his health bills and his taxes, but in fact Allan is a dog.
情态动词表示可能性:
But the carmakers haven’t decided if they will put it into production because it would add several hundred dollars to the cost of their cars.
If a 25-year-old man becomes general manager of a big firm, the writer of the text would most probably consider it normal.
情态动词表意愿:
“She was such a good cow! Wouldn’t let anyone but a doctor touch her !” he said and burst into tears again.
情态动词表语气委婉、客气:
Bigwoods Football Pools would like to congratulate you. You have won half a million pounds.
情态动词表猜测:
“Let the dog try a piece first,” suggested one careful officer who was afraid that the mushrooms might be poisonous.
情态动词表示对现今某事的责备或要求:
Should the wallet, found in the street, be put into a pocket or turned over to the policeman? Should the extra change received at the store be forgotten or returned?
情态动词表示对往事的责备:
He even lost his job as a postman because he sent off all the letters when he should have taken them to people’s houses.
情态动词表示过去往往……:
People like his stories, because simple as they were, they would finish with a sudden change at the end, to the readers’ surprise.
情态动词+被动语态:
And when the young girl’s family ranked among the best of Philadelphia’s social (社交界的)families, such an idea could not even be considered.
情态动词表示说话人对某一动作或状态的态度,认为“可能”、“应当”、“必要”等等。掌握英语情态动词首先要与汉语的能愿(可能、能够、可以、应该、必须等)动词对应。情态动词除表示一定的意思外,也表示说话人的口气、神态、感情等。阅读时要结合上下文体会,使用时要注意到运用英语语法和惯用法的具体规定,完成语义逻辑。
近年高考英语试题在“语言知识单项填空题”中考查情态动词的一般考点是情态动词加动词原形表示对现在或将来的“猜测”、“责备”或“可以”,较难的考点是情态动词加动词be + ~ ing表示对现在进行的“猜测”、“责备”或“可以”,难度最大的是情态动词加动词的完成时态表示对过去的“猜测”、“责备”或“可以”。如:
You must be hangry after so many hours’ hard work. 表示对现在某件事情的猜测。
The teacher may be waiting for you in his office. 表示对目前正在进行的某一行为的猜测。
Mr. Smith can’t have been abroad because he hasn’t got a passport. 表示对现在已完成的某件事情的猜测。
I am sure their program can be finished soon enough. 表示对现在某件事情已被完成的猜测。
Your uncle might have finished his job by last night. 表示对过去某件事情的猜测。
We needn’t have taken a taxi yesterday because of the short distance. 表示对过去必要或不必做的某件事情的态度。
Tom should have got to school early last Wednesday. 表示对过去某件事情的责备。
Her new dress might have been ready before the tailor left his shop. 表示对过去某件事情已被完成的猜测。
英语的情态动词可以对应于汉语的能愿动词,主要涉及的是上下文中的语义逻辑,不仅是单项填空题的必考点,而且在短文阅读理解中占有一定的地位。在复习迎考阶段应当给予充分的重视。
十.虚拟语气
英语动词一般可带有三种不同的语气陈述语气、祈使语气和虚拟语气。不同的语气用动词不同的形式(有的还借助句法形式)来表示。
陈述语气用来陈述事实,有肯定、否定、疑问或感叹等形式。
祈使语气用来表示请求、命令或劝告等。
虚拟语气表示说的话不是事实,或者是不可能发生的情况,而一种愿望、建议或与事实相反的假设等。一般常用于正式的书面语中。
虚拟语气在条件状语从句,叙述与现在存在的事实相反,或与将来发生的可能性相反。
虚拟语气在主语从句中的用法:在It is necessary (important, strange等)that… 句型中,that 引导的主语从句的谓语动词常用should 加动词原形。
虚拟语气在宾语从句中的用法:在动词wish的后面的宾语从句中,谓语动词用过去式,表示与现在事实相反的愿望:用过去完成式,表示与过去事实相反的愿望。
虚拟语气在动词suggest, demand, order, request, propose(建议), insist等后面的宾语从句中,谓语动词要用动词原形(或should加动词原形)。
虚拟语气在由“as if”或“as though”引导的状语从句中,谓语动词用过去式(be 用were)或had 加过去分词,表示虚拟语气。
历年英语全国统考试题和各省市自主命题用“语言知识单项填空题”考查虚拟语气,但涉题占分不多。重点在于理解使用了虚拟语气的句子从而读懂“完形填空”和“阅读理解”中的文章。这一点我们将在经典试题精解中加以证明。
建议留意 “suggest”变名词“suggestion”,“propose”变名词“proposal”,“require”变名词“requirement”和“demand”,“order”,“request”,“wish”兼作名词,涉及名词性从句用虚拟语气,以减少阅读理解的负担。如:
My aunt gave me a suggestion that I should keep on reading, practice and improve my comprehension in learning advanced English.
As known to all , your demand is always that we should never forget to recite all the boring texts , sentence by sentence , word by word , few of which we students think necessary to bear in mind.
What Mrs.Jackson wishes her students to do is that they should go all out to learn what to learn and how to learn it all by themselves.
建议复习近年经典试题“语言知识单项填空”已经多次考到的“It’s time + 从句”。如:
Hi, Tom , I have told you ten times and more never to stay up so late , It’s time you went to bed . You shouldn’t have been working so slowly .
此外,请注意“语言知识单项填空题”考查虚拟语气的倒装让步状语从句。如:
Should I do what you reminded me to do , I would certainly do it without any hesitation.
Her family would have missed the flight had their trip been delayed by the heavy traffic jam on their way to the airport that very day .
近年经典试题中虚拟语气应用举例(请注意下列各句中的虚拟语气):
1.Discouraged photographers began following him in secret as though he were an easily frightened giraffe.
2.More than two-thirds of the single men Rubin interviewed could not name a best friend. Those who could were likely to name a woman.
3.If you visited Indianapolis you would be able to find your way around easily because most of the streets cross each other like a chessboard.
4.I would not have minded the difficulty of the work so much if the pay had not been so poor. I was paid the lowest wage of that time — two dollars an hour.
5.If a stranger should enter your territory and threat you, you might shout. Probably this would be enough to frighten him way. If so, you have actually scared the stranger away without having to fight him. A bird does the same thing.
6.Many creative thinkers state that they have completely devoted themselves to the subject matter of the problem, often over fairly long periods of time. Indeed, it would be strange if they had not done this.
7.One strict mother insisted that her son, right from a child, should stand up whenever anyone entered the room, open the door and shake hands like a gentleman.
8.Symbols and the things they stand for are independent of each other, yet we all have a way of feeling as if, and sometimes acting as if, there were necessary connections.
9.As we have seen, everyday discovery also requires that the learner have the knowledge of the rules gained in the past, which is involved in the solution.
10.That fact that most of these young people have gone to Europeanized or Americanized scientists makes it unlikely that they will hold as tightly to the value of duty as they would have if they had not left their countries.
虚拟语气“语言知识单项填空题”两年考点分布图
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
全
国
卷
一
全
国
卷
二
全
国
卷
三
全
国
卷
四
北
京
试
卷
上
海
试
卷
天
津
试
卷
重
庆
试
卷
辽
宁
试
卷
江
苏
试
卷
浙
江
试
卷
福
建
试
卷
湖
北
试
卷
湖
南
试
卷
广
东
试
卷
山
东
试
卷
安
徽
试
卷
江
西
试
卷
04
1
无
无
无
05
无
1
注1:2005年全国卷Ⅱ与全国卷Ⅲ“语言知识单项填空题”、“完形填空”、“阅读理解”、“短文改错”和“书
面表达”题型的考点完全相同。2:“无”表示该项当年无试卷。
十一.等立连接词的词义
等立连接词在“语言知识单项填空题”中占分不多,容易引起忽视。在历年“短文改错”中,占分量值得重视。1991至2003年的19套“短文改错”题,等立连接词占8分,2004和2005年共26套“短文改错”题中,等立连接词占15分。总平均每两套短文改错题就涉及一处考查等立连接词。
在“书面表达”中,正确使用and,but,so,or等等立连接词,做到连句成篇,十分重要。更不必说在转瞬即逝的听力测试时,等立连接词对得分所起的作用了。
常用的等立连接词主要包括“and”,“and yet”,“besides”,“both…and”,“but”,“but…then”,“either…or”,“for”,“however”,“neither…nor”,“nevertheless”,“not only…but also”,“or”,“or else”,“otherwise”,“so”,“therefore”,“yet”。历年英语全国统考试题和各省市自主命题中对等立连接词所设考点主要是:“and”,“besides”,“but”,“however”,“or”,“otherwise”,“so”,“therefore”和“whereas”。其命题思路主要是考查等立连接在上下文中应有的语义逻辑。
等立连接词and能指出递进关系。but表明转折关系,在近年英语高考语言知识单项填空题中占分量最高,接近1/2。so能体现因果关系。or往往表示选择关系或表示否则,相当于otterwise。
对于等立连接词,我们应从上下文中去求证,应当不是难事。
连接词的词义“语言知识单项填空题”两年考点分布图
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
全
国
卷
一
全
国
卷
二
全
国
卷
三
全
国
卷
四
北
京
试
卷
上
海
试
卷
天
津
试
卷
重
庆
试
卷
辽
宁
试
卷
江
苏
试
卷
浙
江
试
卷
福
建
试
卷
湖
北
试
卷
湖
南
试
卷
广
东
试
卷
山
东
试
卷
安
徽
试
卷
江
西
试
卷
04
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
无
无
无
05
1
无
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
注1:2005年全国卷Ⅱ与全国卷Ⅲ“语言知识单项填空题”、“完形填空”、“阅读理解”、“短文改错”和“书
面表达”题型的考点完全相同。2:“无”表示该项当年无试卷。
十二.介词与短语介词
英语介词作为介绍前后关系的虚词,具有极为重要的使用价值。
首先是由介词短语作地点状语、时间状语、条件状语,在介词前宜重视断句理解。
其次是介词短语作定语,从后修饰其前面作主语、宾语或表语的名词。
记忆介词短语并不困难。在“完形填空”和“阅读理解”中认识介词短语的语法功能,对快速理解颇有作用。在“书面表达”中,考生误将介词短语当作谓语使用,已成为历年失分较多之处。
介词短语不同于短语介词。如:“at school”是介词短语;“in front of ”是短语介词。
建议学习、记忆与活用介词时注意以下五种短语介词的构成方式及其语义。
1.介词+名词 构成短语介词。如:“above all”,“as a matter of fact”,“in the end”,“in case”,…
2.介词+ 形容词 构成短语介词。如:“at first”,“for sure”,…
3.介词+副词 构成短语介词。如:“before long”,“since then”,…
4.形容词+介词 构成短语介词。如:“afraid of”,“together with”,…
5.不及物动词+介词 构成及物的短语动词。如:“look after”,“listen to”,…
历年高考英语介词的考点轨迹
1.about 关于、大约、到处、在周围
2.above 在……上,高出,路过,……以上
3.across 横过,在……对面,在那一边
4.after (与before相反)在……之后
5.against 反对、靠着(与for相反)
6.along 沿着,沿线 ≠ aroud
7.among 在(两个以上)之间
8.around 在周围,在转过……的地方
9.as 作为象(连词=when, because)
10.at 在(某地方)、时刻、在旁、朝向、对、比率
11.before (与often相反)在……前、时、地
12.behind 在后只表位置,不表时间
13.below 低于……,在……之下(≠under)
14.beside 在旁 = at the side of
15.besides 除外还有……
16.between 在两者之间
17.beyond 在那边,超过能力所及
18.but = except 表例外
19.by 被、不迟于(完成时),手段、方式
20.down (反up)沿着
21.during 在……期间
22.except 表示例外
23.for 为了,经历(延续v.),由于,交换,
24.from 从(≠ since)来自,免于free from
25.in 在一段时间,用语言,身穿,
26.inside 在内(反outside)
27.into 进入(反out of),变成
28.like 象(而不是)
29.near 在……附近,(反far from)
30.of 所有关系,承受动作,同位关系,关于
31.off 离开……
32.on 在与某物表面上,在某早午晚,依靠
33.out of 在边……外,从……出来
34.outside (反inside)在……外
35.over 遍于,路过,越过,优于
36.past 过……
37.round 环绕
38.since 自从(≠ from)
39.through 通过,由于
40.throughout 到处
41.till 在前……为止,(not … until之后才)
42.to 向,到,给予,对,差(时刻)
43.toward(s) 向,近,
44.under (反over)在……下
45.until (= till)直到为止,(not, … till)
46.up 向上,沿……而上
47.upon 如:depend upon, look down upon,
48.with以,具有,带,伴随,由于……原因
49.within 在里,不超过
50.without 没有
近年英语全国统考试题和各省市自主命题都十分重视用“语言知识单项填空题”考查介词与短语介词。这一点我们将在经典试题精解中加以证明。
近年经典试题中介词与短语介词应用举例(请注意下列各句中的介词与短语介词):
1.There were twelve of us. But no one panicked. We passed the time telling sorties and playing word games. One man wanted to smoke but we didn’t let him. Firemen finally got us out.
2.He told of different men of strange civilizations (文明), broken up by long ‘dark ages’ in between.
3.Equally awe-inspiring are artistic creations in painting, theatre, music, and literature, which have also been brought about by discovery through personal efforts.
4.The Centre has been set up with the help and guidance of members of the Jane Austen Society.
5.As I was not experienced in cooking, I thought if a dozen was good, two dozen would be better, so I doubled everything.
6.That changed because of a man named Joseph Merlin. Merlin’s work was making musical instruments.
7.This remark was made by a Shanghai student when speaking to his fellow students at the Nixon Library in California, U.S.A.
8.On the morning of May 27, the last battle was fought. Four British ships fired on the Bismarck, and she was finally sunk.
9.One Chinese student said, ‘I didn’t find it particularly difficult to talk with Americans. We have our differences, but we have a lot in common. Dialogue is good for us.’
10.John got married six months ago, and like many young people these days, they are struggling to make a home at a time when the cost of living is very high.
11.He moves around her office at work and goes shopping with her.
12.Camels and riders run far into the distance, and then return to the finish line in front of the cheering people.
13.I watched until she was out of sight and the nurse had turned back to writing in the big book.
14.But studies show that people knocked unconscious (昏迷) due to not wearing safety belts have a greater chance of dying in these accidents.
15.In their skins they have tiny plants which act as “dustman”, taking some of the waste products from the coral and giving in return oxygen which the animal needs to breathe.
16.On returning to his hotel after showing the precious book to Green, Luxmoore was shocked to realize that he had left it in the taxi.
17.Dad, in a hurry to get home before dark so he could go for a run, had forgotten to wear his safety belt — a mistake 75% of the US population make every day. The big question is why.
18.A visit to such schools will leave you in no doubt that the children enjoy themselves. After all, what lively children wouldn’t settle for spending only half the day doing ordinary school work, and acting, singing or dancing their way through the other half of the day?
19.Animals can move from place to place, but plants cannot. When an animal is under attack, it can run away or fight back. Plants certainly cannot run away, and they lack teeth and claws. But plants can defend themselves by using both physical and chemical means.
20.In the course of working my way through school, I took many jobs I would rather forget. But none of these jobs was as dreadful as my job in an apple plant.
介词与短语介词“语言知识单项填空题”两年考点分布图
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
全
国
卷
一
全
国
卷
二
全
国
卷
三
全
国
卷
四
北
京
试
卷
上
海
试
卷
天
津
试
卷
重
庆
试
卷
辽
宁
试
卷
江
苏
试
卷
浙
江
试
卷
福
建
试
卷
湖
北
试
卷
湖
南
试
卷
广
东
试
卷
山
东
试
卷
安
徽
试
卷
江
西
试
卷
04
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
无
无
无
05
1
1
1
无
1
1
1
1
注1:2005年全国卷Ⅱ与全国卷Ⅲ“语言知识单项填空题”、“完形填空”、“阅读理解”、“短文改错”和“书
面表达”题型的考点完全相同。2:“无”表示该项当年无试卷。
十三.名词性从句
宾语从句、表语从句、主语从句、和同位语从句都属于名词性从句。它们在复合句中的作用都相当于名词。因此这四种从句统称为名词性从句。在阅读实践中,断句方法比语法术语重要。
要重视:名词性从句作主语,从句后出现全句的谓语动词,其断句能力十分重要。暂用竖线“|”断开,表示断句位置。比如:
1.由宾语从句变为主语从句,最能帮助读者迅速理解主语从句。
We haven’t decided when and where we shall have our summer camp hasn’t been decided yet.
When and where we shall have our summer camp | hasn’t been decided yet.
2.由主语从句变为用“It”做形式主语,更能帮助读者在第二谓语动词前断句。
Whether she will come to our help | is still unknown.
It is still unknown whether she will come to our help
3.同理,同位语从句的位置变换,用在第二谓语动词前断句,更能帮助读者理解同位语从句。
We do know the fact that he is always working hard at new ideas.
The fact that he is always working hard at new ideas | makes all of us surprised.
由此可见,当主语在句首时,在第二位动词前断句有助于阅读理解能力的提高。
宾语从句:
本章节在英语高考语言知识单项填空题的主要考点:在由疑问词或“whether(if)”引导的宾语从句中,主谓语的语序和谓语的时态和谓语时态与主句的呼应关系。
复习名词性从句要淡化术语,突出断句。宾语从句通常由下面一些词引导:
由连词that 引导(that在口语或非正式文体中常常省略)
由连接代词或连接副词引导(这种宾语从句中的主、谓语次序不颠倒)
由连词whether或if引导(口语中常用if)
表语从句:
首先必须记住“if ”不能代换“which”引导表语从句。本章节在英语高考语言知识单项填空题的主要考点:表语从句在复合句中作主句的表语。引导表语从句的词有连词that, whether, as if (好象;仿佛);连接代词who, what, which,连接副词when, where, how, why等。
Another reason for considering a visit is that the lighthouses themselves can be very attractive buildings. Mankind could often not be content just to put up a basic structure, but felt the need, even in such an isolated place, to build with an artistic touch. The result is a view for tired eyes to enjoy.
主语从句:
首先必须记住“if ”不能代换“which”引导主语从句。本章节在英语高考语言知识单项填空题的主要考点:主语从句在复合句中作主句的主语。引导主语从句的词有连词that, whether,;连接代词who, what, which,连接副词when, where, how, why等。
That she was chosen made us very happy. Whether she will come or not is still a question.
Who will go is not important. Which team will win the match is still unknown.
What we need is more time. How he became a great scientist is known to all.
When they will start has not been decided yet. Where she has gone is not know yet.
Is what you told me really true? Whether she will be invited to the meeting is not know.
What he is doing seems very difficult. Why he did it wasn’t quite clear.
Where the president will give the speech is not decided yet .
Why the sun in the morning looks bigger than the sun at noon is very interesting.
主语从句放在句首,句子常显得笨重,因此一般把它移到句子后面,前面用引导词“it”来做形式主语。
It is a pity that she has made such a mistake.
It’s strange that he didn’t come yesterday.
What we have seen is quite different from what we once heard of.
It is, therefore, desirable that boys and girls grow up together, go to school together, and prepare themselves for a society that does not value sexual separation.
同位语从句:
首先必须记住,同位语从句与定语从句的区别。本章节在英语高考语言知识单项填空题的主要考点:某些名词(如idea, advice, proposal, suggestion, information, message, news, fact, promise等)的后面,用以说明名词所表示的具体内容。引导同位语的词有连词that, 连接副词how, when, where等。
We heard the news that our team had won.
The fact that he had not said anything surprised everybody. The reason why he hasn’t come is that he has to send his mother to a hospital. The news that he has been elected is not true.
The doctor gave us his proposal that the children should eat more green food.
名词性从句在近年英语全国统考试题和各省市自主命题的“完形填空”和“阅读理解”中,占有十分重要的地位。它与定语从句、状语从句、省略句、倒装句和非谓语一样,要求考生能够对较长的庞大复句进行断句理解。
近年经典试题中名词性从句应用举例(请注意下列各句中的名词性从句):
1.Decision-thinking is not unlike poker — it often matters not only what you think, but also what others think you think and what you think they think you think.
2.In his view, what is called the present time is no more than a moment in human history and we are just the Fist Men. In 2,000 million years from now there will be the Eighteenth or Last Men.
3.The great mathematician John von Neumann was one of the founders of game theory. In particular, he showed that all games fall into two classes.
4.Three lies in one day! Yet Dick Spivak is just an ordinary man. Each time, he told himself that sometimes the truth causes too many problems.
5.One mistaken idea about business is that it can be treated as a game of perfect information.
6.Supporters of underground development say that building down rather than building up is a good way to use the earth’s space.
7.Organic fruit, delivered right to doorstep. That is what Gabriel Gold prefers, and he is willing to pay for it.
8.Ken knew that Katherine of Aragon had died at Kim Bolton in Cambridge shire in 1536 and thought that Williams had buried the hare there. He had been digging there for over a year before a new idea occurred to him.
9.But how many shoppers really know what they are getting, and why are they willing to pay a higher price for organic produce?
10.Literacy specialists admit that children who read below the level of their fellow pupils are often afraid of reading aloud in a group, often have lower self-respect, and regard reading as a headache.
再以2005年经典试题中名词性从句应用举例:
11.It may simply be that the famous old schools that attract the best students happen to be single-sex, rather than that being single-sex makes them better schools.
12.Whatever you do or however you choose to deal with it, at certain times a wonderful, reasonable and helpful child will turn into a terrible animal.
13.The “graying” of the United States is mainly due to the fact that people in the U. S. are living longer. As a matter of fact, the number of U. S. citizens 85 years old and older is growing six times as fast as the rest of the population.
14.And that’s how the most unbelievable friendship between my grandfather and me started. Sitting there in the dark, we talked about our feelings and fears of life — from how fast things change, to how they sometimes don’t change fast enough.
15.In modern society there is a great deal of argument about competition. Some value it highly, believing that it is responsible for social progress and prosperity. Others say that competition is bad; that it sets one person against another; that it leads to unfriendly relationship between people.
2002年NMET阅读理解C:
He had realized that the words “One of Six to Eight”under the first picture in the book connected the hare in some way to Katherine of Aragon , the first of Henry VIII ’s six wives.
这句话中的宾语从句并不复杂,但是要读懂“One of Six to Eight”并不容易。其实它要表达的是“one of the six wives to Henry VIII”(享利八世平生所娶六妻中的第一位)。
这果真是“a lot of red herrings or false clues , to mislead them ”之一,即“(1 of 6) to 8th ”是红色绯鱼(给人以误导的线索)之一。原来奥妙在这里。
He had realized the words“One of Six to Eight” under the first picture in the book connected the hare
(in some way) to Katherine of Aragon , the first of Henry VIII ’s six wives.
更有意思的是2000年NMET阅读理解C:
Decision-thinking is not unlike poker — it often matters not only what you think , but also what others think you think and what you think they think you think.
这句话中除“poker”作“扑克牌”讲而外,对于大多数学生来说,并没有任何生词。但还是有很多人读不懂。其原因就是满脑袋的语法术语却不会断句。我们应该这样断句:
Decision-thinking is not unlike poker — it often matters | not only what you think , but also what others think | you think | and what you think | they think | you think.
翻译得通俗一点,这句话的意思是:决策性思维就像玩扑克牌 — 在通常情况下起作用的不仅在于你是怎样想的,而且在于别人对你是怎样想的,还在于你认为别人对你是怎么想的。
阅读理解C文在后面讲到,只有像玩家不能隐瞒也不能作弊的国际象棋之类游戏,才可看作具有充分信息。而正常的商业经营、政治活动以及人的一生,都只具备不充分信息,具有大量的不确定性和未知因素。
多么简单的语法术语 — 宾语从句,多么难以理解的句义!
历年英语全国统考试题和各省市自主命题除在“完形填空”和“阅读理解”而外,还十分重视用“语言知识单项填空题”考查名词性从句。这一点我们将在经典试题精解中加以证明。
名词性从句“语言知识单项填空题”两年考点分布图
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
全
国
卷
一
全
国
卷
二
全
国
卷
三
全
国
卷
四
北
京
试
卷
上
海
试
卷
天
津
试
卷
重
庆
试
卷
辽
宁
试
卷
江
苏
试
卷
浙
江
试
卷
福
建
试
卷
湖
北
试
卷
湖
南
试
卷
广
东
试
卷
山
东
试
卷
安
徽
试
卷
江
西
试
卷
04
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
无
无
无
05
1
1
1
无
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
注1:2005年全国卷Ⅱ与全国卷Ⅲ“语言知识单项填空题”、“完形填空”、“阅读理解”、“短文改错”和“书
面表达”题型的考点完全相同。2:“无”表示该项当年无试卷。
十四.定语从句
读不懂定语从句,就不会断句,继而必然影响阅读能力的提高。
有一个很典型的现象,在英语中使用定语从句的格言、谚语之多不可计数。
要重视:定语从句从后面修饰前面的名词、代词或有关事物。主语的定语从句后出现全句的谓语动词,暂用竖线“|”断开,表示断句位置。
认识宾语的定语从句,最能帮助读者迅速理解主语的定语从句。如:
We like the professor who gave us a report on science yesterday?
The professor who gave us a report on science yesterday | is Mr. White will come again.
Let me tell you a true story that has always been inspiring so many people.
The true story that has always been inspiring so many people | inspired us so much.
定语从句“语言知识单项填空题”两年考点分布图
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
全
国
卷
一
全
国
卷
二
全
国
卷
三
全
国
卷
四
北
京
试
卷
上
海
试
卷
天
津
试
卷
重
庆
试
卷
辽
宁
试
卷
江
苏
试
卷
浙
江
试
卷
福
建
试
卷
湖
北
试
卷
湖
南
试
卷
广
东
试
卷
山
东
试
卷
安
徽
试
卷
江
西
试
卷
04
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
无
无
无
05
1
无
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
注1:2005年全国卷Ⅱ与全国卷Ⅲ“语言知识单项填空题”、“完形填空”、“阅读理解”、“短文改错”和“书
面表达”题型的考点完全相同。2:“无”表示该项当年无试卷。
十五.状语从句
在复习迎考阶段,语法术语也不像初学阶段那么重要。在中学和大学,在国内与国外,许多语法术语是并不统一的。比如:状语从句又称为副词性子句。注意目的状语从句、结果状语从句和比较状语从句不会出现在主句之前。
现行高中英语教材的语法知识表述为:复合句中修饰主句中的动词、形容词和副词等的从句叫做状语从句叫做状语从句,状语从句根据它表达的意思的不同可分为时间、地点、原因、目的、结果、让步、比较、条件等。在阅读实践中断句比细分语法术语更重要。属于逻辑思维范畴。读者不得掉以轻心。
在阅读实践中,对英语的状语从句和其它句子成分断句比细分语法术语更为重要。
历年英语全国统考试题和各省市自主命题除在“完形填空”和“阅读理解”而外,还十分重视用“语言知识单项填空题”考查状语从句。这一点我们将在经典试题精解中加以证明。
近年经典试题中状语从句应用举例(请注意下列各句中的状语从句):
1.The bet ended at 9:01 on Monday morning, but Benjamin Barreaux waited until his mother, Roslyn, handed him five 100-dollar bills in front of a gathering a newspapermen in the afternoon before switching on the TV.
2.But when John and his fellow soldiers came in sight some of the people watching couldn’t help laughing at the one who couldn’t keep pace with the others as they marched along.
3.At the press of a button, a microcomputer locks all the other floors’ chute (垃圾道) doors and se2006年高考英语备考讲座提纲
沈阳二中 张 健
有可能增加难度(阅读量词汇量)有可能降低常规热点的考查力度语法考题会更新颖完形文体会是记叙文,难度与去年相当 阅读选材会更新,命题上会更科学作文还会是材料作文,看图作文的可能性很大
命题原则
语言必须放在实际的、并且尽可能不同的情景中运用。
语言必须适合具体的交际行为。考核的焦点在于是否达到交际目的
保证覆盖面要广
尽可能增加综合化因素
尽可能增加语境化的因素
单项填空
内容覆盖面广,重点突出,强调动词用法的考查
考查最基本的语法知识,最常用的交际用语
增加语境化的因素
回归基础,不练偏题,怪题,难题
回顾高考单选题,加深理解,总结规律
The films brought the hours back to when I was taken good care of in that far-away village.
A computer can only do what you have instructed it to do.
We did’t plan our art exhibition like that but it worked out very well.
We thought of selling this old furniture, but we’ve decided to hold on to it. It might be valuable.
News reports say peace talks between the two countries have broken down with no agreement reached.
You can take anything from the shelf and read, but please put back the books when you’ve finished with them
The final examination is coming up soon. It’s time for us to get down to our studies.
Could you please tell me where you bought the shoes you had on yesterday?
加强特定情景中的语义领悟水平。
Wait till you are more ______. It’s better to be sure than sorry.
Inspired B. satisfied C. calm D. certain
增加情境识别练习
---Your phone number again:I didn't quite catch it.
--- It’s 9568442
---Nancy is not coming tonight.
---But she promised!
I thought you had gone to London.
You decided that you stopped smoking
---When can I come for the photos? I need them tomorrow afternoon.
--- They should be ready by 12:00.
完形会保持05的难度,选材上仍会是记叙文(夹叙夹议)
对文章的整体理解会较高(运用语篇知识和语篇分析方法在整体层面上领悟“残缺的”语篇)
Global 的设空仍会在10个以上
完形填空解题技巧:层次性解题法
从宏观到微观(global—local):先主后次,先解与主题直接相关的题,再解和主题间接相关的细节题。(一定要对文章有全局的理解)
A person my have an idea about himself that will prevent him form doing good work.
He may have the 1belief that he is not capable of it. A child may think he is 2stupid because he does not understand how to make the most of his mental faculties. Older people may be mistaken that they are incapable of 3 learn anything new because of their 4 age .
A person who believes that he is incapable will not make a real 5effort , because he feels that it would be useless. He won’t go at a job with the confidence necessary for 6success and he won’t work his hardest, even though he may think he doing so. He is 7therefore likely to fail, and the failure will 8strenthen his belief in his incompetence.
Alfred Alder, a famous doctor, had 9an experience like this. When he was a small boy,-----
Paragraph 1 提出观点A person my have an idea about himself that will prevent him form doing good work.
Paragraph 2 通过对比a child 和 older people 具体阐述观点的第一部分He may have the 1 that he is not capable of it.
Paragraph 3具体阐述观点的第二部分A person who believes that he is incapable will not make a real 5
Paragraph 4 通过Alfred Alder的例子说明。
通过分析文章段际关系(并列,对比,递进)对全文有整体理解
通过分析段落发展模式和句子的逻辑关系帮助解题。
点式解题法:从细节上的某一点着手,通过分析词的复现,共现和搭配来解题。
词的复现:原词复现,同义词近义词复现,反义词复现,上下义词复现。
词的搭配:固定搭配 非固定搭配:动宾搭配 动词+副词 名词+名词搭配 形容词+名词
Scott and his four companions were terribly disappointed.When they got to the South Pole,they found the Norwegians(挪威人) had 36beaten them in the race to be the first ever to reach it.After 37planting the British flag at the Pole,they took a photograph of themselves 38before they started the 950?mile journey back.
The journey was unexpectedly 39 ,and the joy and excitement about the Pole had gone out of them.
G---S型段落(演绎型)
The journey was unexpectedly 39slow ,and the joy and excitement about the Pole had gone out of them.The sun hardly 40appeared .The snow storms always made it impossible to sight the stones they had 41set up to mark their way home.To make things 42worse .Evans,whom they had all thought of 43as the strongest of the five,fell badly into a deep hole in the ice.Having 44struggled along for several days,he suddenly fell down and died.
36、层次性解题法。根据句际关系,第二句和首句应是因果关系,beaten与disappointed对应。
37、点式解题法。根据动宾搭配解题。plant作动词表示“put sh. firmly”常见的搭配有:Plant a flag(插旗),plant a stake(打桩),plant one’s feet(站稳双脚),plant a bomb
38、层次性解题法。根据第二段首句的提示。
训练方法
整体训练法
化整为零法
主观题训练法
阅读理解
阅读理解:题材,体裁, 适当增加科技 类文章的训练
选材要新
命题规律
阅读技巧
阅读训练
1. 基本功的训练;
将语法和词汇复习与阅读训练结合起来。
识别动词ing 形式 识别状语从句
识别过去分词 识别名词性从句
识别不定式 难句理解
识别定语从句 长句理解
长句难句的理解
The fact that most of the these young people have gone to Europeanized or Americanized societies makes it unlikely that they will hold as tightly to the value of duty as they would have if they had not left their countries.
70. If young people go abroad, _________.
A. they do not hold to the value of duty at all.
B. they can give some help to their parents back home.
C. they cannot do what they should for their parents.
D. they believe what they actually do is right.
They were surprised to find that the harmful effect of a given amount of physical effort was actually less on the hearts of these trained patients than on those of the patients who were not similarly trained.
74. The experiments done by some scientists showed that _________.
A. some male patients were asked to ride bicycles regularly in the experiments
B. the physical exercise had more harmful effect on the hearts of the untrained patients
C. the physical exercise was harmless to the male patients with heart trouble
D. the physical exercise could be helpful for the patients to take in more oxygen
阅读技巧的训练;
寻找事实与细节 寻找题干和选项在原文中出处(同义,近义,词类,句式之间转换) 根据上下文推测词义
理解内涵 寻找主题句 识别关联词
预测 给文章加标题 把握文章结构
推断作者观点 说明文阅读 论说文阅读 新闻阅读
广告 图表 信函与履历
global 题型 :主旨大意,观点态度
local 题型 :微观细节和语义理解
组成一个段落或一篇文章的句子的重量是不相同的, 在阅读中要善于抓住那些更重要的句子,将注意力集中在我们最需要了解的信息上。
通过定义解释,同位语,来猜测词义
Parapsychologist say that humans have a natural ability to sense when someone is looking at them. To research whether such a sixth sense really exist, -----(04 重庆)
Pantomime refers to a short play in which no words are spoken.
Cairaigo—words that come from outside—have been part of the Japanese language for centuries.(03 全国)
通过因果关系来猜测词义
The river is so turbid that it is impossible to see the bottom even it is shallow.
The diver somehow panicked at the sight of me . He was going more than a hundred miles an hour and began passing cars on the shoulder.
利用文意和逻辑关系来猜测
And if you’ve gathered your friends around you to rebuild a happy family atmosphere, you may fear that saying no will bring back the kind of conflict you grew up with—or destroy the nice atmosphere you now enjoy.(04重庆)
A. dependent life B. fierce fight
C. bad manners D. painful feeling
He sounded quite nervous and he had been talking for a minute or so before I understood anything. Even then all I could make out was that someone called Milly had had a very bad accident. I hadn’t the slightest idea who she was.(99 C)
You won’t believe this but as soon as I got home I crashed out for four hours. Then I had dinner and went back to bed, fearing ---
A. chatted with her friends
B. slept soundly
C. broken down
D. dined out
通过生活常识猜测词义
A deaf-and-dumb guy went into a hard-ware shop to ask for some nails(03完形)
通过对比关系猜测词义(标点,although,even though, while, but )
A child’s birthday party doesn’t have to be a hassle; it can be a basket of fun.
A. a party designed by specialists
B. a plan requiring careful thought
C. a situation causing difficulty or trouble
D. a demand made by guests
通过同类关系猜测词义
通过具体例子猜测词义
给文章加标题
是否具有高度的概括性;
是否具有强烈的针对 性 (title eye);
是否醒目;
充分利用引导性主题句;
较高阶段
目的:掌握阅读技巧;增加准确率,提高速度;积累阅读经验,增加阅读的深度,使有意识阅读向无意识阅读转变;形成知识的良性循环
1 阅读一定数量的学科性较强,富于哲理,异国文化较深,接近原文或就是原文的文章
2 通过整体阅读来训练学生的思维能力
4 加强课堂限时阅读训练,提高速度
5 增加报刊阅读量
高考作文的评分标准
(内容10分,语言12分,组织结构3分,共计25分)
内容要求:
A档 10分 重点明确,内容充实
B档 8分 重点明确,内容较充实
C档 6分 重点明确,但内容单薄.
D档 4分 重点不明确,内容松散.
E 档 2分 严重离题.
高考作文的评分标准
2.语言要求:
1)语言表达正确,文字流畅.(12分)
2)语法,措词等错误,每处扣1分,同一错误不重复扣分.
3)单词拼写,标点,大小写等错误,每处扣0.5分,同一错误不重复扣分.
4)每句扣分不超过2分.
5)语言分最多扣12分.
高考作文的评分标准
3.组织结构要求:
凡内容和语言两部分得分超过16分,词数超过120个,并符合下列条件者可加分.
1)凡全文的措词,句子结构,上下文连贯性等方面比较出色者,可酌情加1-2分.
2)凡内容充实,语言正确,用词贴切的优秀作文,可加3分.
4.词数要求:不足120个酌情扣分,少于60个,总分得分最多不超过10分.
情景作文
明确情景作文考查意图:
情景作文的命题意图是考查考生能否根据所给情景(表格、图、文字等)撰写主题明确、内容完整、语言连贯的短文能力。在考查考生的书面语言水平的同时,还考查他们的想象能力和逻辑思维能力,考查他们能否清楚地表达试题要求表达的内容。
注意:文章短(60词)所以要做到主题突出,语言精练。过渡词语的准确运用,语言的前后衔接,直接影响到文章的条理性、逻辑性。
写作要领
时间顺序要理清;事件过程要讲清;
信息归类要分清;开头点题要鲜明;
结尾扣题要简明;
要点全、时态清,主题思想要分明。逻辑强、语言精、表达交流要完整。
?
几点建议:
1. 审题。
(1)审人称、审时态、审语境说话的对象
(2)注意文字提示及图画、图表内容的要点。要点要全;详略得当;不要随意发挥加入过多的个人看法和感情抒发(主题不突出;易出错。)。忌:不审题,盲目动笔,随意发挥。列提纲,打腹稿。这样可以使你的文章内容条理化,逻辑严谨,成为一个完整的语篇。
忌:思维混乱;顺序颠倒;前言不搭后语。
2. 看清文体;组织好文章结构。
记叙(记叙+描述;记叙+议论)
描述(描述+议论;)
说明(列举、对比利与弊不同观点,看法。)
图表 (描述+议论)
3. 正确运用语言;表达清楚;把好语言关。
用自己熟悉的句型和词语。不用把握不大的词。力求文理通顺,语言准确。写出符合英语习惯的地道句子,并要准确使用时态和语态。
忌:中文式的英文。
4. 正确运用过渡词。句式多样化。
在有把握的情况下,灵活运用过渡词,句型和短语,能使语篇连贯,漂亮、优美的句子往往会给文章增添色彩,从而取得好成绩。但不要为了用而用,显得文章很涩。你写的文章应是让读者能一口气读完,读懂。而不是要停下来琢磨你到底想说什么。
忌:滥用句式,长句。
5. 避开不会的词语。
遇到不会的词可以用同义和近义词代替。或换个句型,改变一下表达形式。
忌:钻牛角尖。
一篇好的文章应该是:语篇连贯、逻辑性强、用词准确、句式丰富、言简意赅。
6. 书写工整,卷面整洁。
字迹工整,卷面整洁。否则会影响阅卷,影响你的成绩。
7. 复查全文。
检查的内容有:
·句子完整吗?
·名词是否该加s / es;是否要用冠词?
动词时态是否正确、前后一致?
·此动词是否作谓语?形式对吗?
·此词该用形容词/名词、形容词/副词、动词/名词形式?
·用了衔接词吗?
·要点全了吗?
·标点正确吗?
注意写好开头和结尾
给写作留出足够的时间( 30分钟左右)
熟背范文是写作得高分途径之一
信头
1. How nice to hear from you again.
2.?I’m writing to ---
例:I’m writing to tell you about the discussion we’ve had about whether an entrance fee should be charged for parks.
3.?I’m so glad/pleased to learn that ---
例:I’m so glad to learn that you’re coming in September.
4. I’m so excited to write you a letter a bout my spring outing.
5.It’s very kind of you to write me and let me know about ---. Now I’d like to tell you something about ---
? 例:It’s very kind of you to write me and let me know about Your beautiful city. Now I’d like to tell you something about my hometown, Jiangcheng.
6.? I would like to tell you that ---
7.? I am very pleased to hear from you and are writing to tell you something about ---
8.? How are you? I’m glad to know that you ---
9.? How is everything with you? I hope things are going well.
信尾
1. Best wishes 2. I’m looking forward to your reply
3. I’m looking forward to hearing from you soon.
4. With kindest regards to you and your parents.
5. Best regards to you all.
6. Thank you very much.
7. Remember me to your parents.
看图写话
1.? It was 7:15 on the morning of February 8,2000. I was walking along Park Road when ----
2.One Sunday morning, there were some people in Zhongshan Park. At a stand, a woman----
3.The other day my brother and I went to ---
4.When I was on my way home from school this after noon, I came across an old man who---
5.What happened to me on ---- is just unbelievable/unforgettable.
看图
1.? It was 7:15 on the morning of February 8,2000. I was walking along Park Road when ----
2.? One Sunday morning, there were some people in Zhongshan Park. At a stand, a woman----
3.? The other day my brother and I went to ---
4.? When I was on my way home from school this after noon, I came across an old man who---
5.? What happened to me on ---- is just unbelievable/unforgettable.
6.? I will never forget that day/night: September 26, 2004.
7.? About 9 o’clock yesterday evening, I was busy preparing for --- when suddenly ----
8.? It was quite an experience for us , which I’ll never forget /value for the rest of my life.
9.? Hopefully, from this incident, they will draw the same lesson: follow the traffic rules.
10. The worst to happen was that it would do serous harm to people’s eyes.
课上与课下相结合;
重视翻译;
自批,互批,老师批结合,练后要讲评;
多用学生的习作;
教给学生一些写作技巧;
针对写作中出现的问题有计划地训练;
可做一些口头作文做铺垫
简洁及句子多样化手段
用修饰语开头或位于句中
The lines, by seven o’clock, stretched from the box office to the corner.
Considering his age, his health is fairly good.
In order to get there before dark, he set off early in the morning.
2. 使用关系词
He has a son who is a genius.
A dog that barks may bite.
3. 合并句子,删除赘词
These were the voters. They were worried about unemployment. Unemployment kept rising. The voters were also worried about the dollar. The dollar was decreasing in value.
从2006年高考题看出题方向及复习策略
东北育才中学 葛丽萍
从单项填空,完型填空,阅读理解,短文改错和作文五个方面分别分析全国十六套试卷,看出规律,得出共性,判断命题趋势,并结合具体教学给出相应建议。
1、《考试说明》中给出的高考的词汇范围,是高考命题的依据。所
以基本的词语、短语,应被作为学习掌握的第一对象,这也是为做好单选和完型考题奠定基础。尤其是临近高考之时,更要抓好基础知识的落实,切忌掉以轻心,应少做难、怪、偏题。但是,对这些基础知识的把握决不等于死记硬背,依据现在英语知识的考查特点,是要能做到灵活迁移,举一反三。
迁移知识,精选习题
动词多变化,练习加观察
题干设置语境化,语篇理解是重点
2、完型填空训练的目的:两个提高 1)提高阅读理解能力; 2)提高词语运用能力。两个培养 1)培养良好的解题习惯; 2)培养语言逻辑思维能力。两个忠告 1)不求语言知识增长,只求解题能力提高; 2)不求100%的理解和正确率,只求训练过程 和良好解题习惯的养成。
3、阅读理解
熟记单词打地基,限时阅读提速度;
克服长句困难,定位理解重点;
题材广体裁新,英语思维强化快
4、短文改错
考查面广;注重语篇;注重基础
5、背范文、背句型让你高考作文得心应手
在高考英语书面表达题目中,答题时动词与主语关系不清、句子之间的逻辑关系不清、过多的长句使句子复杂化,单一化是造成学生“丢分”的重要原因。
用词造句,扬长避短
变换句式,长短结合
连句成文,过渡自然
课件28张PPT。(西安中学)刘长凌2006.3主讲人:NMET2006备考之我见——与英语同行们说说知心话联系方式
电话: 13759935822 86630355
网址: liuchangling2006@126.com大变之中求不变 平稳过渡还是第三套试题,还是八大项,
还是没听力。研究好NMET2005(III)对今年的备考相当有好处演讲内容●高考前瞻
●备考方略
●几个观点
●西中备考●平稳过渡 大变之中求不变或小变●可能仍采用NMET2005(III)模式●认真研究NMET2005(III)高考前瞻1 单词辨音
?87---2000 + 2005 = 15年
?元音为主、辅音为辅
?多字母多、单字母少
?不符合读音规则多、符合读音规则少前瞻?回顾?备考ch, th, s, oo, gh, i/y, ea, x, n,er,c,g,五个元音字母在重读开音节、重读闭音节及非重音节中的读法,双元音在非重读音节中读单元音,长元音在非重读音节中读短元音。高频字母与字母组合前瞻?回顾?备考?规则 + 多练
?利用好英语早读
?英语野炊21个辅音字母的发音;5个元音字母在重读开音阶、闭音节及非重读音节中的发音;几个常见字母组合的发音。前瞻?回顾?备考2 单项选择
自2004年以来越来越简单,无偏、怪、难题,平和、规范、基础前瞻?回顾?备考(NMET99) 7. -I’m going to the post office.
-__you're there, can you get me some stamps?
A. As B. While C. Because D. If
(NMET98) 8. I hate _____ when people talk with their mouths full.
A. it B. that C. these D. them
(NMET99) 10. -Alice, you feed the bird today,__ ?
-But I fed it yesterday.
A. do you B. will you C. didn't you D. don't you
(NMET99) 14. Robert is said _________ abroad, but I don't know what country
he studied in.
A. to have studied B. to study C.to be studying D.to have been studying
(NMET2000) 8. _____to take this adventure course will certainly learn a lot
of useful skills. A.Brave enough students B.Enough brave students
C.Students brave enough D.Students enough brave(NMET2000) 15. ---Are you coming to Jeff's party?
---I'm not sure . I ____go to the concert instead.
A. must B. would C. should D. might
(NMET2001) 26. We didn’t plan our art exhibition like that but it ____very well.
A. worked out B. tried out C. went on D. carried on
(NMET2001) 27. The home improvements have taken what little there is _____ my
spare time.
A. from B. in C. of D. at
(NMET2001) 35. _____such heavy pollution already, it may now be too late to
clean up the river.
A. Having suffered B. Suffering C. To suffer D. Suffered
(NMET2001) 34. ____is known to everybody, the moon travels round the earth
once every month.
A. It B. As C. That D. What (NMET2002) 34. The research is so designed that once ____ nothing can be done
to change it.
A.begins B.having begun C.beginning D.begun
(NMET2002) 35. Meeting my uncle after all these years was an unforgettable
moment, _____ I will always treasure.
A.that B.one C.it D.what
(NMET2003) 24. —Sorry, Joe, I didn’t mean to…
—Don’t call me “Joe”. I’m Mr Parker to you, and ____you forget it!
A.do B.didn’t C.did D.don’t
?做常规题,不要刻意追求偏怪难
?建立错误档案,很好地利用错误档案,重在巩固战果
?引导学生跳出怪圈,投入1/10时间,省出时间给读写
?先系统,后综合前瞻?回顾?备考3 完型填空
?情节曲折的记叙文
?不再考查语法 考上下行文
?第一句不设项,各项以独词为主
?无生词 做汉注
?设项极巧妙 总有一两项特别整蛊人270--320字左右的情节曲折的记叙文/夹叙夹议,有叙事文、叙人文、自叙文、新闻报道,结构完整,独立成篇,语言优美地道,故事生动有趣,一波三折,悬念横生,越曲折越便于考上下行文NMET99。即使不挖出20个空,也是一篇相当难的阅读理解文章。前瞻?回顾?备考?阅读与完型呈正相关性,相关系数在80%以上
?先练阅读后练完型
?多练与总结相结合前瞻?回顾?备考4. 阅读理解
?实用性、生活性、工具性
?题材多样
?客观+主观
?五篇,200—400字,内容复杂、不熟悉
?自99年以来文章变长、长难句
增多客观:排序、词意、短语意思、句义、代词指谓……
主观:文章主旨,段落大意,推断,主人公、作者、读者的观点,事件的原因、结果、目的……科普、新闻故事、新闻报道、生活小故事、书介、书评、广告、说明文、趣事轶闻……
新闻性、时文性、人文性、科普性、异域性、猎奇性较强,政治性、专业性、常识性、纯文学性、热点性不强前瞻?回顾?备考4 阅读理解
长度变短 难度下降阅读理解的难度由两方面构成:文章的难度和问题的难度。
文章难度=文章、句子的长度+难句、怪句的多少+文章内容与学生已有知识的信息差的大小
问题难度=题干、选项的长度+问题与文章的信息差+主、客观试题的比例+设项位置前瞻?回顾?备考?多读
?指导学生阅读的策略:
1. 先慢后快,先少后多,总结经验,力求全对。
2. 理解为主,单词为辅,可以查字典。
?语法分析法是长、难、怪句的克星前瞻?回顾?备考5 补全对话
不太难,必然有一、两个干扰项,但掌握好情景和标点符号,先易后难,此题基本上算送分题。前瞻?回顾?备考6 单词拼写
长、偏、怪、活
背写单词
词法+句法前瞻?回顾?备考长:96—9.3,97—8,98—7.8,99—8.4,2000—7.6,2005—8.3
偏:curious/government/broadcast(96); thorough/spring/pressure(97); equal(98); average/declare/familiar(99); slightly
(2000)tobacco/palace/description(05)
怪:restaurant(99); ninth(98); exhibition
(97); government/curious(96)7 短文改错
短文、短句,独词、杂点,无拼写错误,无标点符号错误,只能改动一词。加、减、改、对。
语法分析法+多练前瞻?回顾?备考8. 写作
应用文,多配有图画、图表,无格式之忧,100字左右, 不刻意追求复杂句、关联词、句型,句子朴实无华,重在准确无误地表达题意。前瞻?回顾?备考?背写结合
背范文,积累好句,提高单词的拼写能力,既有利于写作有利于单词拼写。
?锤炼文笔,打造好句(语法)
?精写+泛写
?教会学生仔细审题(文字叙述部分 + 图表/图示/组图叙述部分 )前瞻?回顾?备考1 重视读写 淡化语法 让语法为读写服务
2 基础知识 + 实践 = 能力
3 练!练!练!
4 循序性渐进 + 超负荷训练
5 限时训练 + 非限时训练
6 建立错误档案
7 实力与技巧
8研究高考题 欣赏高考题(做/组/创)几个观点
备考方略以“纲”为纲 以“本”为本
夯实基础 培养能力
两个学期 三个阶段 西中备考四个阶段
第一阶段:05年9月1日—05年10月31日,结
束高三新课。
第二阶段:05年6月27日—05年8月5日;10月
1日—06年3月15日,结束复习高
一、高二四册书的复课。
第三阶段:06年3月16日—06年5月20日,大
练考。
第四阶段:06年5月21日—06年6月7日,答疑
解惑。 西中备考练考分两个阶段
第一阶段:(05年6月27—06年3月15日)专
项基础练考;
第二阶段:(06年3月16日—06年5月20日)
综合大练考欢迎批评指正 竭诚与各位同行
交友、交流联系方式:
Cellphone:13759935822
E-mail:liuchangling2006@126.com
QQ: 381500795课件14张PPT。What few friends I had in Nanjing gave me a warm welcome.
=The few friends that I had in Nanjing gave me a warm welcome.
She was quite angry at that he had spent what little money they had saved buying cigarettes.
=She was quite angry at that he had spent the little money that they had saved buying cigarettes.
远位+中位+近位+ 名词中心词
全部半个倍分数 冠词代词所有格
我的所有的三个哥哥都来了。
All my three brothers are here. 各位次的限定词互相排斥,不能同时出现。
all both his sisters a his friend most the students
a friend of his most of the students
little his spare time little of his spare time
There is little of his spare time.
房屋装修把他那所拥有的为数不多的业余时间都花光了。
The home improvements have taken what little there is of his spare time.章振邦《新编英语语法》(上册)p.416,上海译文出版社1981年出版
Using these techniques, a wheel fell off.
这样的句子从修辞角度看是应该避免的。但是当意义不致引起误解时,这种句子还是可接受的,特别是在报刊和科技文体中比较常见。例如:
In the picture this is shown looking at the tail of the aeroplane. 在图中,从机尾部分可以看出这一点。
又说:……有时可以在主句中通过其他方式来表示,例如:Getting down from the bus my ankle was sprained.
下车时我的脚脖崴了。
He felt himself gently touched on the shoulder; and looking round, his father stood before him.
他觉得有人轻轻地拍了一下他的肩膀;他回头一看,父亲就站在面前。NMET2000
内核:入校风波
NMET2001
内核:有无雪人
NMET2002
内核:智商的高低
NMET2003
内核:令人吃惊的壁球赛
NMET2004
内核:打电话上瘾的经历
NMET2005
内核:泊车纠纷He found out that Kit Williams had spent his childhood near Ampthill, in Bedfordshire, and
thought that he must have buried the hare in a place he knew well, but he still could not see the connection with Katherine of Aragon, until one day he came across two stone crosses in Ampthill Park and learnt that they had been built in her honor in 1773. (65)----NMET2002(D)First put forward by the French mathematician Pierre de Fermat in the seventeenth century, the theorem had baffled and beaten the finest mathematical minds, including a French woman scientist who made a major advance in working out the problem, and who had to dress like a man in order to be able to study at the Ecole Polytechnique. (58) NMET2003 (C)What at first seemed like the work of a clever stay-at-home car thief, however , may in fact be the work of an even lazier and more inventive criminal mind—one that avoids (避免)not only colleting money but going out to steal the car in the first place . (52) ---NMET200(C) When a group of children politely stop a conversation with you, saying: “We have to go to work now,” you’re left feeling surprised and certainly uneasy. After all, this is the 1990s and the idea of children working is just unthinkable. That is, until you are told that they are all pupils of stage schools, and that the “work” they go off to is to go on the stage in a theatre.
NMET1999 (E) …you’re left feeling surprised and certainly uneasy, until you are told that they are all pupils of stage schools,and that the “work” they go off to is to go on the stage in a theatre. The schools themselves admit that not all children will be successful in the profession for which they are being trained. So what happens to those who don’t make it?While all the leading schools say they place great importance on children getting good study results, the facts seem to suggest this is not always the case. NMET1999 (E) 入学父亲摔跤担心孤独担心出丑同学窥视尴尬至极速寻宿舍探头入室担心无人担心最坏的事等着她入室有人室友寒暄得体父亲平静下来对大学生活充满信心当地人说有雪人无实据雪人脚印照片怀疑是其他动物的俄国人说有仍无实据仍不知有无生气吵架求和道歉和好限定描述大长高
形状年龄新和老
颜色国籍出材料
类别用途往后靠研究高考试卷明辨复习方向
北大附中? 范存智
2005年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语试卷共有16份,全国卷2份,分别为含听力卷及不含听力卷。另外北京、天津、上海、重庆、辽宁、江苏、浙江、福建、广东、湖北、湖南、山东、安徽、江西等14个省市各一份试卷。
当前,在不少地区、有不少教师错误地认为由于现在分省单独命题,各份试卷间没有丝毫联系了。因此,高中教师无须了解其他省市的试卷,只要知道自己省市的试卷就足够了。这实在是失之偏颇,短视行为。这些同志不知道无论哪个单独命题的省市,在试题命制过程中必须遵照执行教育部2000年所颁行的《全日制高级中学英语教学大纲(实验修订版)》和教育部考试中心2005年根据普通高等学校对文化素质的要求并考虑中学教学实际而制定的《考试大纲》。各省市的《考试说明》是立足于教育部和考试中心的两个大纲基础上进行命制的。每一位高中英语教师,尤其是指导2006年高考的教师,不仅要谙熟本地区的考卷内容、特点,还应横向比较16份试卷的共性与个性,以及他们的特色;甚至再竖比,了解近年的试卷情况。这样才能作到胸中有数,才能把握全局,才能正确指导学生复习备考。
英语试卷的命题指导思想:认真总结前几年的命题经验(第一、二次单独命题的省则须认真研究前几年全国卷及单独命题省市卷),研究《考试大纲》、《说明》和社会各界对前一年高考英语试卷的反映和试卷命制建议。试卷的命制应“有利于中学素质教育的推进;有利于高校选拔人才”,和“稳定中求发展”。单独命题的省市的形成轨迹应为:仿——平稳过度——体现特色。
英语试卷语言知识题的命制原则:保证知识覆盖面;尽可能增加综合性与语境化的因素。
语言运用题的命制原则为:(1) 语言必须放在实际的、并尽可能不同的情景中运用; (2) 语言必须适合具体的交际行为; (3) 考核的焦点在于是否达到交际目的; (4) 语言交际行为除了需要语言能力外,还需要其他的能力。
认真分析、比较与研究2005年的各份试卷,我们不难发现,每个命题组都是基于上述原则并结合各自的具体情况进行命制的。所有的试卷力求体现课改的精神——材料的选择、考点的设计具有时代性、基础性。比如北京试卷听力部分第10题,to listen to film or ticket information, press the star button,题的选项是三个电话键,分别标示*,o 和#号,具有很强的时代感。上海试卷语法与词汇部分第30题,More than a dozen students in that school were sent abroad to study medicine last year.此题题干不长,仅14个单词,句意浅显易懂,选项分别为A. sent, B. were sent, C. had sent, D. had been sent,考查重点是时态、语态及主谓一致。然而, 透过表象的则是,此题体现的是教育要面向现代化、面向世界、面向未来和命题应注重基础性这一理念。
试卷的难度控制体现了稳定这一宗旨,就全国卷而言,虽然出现一份不含听力的试卷,但是,无论单选、完形、阅读、改错还是书面表达,均贯穿“三稳定”的原则,即难度稳定,题型稳定,卷长稳定。根据教育测量理论和高考的实际情况,试卷的理想难度被确定为0.55。在命题的过程中,显而易见命题人员考虑到一共有17个省、民族自治区的考生使用全国卷,考生的英语整体水平比较2004年又有所下降这一事实,在认真研究2004年试卷和听取社会对2004年命题的评价和建议的基础上,适当调整各大题的难度,使之适应2005年的考生实际水平,同时确保整份试卷应具备两个“有利于”的特质——有利于中学素质教育的推进;有利于高校选拔人才。因此,试卷没有加大难度,而是与前几年基本一致。以两份试卷的完形为例,短文不难读懂,80个用来选用的词或短语没有生僻者,中等水平的考生完全能识别。其他单独命题的省市皆以稳定为前提,中等难度题作为试卷的主体,再根据各自省市的具体情况命制体现各自特点的,难度稳定的试卷。比如,北京卷难度系数为0.54,湖北0.58,湖南0.52,接近或已经达到理想难度。对于第一次单独命题的山东、安徽、江西三省,他们的试卷也定位于这样的原则。 以山东、江西两省的客观试题为例(客观题共115分),两省都使用全国听力,其它五大题项单独命制,难度分别为0.63, 0.58,这就为全试卷的整体难度奠定了基础。试想,如不贯彻中等难度题为主的指导思想,是不可能有此较为理想的难度系数的。
全国卷(听力)的考试内容保持了2004年的整体思路并在写作题的设计上有所创新。各自省市的英语试卷努力体现各自的教学和学生的水平、特点。在书面表达题项上,北京坚持开放型作文特色。上海考生英语水平高于全国平均水平,因此,一如以前那样相对难度大。它的书面表达要求考生通过描述生活中的一件事来验证“天生我才必有用”,有叙有议。江苏则以“江苏中学李小平”的名义就建设和谐社会为题向全江苏省中学生发出倡议。不仅具有强烈的时代感,而且更具鲜明的地方特色。湖南尝试将短文改错换成阅读短文,理解后填写表格中的相关空白,难度0.385,大于以往该省的短文改错,起 到考试的选拔功能 。
总之,16份试卷是全国英语课程顺利实施的真实体现。他们不仅适应学生心智和情感态度的发展需求以及高中毕业后就业、升学和未来生存发展的需要,而且力求满足国家的经济建设和科技发展对人才培养的需要——有理想,有道德,有文化,有纪律,并在不同程度上掌握一些外国语的各方面的人才。
听力
在英语试卷设置听力题项不是权宜之计,也不是出于理论上的考虑,而是时代的需要。中外交往的日益扩大,中国国力的增强,国际威望的提高决定了外语的作用必然加大。这种交流不仅仅局限在书写的文字上,还广泛用于直接交往的听说!依照“中学英语教学大纲”的精神,根据目前我国大中学英语教学实际,从2002年起在英语高考试卷中增加听力题项。这说明了在基础教育领域英语的评价的内容和形式改革正在向实际应用的方向大步前进。 它的意义在于高考英语试卷具有笔头和口头的语言材料,使语言材料的题材与体裁更加丰富,使试卷能更全面考查考生的语言运用能力。
听力题的五个“强调”:
1. 话语的整体理解
2. 口头语言的真实性
3.社会语言策略的具体把握
4. 情感和情绪因素在口语的表述作用
5. 听力技能的熟练运用
选材和命题的要求:
应当是口头语言材料,听起来自然、真实;
材料应当具有一个明确的语境,这是理解对话内容的含义及谈话双方目的的前提;
语料无论长短都应当完整,便于被试者全面理解说话者意图;
对话双方的身份须明确,一般情况下一男一女最为理想。这样才能使被试者听完对话后能判定双方关系;
语料应富含信息量;
无论对话还是独白,都不应存在生词或学生无法听懂的词组短语,这样便于考生正常水平的发挥;
语料应当符合学生的认知水平,成人化、专业化的倾向应避免;
题干与选项应简单明了。
听力题测试要点:
理解主旨要义;
获取实事性具体信息;
对说话的背景、说话者之间的关系做出简单的推断;
理解说话者的意图和观点
2005年全国卷两份试卷中,有一份含有听力测试,北京、天津、上海、广东、湖北、湖南、重庆等七省市各自单独命制听力试题。其他单独命题的省使用全国卷的听力题,浙江省虽然也单独命题,但没有考查听力。
笔者掌握全国及几个省市的听力材料,经过分析发现每份听力题的选材、语速、设问均符合前面三大项所谈及的内容和要求。题干与选项能做到简单、明了,比较突出的是全国卷和北京卷,毕竟是听力测试而非阅读理解题。
从活动场所看,有办公室、家、医院、车站、机场、商店、警署、饭店;谈到的话题包括人际关系、购物、工作、乘车、旅游、家庭、聚会、交通工具、体育活动、传媒、会务安排、面试。大到城市,小到调换房间等。听起来自然、真实,触角伸向现实生活的各个方面;有声材料没有生僻的词语和超越中学生学识水平的话题。总体考量,每份试卷的听力语料拥有足够的信息含量。从测试结果看,经过师生数年的努力,学生的听的能力得到了锻炼和提高,北京卷难度为0.63,湖北为0.61,湖南为0.63。山东省和江西省的听力部分使用全国卷的听力题,前者难度0.68,江西省的听力难度应当不会大,否则其客观题的难度不会是0.58!
命题亮点:
检测思辨能力
(全国卷1)How much will the woman pay if she buys two skirts?
A. $18. B. $19 C. $20
M: $10 each and $ 1 off if people buy two. They are on sale.
说话者没有明示,但是听者须知道off, be on sale的意思,思与分辨很重要。
( 全国卷5) Where are the two speakers?
A. On the first floor.
B. On the fourth floor.
C. On the fifth floor.
M: Oh, he is not on this floor. He is on the fourth floor. Go down the stairs and turn left.
男士没有明说,但下述内容暗示讲话者的位置:not on this floor, on the fourth, go down the stars,听者得心算。
(湖北卷9)What time will Professor Smith finish his talk?
At about 1:45. B. At about 2:15. C. At about 2:45.
M: When does the meeting begin?
W: Lunch will be served at 12:30, and Professor Smith will speak at 1:15.
M: And do you have any idea when it will end?
W: Well, Professor Smith will speak for about one and half hours.
史密斯教授1:15开始作报告,要讲一个半小时,听懂后用简单的数学运算就能知道结束的时间。
(北京卷11)How many people can go and see a film if you pay $17?
A. 3 . B. 4 . C. 5.
W: … Adult tickets $six fifty, student tickets $ five fifty, tickets for children and 15 years of age four fifty, a family ticket is available for two adults and two children or one adult and three children $17.
如能听懂上述内容,同时用笔记下来,思考后会觉得这题并不难。北京学生的英语程度近两年有所提高,词汇量比较以前明显扩大。available已不算是生词。
大凡涉及数字题时,命题者与被试者都要费猜想,出的科学,思考才有意义。表象是数字的加减运算,实则考查听者的思维、辨析能力。
检测句意的理解能力
(全国卷10)What are the speakers talking about?
Popular sports events.
TV programs people like best.
Things people do after work.
W: You know I just finished some very interesting research for the newspaper about things people do in their spare time.
M: Really? What did you learn?
说话者用的是in their spare time,而选项却写的是after work,听不懂spare time就判断失误。巧命题由此可见一斑。
(湖南卷15)How soon will the ticket office be closed?
A. In an hour. B. In two hours. C. In three hours.
M: Well, there are two more hours before the ticket office closes.
中国学生在对待before一词时,往往比较呆板,总离不开“以前、之前”。其实,将它译成中文有多样解释。如何理解,就看考生的功底了。这正是命题者精明所在。正确理解的关键词是two more hours和before.
检测分析判断能力)
(全国卷8)Why does the man feel surprised?
The woman has found a new job.
The woman doesn’t like leaving.
The woman disagrees with him.
M: Fikky, what’s gong on? Freggis just told me that you’re going to be leaving us.
W: Yes, I really feel bad out of it. But B.N.D. came up with a good offer.
M: Well, I didn’t know you were going to look for a new job.
题干用“惊讶”,听者能从语气判断,女士用come up with a good offer表示已经谋到新职。男士这才恍然大悟。听者捕捉不到leave, a new offer, look for a new job,就无法分析梳理。即使选对,也是蒙的。
(北京卷20)What is the purpose of the man’s talk?
To welcome the students to the center.
To inform the students of the arrangements.
To tell the students the rules they should follow.
这段对话编写的很独特,形式上象是对话,实际男士的独白,女士三言两语介绍后就是男士的大段讲话。从And it’s my job to make sure you have some fun while you are here. Now this afternoon…起直到Finally… on Sunday we…完全是每一天的活动安排,被试者只有全部听完后才会得出这样的印象:男士在向学生宣讲他们的活动内容。独白一般较长,要求听者完整听,然后分析、加工,最后得出结论。
(湖北卷20)What is the main purpose of the speech?
To call on people to give blood.
To explain what a blood transfusion.
To review the history of the research on blood.
语料采取独白形式,一位女医务工作者谈输血的意义、作用,讲到输血的历史等,意在打消人们的顾虑,号召人们献血,尤其最后一句So please give blood起到画龙点睛的作用。这一语段设置四个问题,第17小题的题干有一个没学过的词,但是18、19、20三道题的内容与此相关,讲话中多次提及此词,耳濡目染便可耳熟能详,意思是输血。由此可见,听力并非绝对拒绝生词,特殊情况下也可出现,但是,要使被试者或从字里行间,或从上下文中能够不费劲揣度出来 。
(湖南卷17)What can we learn about the man?
He is willing to wait.
He is pleased to see the woman.
He is disappointed about his phone order.
M: … Tickets for a good concert are worth waiting for.
be willing to wait与be worth waiting for在此处殊途同归,就看听者的水平了,知道就能选准。
透过情感、情绪判断说话者的潜意识——考查理解能力
(北京卷14)How is the man feeling?
A. Tired. B. Nervous. C. Hopeless.
M: It depends on how long the interview lasts. Oh, dear, I hope things go OK. I know I can do the job.
W: Just relax. Everyone has his first time. …
男士在叙述时使用感叹语Oh, dear暗示了他的不安。女士安慰道,请放松,任何人第一次总会惴惴不安。接续下来是诸多建议和谆谆教诲,话语,特别是语气也反衬出男士的nervous。
情景明确的语料、科学的设题、恰如其分的语气从而吐露说话者的真实意图,也是全面考查被试者能力载体。
(全国卷16)What does the woman think of the man’s English?
Excellent. B. Acceptable. C. Strange.
W: … By the way, where are you from?
M: China.
W: China? But you speak English like a native speaker. …
女士使用惊讶、赞叹的口吻说道:“什么,你是中国人?英语就象是你的母语一样!”她 的潜台词是:“你的英语说的太地道了。”这是一种由衷的赞美,命题者灵活地把情感因素融于试题设计和选项。
(湖北卷4)What does the woman mean?
She enjoyed the music at the party.
She didn’t like the food at the party.
She didn’t have a good time at the party.
M: How was the party ,Nancy?
W: Ha, do you like loud music, lots of cigarettes smoke, smoke- crowded room and not enough food?
听力理解题应包括透过语气、声调表达说话者的隐含意图的语料和题干与选项。看语句我们可以知道女士的不满情绪。若能将录音重放,那么女士的一脸不屑必然会跃然于听者的脑海中。
建议与思考
1.听力测试自2000年始在部分省市进行试点,至2004年已在全国全面铺开。它对中学的英语教学起到良好的导向作用,同时也起到相互促进的作用。中高考英语卷增加听力是时代、形势需求的必然产物,同时又反过来激励中学的外语教学。如果高考取消听力项目,或者只做参考,肯定对教学产生消极影响,这不用理论就能证明。高考取消听力势必影响中考,影响到整个中学阶段的英语教学,这样做的后果不言自明!
2000年1月,教育部下发《关于在普通高等学校招生全国统一考试外语科中逐步增加听力考查的通知》,要求全国各省、直辖市、自治区考试院(局、招考中心)根据全国《外语科增加听力考查的过渡方案》制定出本省的过渡方案。全国过渡方案要求2006年以后任何省不得以任何理由拒绝在高考中增加听力考查。
2.听力题项目前设置在试卷的开始,可否考虑后置,作为试题的最后一个题项,就像天津的安排那样。这样做的最直接的作用是体现了人文关怀 ,考生不会因为迟到而失去考试的机会。当前的安排是,英语考试下午三点开始进行,考生必须在2 :45之前到考场,接受听力试音。考生如果迟到就不能进入考场,这样的要求近乎残酷。如果将听力放到最后,会使全体考生都能参加英语考试,那么整场考试的公平性就体现出来了。
3.2005年全国的考试大纲增加“填空题”,从所给的语料分析是对应听力题,湖南、重庆、广东等省市已在听力题中体现。其考查目的明确:在当前还无法进行大规模口试的情况下,让考生将听懂的内容用笔写明,在一定程度上起到口头说的作用。这种措施很好,值得推广,2006年能否再扩大到其他省市的试卷中?
二.单项选择
对于单项选择填空,高考早已从单纯考查语法条文的记忆和语言知识的识记,发展到不同水平与层面上的语言运用能力的考查。每一道题的设计中,既注意语言形式、语言内容,更强调语言的运用——在特定的语境中运用语言的能力。整个题项的特点是:内容覆盖面广,涉及到教学大纲中所有语法项目;重点突出,与动词相关的内容所占比重大。
纵观全国16份高考试卷中的单项选择题,可以归纳如下特点:
符合《考试大纲》的要求,体现稳中求进,稳中求改的原则,试题设计没有偏题、怪题。有些题目虽然有难度,但不偏、不怪,合乎情理;
体现当前课改的精神, 渗透素质教育,引领学生关注生活、关注社会、关爱他人,题目内容符合或接近学生生活。如:广东、浙江、福建、江苏、重庆等;
体现《考试大纲》和《教学大纲》相辅相成的关系,在考查“双基”的同时,注重对能力的考查,各份试卷的所有题干的设计都有一准确定位,在一定的语境中考查语言或语法知识。有些较长题干旨在提高考生对语境理解的要求;
符合单项选择题是对基础知识测试的测量准则,各份试卷单选题考查所涉及到的语言点,少至9个,多达13个,范围很广,能够比较全面地检测考生在中学阶段的学习情况。如:全国卷、浙江、辽宁、湖南、湖北、福建、天津等;
考查重点突出,尤其在英语与汉语表达有很大差异的方面,能够体现英语语言的独特性。如:重庆、山东、湖北、北京等;
题干设计简单、到位,易于考生答题。如:全国I卷、山东、浙江、天津等,为保护学生视力,北京卷的字号加大一号。这一切体现了以人为本的主体思想。;
有特色题例:
语境设计限定好:
(北京27)Scientists think that the continents ____ always where they____ today.
A. aren’t ; are B. aren’t; were C. weren’t; are D. weren’t; were
分析:理解句意是关键:科学家们认为陆地不总是在现在所在的位置。由于知识先入为主,这会造成考生看到always就会选aren’t的可能性。
(江苏29)They ____ on the program for almost one week before I joined them, and now we ___ _it as no good results have come out so far.
A. had been working; are still working
B. had worked; were still working
C. have been working; have worked
D. have worked; are still working
分析:虽然题干较长,但是限定很清楚(before I joined them),而且全句一致,前后都有联系(and now…as no good results have come out so far),如果首尾不相顾就会误选,这是对考生语境或语篇能力的考查。
上两道是时态考查题。向例,涉及到时态时,若题目简单,近乎送分;若稍稍增加难度,则得分率肯定不高。究其原因,中文没有时态,而英语有时态,在广袤的中华大地上极其缺少语言环境。有些时态现象中国的学习者很难理解,因此记忆就难,变通则更不易。江苏省的时态题是对中国学生在特定语言环境下正确理解并使用过去完成进行时的很好检测。考生要想正确选择,必须具备如下两个条件:
概念清楚——过去完成时、完成进行时的意义,何时使用该时态;
练习到位——单选题练习量足够,精读时认真,口头表述时常用。
从命题角度分析,我们可以看出命题组人员充分发挥主观能动作用,尽量使语法条文语境化,放到生活场景中对考生进行检测。给出的四个选项虽然都由两个时态组成,但是安排科学,考生无论误选哪一个,都能分析出问题所在。
体现语言灵活性的题目:
北京卷第29小题
As soon as he comes back, I’ll tell him when ____ and see him.
you will come B. will you come
C. you come D. do you come
分析:B与D相对而言干扰作用不大,除非考生水平极差。第三个选项的干扰作用比较大。考生在做题时不会前后呼应,明明是宾语从句,但是,受I’ll tell 和when的干扰,误以为是时间状语从句而错选C。数据统计,误选C的考生多余正确选项A的考生。
全国II卷第8小题
---Did you tell Julia about the result?
---Oh, no, I forgot. I _____her now.
A. will be calling B. will call C. call D. am to call
分析:只根据已掌握的有关now 的用法,就会造成对此题目的犹豫不定甚至误选。
这两道题仍然考查时态,但是我们能明显感到命题者不但作到了语境设计精巧,而且在现实生活中实用,不牵强,不生涩。 前者的大结构是含有时间状语从句的复合句,考点为宾语从句,语言灵活;后者将不同的时态融于一组生活场景中,考查学生能否正确理解并适时运用将来时。中国人学外语,最欠缺语言环境,设计并且命制贴近生活的试题是命题者需要认真研究的课题。这两道题从一个侧面体现了命题人员能够准确把握考试大纲和课该的改的精髓。
鼓励学生认真读书:
湖北卷26小题
____ from other continents for millions of years, Australia has many plants and animals not found in any other country in the world.
A. Being separated B. Having separated
C. Having been separated D. To be separated
分析:此句出自课本的原型,只改动三个词。这会引导学生好好读书,课本毕竟是学生学习语言的载体。
非谓语动词是每年必考的项目。由于中文没有非谓语动词,比较难于掌握,但是它的使用频率非常高,因此需要大量练习,否则很难正确应用。我们要求学生认真读书的目的在于应用。命题组以课本中的原型作为切入点,将中学生普遍感到难的语法现象在考试中适当出现 。这样做无疑会对中学外语教学,尤其是对学生的读书,起到很好的反拨作用。
体现语言的语用性和交际功能性
江西卷第21小题
---Shall I give you a ride as you live so far away?
---Thank you. ____.
A. It couldn’t be better. B. Of course you can
C. If you like D. It’s up to you
湖南卷第21小题
---It’s cloudy outside. Please take an umbrella.
---_____.
A. Yes, take it easy B. Well, it just depends
C. OK, just in case D. All right, you’re welcome
天津卷第3小题
---It will take at least 2 hours to do this!
---Oh, _____! I could do it in 30 minutes.
A. come on B. pardon me
C. you are right D. don’t mention it
重庆卷第23小题
---My family usually goes skating for vacation., but I want to try something different this year.
---______.
A. Let’s go B. Cheer up
C. Like what D. Take care
(用汉语解释只能做到形似而达不到神似,故略去分析。)
语言是交流的工具,日常交际也是非常重要的一项。我们目前使用的教科书(2005年毕业生使用的教材)在选材方面比较以前(马克思学英语那套课本)有很大改进,每个单元都有一个口语对话篇,大纲要求中学生高三毕业时能掌握300——400个习惯用语或固定搭配。在考试中每年都会有一至两道涉及交际性的语用题。学生采取机械记忆的方法记住这些习惯用语或固定搭配也许不十分难,难在生活场景中灵活运用。而语境的设计必须保证科学性、实用性、交际性、时代性。上述几题是很好的范例。
渗透素质教育 (数量很多,仅举几例)
(天津卷第9小题
It is what you do rather than what you say _____ matters.
A. that B. what C. which D. this
分析:从题面和选项看是考查强调句型,但实际上更有让考生对句子内容理解以加强自我认识提高的目的。
江苏30小题
In our childhood, we were often ___ by Grandma to pay attention to our table manners.
A. demanded B. reminded C. allowed D. hoped
分析:社交礼仪不仅是从前而且是现在乃至永远的生活中教育和学习的内容。
福建卷第33小题
When ____ help, one often says “Thank you.” or “ It’s kind of you.”
A. offering B. to offer C. to be offered D. offered
分析:此句所表达的是常识,但仍然能起到对考生在实际生活中与人交往时提醒、检测、乃至强调的作用。
重庆卷第21、24、30小题
It is known to all that _____ you exercise regularly, you won’t keep good health. (21)
A. unless B. whenever C. although D. if
His idea of having weekly family meals together, which seemed difficult at first, has _____ many good changes in their lives. ( 24 )
A. get through B. resulted from
C. turned into D. brought about
---You know, Bob is a little slow _____ understanding, so …
---So I have to be patient _____ him. ( 30 )
A. in, with B. on, with C. in, to D. at , for
分析:上述三道题可以说分别考查连词、动词短语和介词,但是题目内容都是出题人有意识设计的,对考生有意识地进行人文素养意识的培养。
试卷命制必须顺应时代主旋律,不是跟风,是原则!高中毕业生正处在思维不定型而又极其活跃的时期,教育最重要的任务是教学生如何做人,我们誉之为“四有”的公民。命题组成员将注重人格培养的理念溶于题干的设计中,检测了考生的记忆能力、理解能力、分辨能力,考生还从中受到了教育。
接触生活话题:
全国II卷第9小题
I always take something to read when I go to the doctor’s ___ I have to wait.
A. in case B. so that C. in order D. as if
广东卷第26小题
You’d better take something to read when you go to see the doctor ___ you have to wait.
A. even if B. as if C. in case D. in order that
分析:两道题目惊人的相似不是偶然,而是出题人生活中的真实经历及体会,考生不仅做题,也要从中学习和借鉴。一方面学会日常口语对话中灵活运用常用习语,另一方面要善于读书,不使时间空耗。
北京卷第31小题
---Why did you leave that position?
---I _____ a better position at IBM.
A. offer B. offered C. am offered D. was offered
分析:换工作可能是考生走向社会后都要经历的事情,句意给出的是人们换工作的一个常见理由。
8.符合现实生活:
北京卷第32小题
The prize of the game show is $30,000 and an all expenses ___ vacation to China.
A. paying B. paid C. to be paid D. being paid
分析:如果考生不仅在教室读书,而且能有时间在家里看电视的话,那么此句中所表达的意思就能很快理解.否则,这将是一道难题。
湖南卷第32小题
Since I won the big prize, my telephone
hasn’t stopped ringing. People____ to ask how I am going to spend the money.
A. phone B. will phone C. were phoning D. are phoning
分析:这是现实生活中很多人成名之后的烦恼。放在时态题里边考查,可谓匠心独具。
浙江卷第6小题
---Ow! I’ve burnt myself!
---How did you do that?
---I _____ a hot pot.
A. touched B. kept C. felt D. held
分析:这是常识性内容,但是有多少考生有过这种生活体验呢,尤其是城市的独生子女们?
江苏卷第26小题
I’m moving to the countryside — the air there is much fresher than ___ in the city.
A. ones B. one C. that D. those
分析:高三学生们肯定知道并有亲身经历,只不过比较的环境不是农村,而是风景点。
湖北卷第30小题
He hasn’t slept at all for three days. ______ he is tired out.
A. There is no point B. There is no need
C. It is no wonder D. It is no way
分析:对考生,这是一种很好的如何科学安排学习、提高效率的反证提醒。
福建卷第25小题
---James, I am sorry I used your computer when you were away this morning.
---______.
That’s all right B. It’s pleasure
C. You’re welcome D. Don’t mention it
分析:阅读题目同时提醒学生如何待人接物。
命题者撷取现实生活中的几个场景从不同的侧面考查学生代词、动词、时态及日常交际用语。高考英语要求中学生必须重视在交际活动中学习语言,在实际活动中有目的地去应用语言,并且同时达到学习语言的目的。基于这个道理,试题题干的设计必须也应当体现这一思想。上面六道题无论是题干还是选项很符合现实生活。
9.关注社会问题:
全国II卷第14小题
Before building a house, you will have to ____ the government’s permission.
A. get from B. follow C. receive D. ask for
分析:这是原则问题,也是考生成为公民时就应该了解的法律。
江苏卷第32小题
The place ____ the bridge is supposed to be built should be ___ the cross-river traffic is the heaviest.
A. which; where B. at which; which
C. at which; where D. which; in which
分析:此题的内容也能体现地方特色,作为本地的公民是否关注过这个夏季经常发生的问题。
浙江卷第7小题
The old tower must be saved, ___ the cost.
A. however B. whatever C. whichever D. wherever
分析:文物保护不仅是国家的大事,也是每个公民应知应尽的责任。
重庆卷第34小题
The old lady’s hand shook frequently. She explained to her doctor _____ this shaking had begun half a year before, and _____, only because of this, she had been forced to give up her work.
A. when, how B. how, when C. how, how D. why , why
分析:此题干确实显长,达33词。但是关注社会、关注老年人乃是目前社会的一个热门话题,如果考生了解或注意到老年人的这种疾患,那么,理解这句话就很容易到位,正确选项也不难做出。此题最早的原型出现在80到90年代版教科书中对教师的温馨回忆一文中,移到今天仍具现实意义。作为一道考题,它意在提请学生要关注社会、关注老人;从考点分析,两个连接副词所引导的并列的宾语从句有一定难度。对考生而言,读懂句意是正确判断选项的大前提 。当前,占相当大比率的中学生在英语阅读过程中不够重视长句子的理解,他们总以为句子虽长,但无生词,于是就以为读明白了。其实不然,及至用中文表述时才发现根本解释不清。
广东卷第34小题
Some researchers believe that there is no doubt ____ a cure for AIDS will be found.
A. which B. that C. what D. whether
分析: 爱滋病至少在当前仍是顽疾,而且有大面积蔓延的趋势。正因为此,它才成为全世界关注的问题。随着人们认识的提高、医学的发展,有理由相信总有一天我们会获得最终的胜利。
高考英语还要求中学生应当把语言学习看成是对一种社会基本活动的学习。既然如此,学习的内容涉及到社会的方方面面是必然的路径,在高考中体现则是必然结果。
整体看,2005年的各份试卷中的单项选择题目都很成功,既考查《教学大纲》里要求的应知应会的内容,又体现课改的精神,尤其是对中学教学起到了很好的导向作用和反拨作用。
对高中外语教学的启示是:
1. 狠抓阅读不放松,抓住阅读不仅可以带动整体语言水平的提高,还可以带动单项选择题正答率的提高。很多题目考生答错的原因就是没有正确理解题目的意思,理解有误的原因就是阅读量不够,这是必然的因果关系。比如北京卷32题,The prize of the game show is $30,000 and an all expenses ____ vacation to China.
paying B. paid C. to be paid D. being paid
此题的正答率不足百分之三十。究其原因,考生没有读懂句意。
2. 基础知识、基本技能也应常抓。我们必须坚持语言习得,但是,英语并不是我们的母语,是后天才进入我们的学习视野中,在中国这样一个幅员辽阔、人口众多,缺少外语语言实践环境的特定条件下,语法脉络清晰是非常必要的。如果不会语法,以中文的句子结构与概念,用英语单词去拼凑句子岂不会出现Good, good ,study。 Day, day up.(好好学习,天天向上) People mountain, people sea.(人山人海)那样令讲英语的外国人费解,令懂英语的中国人啼笑皆非的笑话?学习基本的语法规则可以用较少的时间较好地学习并学会英语,还有助于了解英语的规律性,进而指导语言实践。所以,英语语法必须而且应当掌握。尤其那些中文没有,英语才有的语法项目,比如,时态、非谓语动词等需要有练习量才会有质的提高;代词、连词,中英文都有,但是许多方面不同,也需要练习才行,不能动辄冠以“题海战术”。单凭教师讲远远不够,学生的泛读不可能注意并发现这些现象,课堂的精读又无法将基础稳固。还有些项目也具同样特性,总之,必须练。
讨论与思考:
1. 有些题目内容设置略显单调,还留有比较浓的应试味道,是否符合《考试大纲》的能力要求?而单选题命制的出发点之一就是“呼应中学外语教学改革,引导学生不再死记硬背语法知识”;
2.有些题目过长(超过30词)、挖空较多(3个),是否符合单项填空的设题要求? 一道好的单选题原则上应检测一个语言知识点,这样做便于试题命制人员和教师考后分析时清楚地看出考生的问题所在。题干与选项的设计力求简洁、清楚、不会使考生歧解。
三.完形填空
2005年16份高考英语试卷“完形填空”试题的命制,基本上遵循了“突出语篇,强调应用,注重实际”的设计思路。试题特点鲜明——“考查考生在阅读理解的基础上对词汇知识的掌握情况”,即要求考生通读短文,掌握文章大意,综合运用所学的词汇、语法等知识,从试题所提供的词汇、短语中判断出使短文意思通顺、结构完整的词汇或短语。因此,完形填空题项需要考生不仅具备扎实的语言基础知识功底,而且要有很强的语篇分析和理解能力。在语篇中考查语言知识的灵活运用能力,是高考英语试卷中最具挑战性的项目,它有效地引领英语教学要重视语言运用能力的培养。正如新课程标准提出的“基础教育阶段英语课程的总体目标是培养学生综合语言运用能力。”还提出:“高中词汇教学更注重对词汇所承载的深层含义的理解,也更注重表达的灵活性和恰当性。高中的词汇教学更重视语篇的支持,重视文化的影响,语法教学不能只局限在语法的范畴内,必须与逻辑思维联系起来,与说话人的意识联系起来,与篇章语境联系起来,与题材、体裁联系起来,与词汇的用法联系起来,与文化联系起来。” “高中阶段的语法教学,应从语言运用的角度出发,把语言的形式、意义和用法有机地结合起来。要引导学生在语境中了解和掌握语法的表意功能。”完形填空试题的考查导向明显地体现了新一轮课程改革的精神,对我们英语教学和复习备考提出了新的挑战,我们应该研究和尝试新的教学策略,思考如何在语言知识课上“教师讲得少,学生想得多”。
英语语言的听、说、读、写的能力不是靠死记硬背获得的,应该是在学生不断地运用中理解、升华。美国一位教育家曾说过:“Teaching does not cause learning.” 教师讲过的,并不意味着学生就学会了。学生只有在不断地使用英语的过程中才能掌握英语,才能习得英语。所以,我们只有明确考查的要求,才能提高复习备考的针对性和实效性。
完形的选材通常是叙事文或夹叙夹议的报道体裁,内容情节深刻,常涉及人物心理活动方面的细致描写,篇章与句子结构变化丰富。文章内容健康、时尚,将知识、文化、教育、趣味融为一体,即我们常说的时文。例如全国两份试题内容原汁原味、有异国文化含量、有生活感悟,作者在文章中自然地表达了真情实感,描写细致逼真,情景交融,具有很强的可读性、欣赏性,其中叙及人际关系如何处理的短篇更具有教育性,与我们当前倡导的创建和谐社会的理念一致。北京卷所选短文涉及母子情感,积极、向上,具有教育意义,读来让人动情,甚至潸然。对于大城市的孩子,尤其是独生子女更有一定的现实意义,体现了新课程英语教学的人文素养教育;山东卷试题内容讲述了作者在成长过程中是如何得益于父亲的教诲,学会如何理解、善待他人,并以此教育后人的故事;江苏卷试题内容讲述作者的丈夫由于意外事故高位瘫痪,得到社会的关爱;江西卷试题内容讲述作者利用暑期在水果店打工的经历和感受。湖南卷试题内容讲述了作者童年时代与酷爱植物的家人从大城市搬迁到沙漠的经历和对人生的感悟。我们从中不难得出这样的结论:时代感突出,生活化明显,寓教于乐。05年完形填空试题考查趋势明显地由局部理解向整体理解转移:试题考查点减少了单句层次的试题;明显增加了语篇理解的试题。设问角度突出考查对整句,对上下文乃至全篇的理解。
考查点设制的三个层面:
1.“点”的层面:答题时只需考虑设空所在的句子的意思便可得出答案,属于较易试题。例如:
全国卷I第37小题:
Suddenly I noticed that a man sitting at a table near the window kept glancing in my direction, ____he knew me.
A. since B. even if C. though D. as if
此处空白确定的依据是空白前的“kept glancing in my direction”,由此考生可以判断出答案为D as if,意思为“这个人似乎认识我”。
福建卷第39小题:
For hours, the secretary took no notice of them, hoping that the couple would finally become _____and go away.
A. surprised B. disappointed C. worried D. troubled
根据句子中的”took no notice”和 “go away”就可以判断出答案为B 选项disappointed。
江苏卷第49小题:
I would go to the pile of letters marked with “Funny” if we needed a _____,or ….
A. cry B. laugh C. chat D. sigh
根据“Funny”可以判断出选B选项laugh。
科学的完形填空短文在空白设计时必须易中难兼顾,不能定位于考学生,换言之,不是以难倒他们为目的,更不能“烤”他们。高考是考试,是兼具水平测试和选拔考试的功能大型考试,大到整份试卷,具体到一篇短文的空白设计,应当考虑到效度、信度、难度和区分度。毕竟被试者们是一个数量相当庞大的群体,他们的英语程度千差万别,高考录取又分为一本、二本、三本、一专、二专、高职。。。。。。,这就决定了20个空白的难易度不能一刀切。让低水平的考生不沮丧,中等生正常发挥,高水平的学生能脱颖而出,这是命题者应当遵循的原则。上边的几个例子的共同点是考查“点”层面,但这些点的正确判定是根植于考生对全句、乃至上下文的理解的层面上。
(2)“线”的层面:答题时需要弄清前后几个句子甚至上下一两段意才能找出答案,属于中等难度试题。例如:
北京卷
I could 41 wait for him to open up his gift. In fact, I barely slept the night before. Upon awakening, I went to the kitchen to 42 the coffee, tea, and morning goodies. In the living room was a beautiful keyboard with a 43 : “To my wonderful mother, all my love, your son.”
41. A. perhaps B. really C. almost D. hardly
42. A. start B. cook C. set D. serve
43. A. note B. notice C. word D. sign
第41小题:从下文“barely slept”得知母亲前一天夜几乎没睡着,她急不可待地要把礼物给儿子,really(确实)与意义相反;perhaps(可能)、almost(几乎)都是可能性,不能表达母亲的急切心情;否定词hardly(几乎不),后面接动词wait,正说明母亲简直无法再等待的心情。
第42小题:母亲一早就去厨房,cook(烹调)与后面宾语the coffee, tea不搭配,它可以与breakfast搭配;set(摆放)、serve(端饭菜)都必须有服务对象,通过对全段的理解可以感到此时家里其他人都没起来;start(开始动手)正说明一开始的情况,该空白难度太大,选cook的考生数远高于选start,说明对段意的理解不够,只有“点”概念,从考后分析看,此处不设空为好。
第43小题:此处说得是儿子给母亲的字条,notice(通知)、word(字、消息)、sign(示意)意义都不对;只有note符合此意。
教师分析完形填空文章时常常用“逾越句子层次”来教诲学生。顾名思义,需要填充的内容须与上下文甚至与全文相联系才对。
辽宁卷
The journey was unexpectedly __39__, and the joy and excitement about the Pole had gone out of them. The sun hardly __40__. The snow storms always made it impossible to sight the stones they had __41__ to mark their way home.
39. A. safe B. fast C. short D. slow
40. A. rose B. set C. appeared D. disappeared
41. A. taken up B. cut up C. set up D. picked up
第39小题 选项D的判定取决于考生对这一段的正确理解。下文谈到暴风雪,难辨先前留下的路标,一个队友落入冰隙中并且罹难,这一切暗示行动缓慢。
第40小题, 与上文叙述相同,如果说39小题是结果,那么40小题就是原因之一。暴风雪的缘故,使得太阳很难露面。
第41小题, 考查词组,句子不难,四个选项判定较难。向例短语、词组是难度相对大的考点,作为一个大的题项,有难有易是正常现象,否则就无法体现它的选拔功能。
完形填空强调语篇的理解。通篇文章中,点是基础,线是发展,面是提高。命题组很好地把握这个脉络,在文章中灵活运用“线”来发展考生在文章阅读时的上下文贯通能力。
(3)“面”的层面:考查考生对文章内容进行逻辑分析,推理判断能力。在做好“点”、“线”的基础上才能做好“面”的题。答题时必须通观全文,从整体角度考虑才能判断出最佳答案,属于较难试题。后两种小题所占比例为70%以上,体现了高考英语“突出语篇”的命题风格和考查要求。例如:
北京卷
Dear Laura,
I just heard you tell an old story of gift giving and unselfish love in your program. You doubted that such unselfish love would happen in today’s world. Well, I’m here to give you 36 .
36. A. hope B. advice C. support D. courage
信的开始You doubted that such unselfish love would happen in today’s world.的这句话,正体现作者要说明的中心是unselfish love(无私的爱),而信的结尾又作了肯定回答:that kind of love still exists and lives even in the ever-changing world of me, me, me! 首尾呼应,中心明确。把握住这个中心,对做出正确选项极有帮助。第36小题在开门见山的第一段中,体现出对全文的总结,文中的you持doubted(怀疑)态度,作者当然不可能support(支持)、courage(鼓励);advice(劝告)是在对方没主意的情况下发出的;hope(希望)正是针对怀疑而来,作者在下文中以事实给you以希望,打消他的怀疑。误选B的考生高于选正确选项A,其主要原因是没有从全文进行考虑,缺乏“面”的意识。
全国卷(不含听力)
As I drove my blue Buick into the garage, I saw that a yellow Oldsmobile was __21__ too close to my space. I had to drive back and forth to get my car into the __22__ space. ... “Can’t you see you’re not__27__ me enough space? Park farther over.”
…
My mistress is sorry, too. She parked so __38__ because she just learned to drive. We will park much farther over after this. I am glad we can be __39__ now.
21. A. driven B. parked C. stopped D. stayed
22. A. complete B. close C. narrow D. fixed
27. A. keeping B. saying C. offering D. leaving
38. A. crazily B. noisily C. eagerly D. early
39. A. neighbors B. friends C. drivers D. writers
作者在文章开始时说她驾驶别克车进停车场发现另一辆车给她的车留的空间过小,作者用too close来描绘。下文的结果必然是前后挪动方才在狭小的车位停靠。第27小题是一句对话,从句意揣测,作者情绪很激动,上下文分析,空白一定是空间所留太小。说明矛盾有些激化。第38小题与39小题是车主人的留言,从语言的和缓程度去预测下文,我们能感到峰回路转,双方冷静下来了。对方说自己是个驾车新手,恳请作者谅解,因此,我们能够想到日后两人会成为朋友。当然,事情发展到此,文章也就要结束了。从阅读理解角度预测,第40小题应当涉及两人成为朋友后的事情。
概括起来讲,完形填空题项灵活、全面地考查了学生在阅读理解基础上对某一词汇、短语、句子、段落,进而考查他们对全篇文章的掌握和理解情况。
完形填空试题设空与选项的特点:
16份试卷中完形填空的选材体现时代性、思想健康,在布空方面以实词为主,动词、名词核心,形容词副词铺垫,充分体现了语言知识运用的特征。例如全国卷II动词8个、名词4个、形容词、副词6个、代词与介词各一个;北京卷动词10个、名词4个、形容词2个、副词3个、连词1个;广东卷动词7个、名词8个、形容词2个、连词3个;湖南卷动词8个、名词4个、形容词1个、副词1个、短语2个、连词3个。
通过对上述若干例子的分析,我们看到各命题组在如下方面做的比较理想:
1. 素材难度控制方面适合高中毕业生水平;
2.长度原则上界定在200词左右,即小题数的10倍这一较为理想的文长;
3. 20个小题覆盖面尽可能大;
4.回避了正确选项在文章其他地方出现,没有无原则送分现象;
5.三个干扰项只对正确答案起干扰作用,他们之间互不干扰;
6.作到了答案的唯一性;
7.布空均衡;
8.考查目的明确,立足语篇理解。
复习建议
1、明确试题考查要求,提高复习备考的针对性和实效性
根据完形填空试题的考查特点,我们可以把该试题的考查要求概括为16个字:“信息常识,上下呼应,搭配遣词,逻辑贯通”,其考查核心可以说是考查考生的复写能力。在此技能基础上进而逐步形成书面表达时的行文逻辑、遣词造句能力的提高。因此,考生必须运用写文章的常识,解答完形填空试题:要使文章结构严谨,必须要上下互相呼应。必须把握住“文中无闲句,句中无闲字”这一原则。每选一个选项都要考虑到选项所在的句子与上下文有无必然的联系,切不可由于错选而使选项所在的句子成为与上下文毫无联系的闲句。
词汇考查方面注重根据语境进行遣词造句能力的考查。对文章理解能做到上下文融会贯通是完形填空的考查重点之一。文章中若有上文的因为,下文必有所以;上文若有其然,下文必其所以然。阅读短文需要考生从字里行间中仔细揣摩,在复写的过程中只有同原文作者的写作意图相吻合,才能摸索出因为与所以,或其所然与其所以然之间的脉络。根据完形填空试题以上特点备考时要加大语篇理解能力的训练,训练时突出一个“思”字。例如可以加大无词填空训练---提高语篇意识、探究意识。
2、通过语言实践,夯实语言基础知识
词汇知识的训练突出一个“用”字,在使用中熟练掌握常用词汇。尤其要加大对一词多义、易混词汇的练习和运用,通过复习提高灵活运用词汇的能力。例如:
Share prices rose in heavy trading.
If you want a share in the pay, you’ll have to do your fair share. Children should be taught to share their toy.
His reason for leaving early was that his wife was ill(=she really was ill.)
His excuse for leaving early was that his wife was ill(=he said she was ill, and this may or may not have been true.)
The cause of the accident was the fact that he was driving too fast.
The astronauts soon got used to the condition (=a state of being or existence) of weightlessness.
Her condition is improving (=She’s getting well.)
Some companies are taking measures to improve his situation.
Schoolchildren must be taught to deal with dangerous situation.(境遇)
That jacket fits you perfectly. (be the size or shape for someone or something)
There’s a range of restaurants to suit all tastes.(=be acceptable, suitable for )
Either steak or chicken would suit me fine.
词汇练习的形式可以多种多样,如造句、翻译、替换、释义、填空、听写、写作、查字典等等,在使用中强化记忆、加深理解。
3、朗诵、欣赏佳作佳篇,增强语感
完形填空试题的短文难度低于阅读理解试题的短文,并且短文原汁原味,内容贴近生活,读来朗朗上口。综观历届,尤其近两三年高考完形填空试题的文章,不难看出大都是语言优美、表达真实、耐人寻味的佳作。如果能细细咀嚼,回味无穷,我们不仅能从中欣赏和感悟到优美的语言,而且也能习得到地道的英语。高三英语备考要能潇洒地走出“题海”误区,不要失去通过听、说、读、写欣赏、感悟优美语言、异国风俗、拓展视野、积淀文化的机会。精力允许的情况下多背诵一些章节段落,如果你有百篇佳作的积淀,在高考中肯定会有意想不到的收获。
04年全国卷完形填空(人物描写:欣赏体会文章的结构、文笔的隽秀)
…Although I last met this man eight years ago, I have not forgotten his special qualities. First of all, I respected his devotion to teaching. Because his lectures were always well-prepared and clearly delivered, students crowded into his classroom. … Secondly, I admired the fact that he would talk to students outside the classroom or talk with them on the telephone….Finally, I was attracted by his lively sense of humor…Through his sense of humor, he made learning more enjoyable and more lasting.
03年北京卷完形填空(对人生感悟的描写)
….My first job taught me self-control, responsibility and brought me a level of personal satisfaction few of my friends had experienced. As my father, who worked three jobs, once told me, “If you understand sacrifice and responsibility, there are not many things in life you can’t have.” How right he was.
03年全国卷完形填空(对人物外貌生动、形象地描写)
….His big stomach has always ballooned out between his T-shirt and trousers. Although the family often joked about that, Ed refused to buy a larger T-shirt or lose weight. So when Ed arrived for our game not only with the bottom of his shirt gathered inside his trousers but also with a stomach you could hardly notice. I was so surprised that I was speechless. My cousin must have made an effort to get himself into shape….
四.阅读理解
随着改革开放政策的深化,经济全球化的加速,中外沟通的面越来越广,人员交往越来越频繁。然而,毕竟中国拥有960万平方公里的国土面积(不含300万平方公里海洋面积),近14亿人口,不可能人人都有机会与外国人直接交流。因此,中国人接触外语的主渠道不仅现在是,就是将来也仍然是以阅读为主。语言是交流思想的工具,而阅读是获得较综合,复杂,深刻信息的重要途径。高中英语教学大纲和新一轮课程改革把培养学生的阅读能力作为高中英语教学的主要任务之一,说明了阅读理解的重要性。阅读理解以及被人们称作缺词阅读的完型填空在高考中所占的分值之大(占总分的46%),更体现了高考着重考查学生实际运用语言的能力,特别是阅读能力的倾向。阅读理解之重要还在于它是高考各个题型做题的基础。比如听力选项的理解、单项选择题干的分析、改错题项整段文章的把握等等,都需要借助阅读能力来完成。因此,考生要想在高考中取得高分,就必须下大力气提高英语阅读能力;试卷命制者通过对文章科学设题来检测考生对文章的理解认知能力。
高考阅读理解测试的目的是考查学生通过阅读获取信息的能力。
阅读理解能力测试的要点:
1. 掌握所读材料的主旨和大意,以及用以说明主旨和大意的事实和细节;
2.既理解具体的事实,也理解抽象的概念;
3. 既理解字面意思,也理解深层含义,包括作者的态度、意图等;
4. 既理解某句、某段的意义也理解全篇的逻辑关系,并据此进行推理判断;
5. 能根据材料所提供的信息,结合中学生应有的常识正确判断生词的含义。
阅读理解选材
不论是全国卷还是单独命题的省市试卷,在文章的选材上原则上作到了主题得当,公平对待所有考生,不存在性别、地域的偏倚。所有文章的语言地道,内容清楚,结构紧凑。短文使用的词汇符合高中毕业生的认知程度,文章长短适宜,绝大部分考生能在规定的时段内完成阅读、理解、作答。全部80余篇文章皆自成一体,读时能感觉到有头有尾。各命题组在组篇时充分考虑到题材与体裁的广泛性。
阅读理解部分的共性
2005年的16份高考英语试题中的阅读理解部分具有以下几个共同之处:
1. 各卷都包含了五篇文章。总词汇量均介于1900—2200个词(包括问答题部分);
2.体裁多样化,包括议论文,记叙文、说明文、应用文、广告等。几乎所有的试卷都包括了这四类文体;
3.题材丰富,涉及科普、社会、文化、政治、经济,人物介绍等。材料真实,贴近生活,贴近现实。语言生动规范,描写具体,推理严谨。丰富的文章内容反映了高考的文化内涵,体现了高考对学生了解多元文化,提高全面文化素质的要求。例如不含听力的全国卷,五篇文章分别是:A篇,记叙一位母亲以特殊方式鼓励孩子的故事。B篇,介绍红帽社团,反映老年妇女要求享受生活。C篇,报道台湾发生的一件奇异的案件。D篇,讨论全球变暖所产生的影响。E篇,则是对学校的自然科学教学方法提出质疑
另以科普类的文章为例,各地的试题就涉及了如下多样的内容:
1). Global warming ( 全国卷)
2). Language as a system of symbols ( 北京卷)
3). A sense of direction (上海卷)
4). Warm period (天津卷)
5). Rainforests (福建卷)
6). Lighthouse ( 重庆卷)
7). New building materials ( 湖南卷)
8). Animals’ ability to act ( 湖北卷)
9). New computers (浙江卷)
10). Physical activity (辽宁卷)
11). Driver alert ( 山东卷)
12). Tea growing, picking and processing (江西卷)
13). Handshaking ( 安徽卷)
14). Wave energy (广东卷)
15). Plants defend themselves ( 江苏卷)
4. 文章后设问形式基本相同,均采用问答或填空形式,备选答案是四个,其中只有一个是最合适的(浙江卷阅读理解第二节除外)。例如:
全国不含听力卷第47小题
Who set up the Red Hat Society?
Emily Cornette.
Ellen Cooper
Jenny Joseph.
Joe Heywood.
问答形式。
全国含听力卷第67小题
Parents with large families ask fewer questions at dinner because _______.
they are busy serving food to their children
they are busy keeping order at the dinner table
they have to pay more attention to younger children
they are tired out having prepared food for the whole family
填空形式。
5. 所问问题均涉及以下几个方面:
对知识细节的理解 例如:
1). The right order which tells the story is ________.
2). Choose the right order of the events given in the following.
3). Which statement is true?
猜测词义。例如:
1). The word… in paragraph… refers to ________.
2). The underlined word “…” means ________.
理解文章主旨大意,概括中心。例如:
1). The story mainly tells us ________.
2). The writer wants to tell us ________.
3). The best title of this passage should be ________.
推理判断。例如:
1). We can infer from the passage ________.
2). We can conclude from the passage ________.
3). The author’s attitude to… is that ________.
这几类问题在十六份试题中所占的比例各不相同。各命题组根据本省市具体情况进行合理安排,以细节判断题为例,北京卷中有九道题,全国不含听力卷12道,山东卷则有13个 。比如:56, 57, 61,62,63,65,66,69,70,71,72,74,75题。
有些题目的设置比较巧妙地考查了学生的综合阅读能力。如山东卷第67小题:The main problem of Yosemite National Park is its ___________.
A. rundown water pipes B. overcrowdedness
C. lack of money D. narrow roads
由文章第三段最后两句可看出该公园所面临的问题是答案B, 即过分拥挤。但有的学生由于不善于深层理解,不会推理,判断和分析,就误认为是lack of money。
以上共性说明了试题命制人员遵循了阅读理解题的命制原则:每个题干都立足于阅读材料,没有一个答案是文章的原句,所设定的干扰项确实具有干扰作用,各题干虽然简洁明了,但是作到了尽可能包容更多的信息,最长者不超过 20词,最短的只四个词,如福建的第72小题The news brief covers _____,一个cover就将短文所涉及的内容全部包容了。
6. 关于文章语言的使用,都具有以下几个特点:
1).遵循了“考试说明”的规定,所用词汇绝大部分是高考词汇表所规定的单词;
2).各卷都有少量词汇表外的生词出现,但它们基本可以从上下文的语境中猜出大概意义。有的不知其意,也不影响对全文的理解。比如全国卷(听力卷)C篇一节介绍动物时出现giraffe一词,首先giraffe不影响读者对文章的整体理解,其次,前边lion后边elephant都学过,自然能猜到是一种动物。E篇第五段Now the task I face in harvesting the fruit is twofold; First, I have to find the red ones among the leaves,...twofold也是个超纲词,twofold 后边一个分号,说明作者要对twofold作进一步说明。从而我们大体能够猜到这个词可能含有“双重的”或“两方面的”意思。其实,这类词所占比例也不超过“考试说明”规定的百分之三;
3).有的所谓生词是利用构词法演变而成的,实际上是旧词。这类词的数量有逐年增多的趋向。仅以高考全国卷(含听力)为例,有如下几个词或加了前后缀,或做了词性的转换,或与其他词合成为新词:productivity, enable, unguarded, adventureland, non-event, woody, full- blown, well-being
4).文章所使用的句式,基本上是常用的句型,其复杂程度与高中现行教材差不多(不是指标有教育部通审字样的教科书),最长的一句话也不过四十个词左右。
简而言之,文章选材的难易度适合广大考生。
建议与思考
相比共同之处,以下的不同之处是微不足道的。
语言难度上以上海和北京卷稍难一些,而全国的两份卷则显得容易一些。北京卷和上海卷由于自定的考纲扩大了词汇量,对学生推断词性与词义的能力要求就高一些;
设问的干扰性上,有的试卷问的很不直白,不经过反复思考很难做出定夺。而全国卷的不少问题中的干扰项对正确答案就不具有太大的干扰作用。根据不同地区、不同程度的考生设计更有针对性的阅读理解试题是我们的研究课题。
卷面的设计上,有的附有图示,如北京卷和江苏卷,一则使试卷活泼有生气,对考生做题心理有促进作用,另一方面也会使试题多样化。有的第一篇并不容易,而大部分则以记叙文为第一篇,难度不大,从以人为本的角度看,阅读理解的第一篇文章容易些好,由易及难便于考生正常发挥。
几点启示
1.如何提高学生的阅读理解能力
提高阅读能力的办法是指导学生不断地阅读。要注意把精读和泛读结合起来,日日坚持,持之以恒,肯定会有所作为。
所谓精读,就是仔细地一句一句,甚至一个词一个词地读。弄清每一句的意思和结构,理解每一句的用法。必要时,要查辞典,要请教别人,要反复看,直至彻底弄明白为止。将较难的英文译成中文,是检验是否真正理解的一个好办法。难句的判定标准不完全取决于生词的多与少,较长的句子,虽然没有生词,但是高中生们未必能理解到位。原因在于精读不精,泛读量少,没有对长句子引起足够的重视。比如全国卷(含听力)篇第一段,Pet owners are being encouraged to take their animals to work, a move scientists say can be good for productivity, work-place morale, and the well being for animals.由于结构的干扰作用,很少有考生能读懂此处的意思,可是,作者在这一段中(实际只有一句话)表明了观点,若不理解,则很难对第58小题的拟订文章题目的要求做出正确判断。再比如第二篇文章第四段有一句长达38词的句子,在精读时应该能够用中文讲明白,The US customs station in this area is closed on Sundays, so he just drove around the locked gate, as he had done every weekend since the gate appeared last May, following a tightening of border security.
精读的文章,可以是正在学习的课文,也可以是报刊杂志上的短文。这类文章应有一定的难度,要出自英美人手笔,生词不要太多。如文章后有检测题,还应认真完成各个试题,因为答题也是一门技术。
对于泛读,好多人不太重视。其实泛读对增强语感、增加语言使用经验,好处极大。不会泛读的人,其实不叫会阅读。所谓泛读,就是泛泛一读,尽量不查辞典,不分析结构,也不必字字必看。大概地读,能明白文章基本意思即可。这种阅读把主要注意力集中在故事内容上,它会对语言的学习产生意想不到的好处。泛读的东西很多,如书店中的各种简易读物、21世纪报中学生版等等。只要你想看,你会找到无尽的资源。
阅读是一项技能,也可以说是一门技术。而技能是在实践中练出来的。不要过分依赖理论的解释,也不要相信什么“速成”秘诀。拿起文章,投入阅读,成功就在前面。
在准备阅读理解测试时,要对经常出现的问题和答题规律进行总结。要读一读近几年高考试卷中的阅读理解试题,特别是近三年的全国和各地高考试题,具体了解高考考的是什么样的文章,难度有多大,避免在备考时走上弯路。
考生应努力使自己达到以下几项要求,方可做好阅读理解试题:
1).能迅速看准每一句的结构,找出主句的主语、谓语和宾语。与此同时理解句子的意思;
2). 有一定的词汇量和分辨词义词性的能力;对于准备参加2006年高考的学生,如能将基本词汇掌握2500个,常用词组、短语、固定搭配400个,合成、派生词500个,那么在明年的试卷中原则上不会遇到麻烦;
3). 能灵活运用所学过的语法和词汇知识,对影响意思理解的复合句、非谓语动词短语、关联词语、后置定语、省略、替代和跳跃等语言现象做出正确判断;
4). 有良好的思维能力。会边看边加工所得到的信息,从而做出正确的推理判断,综合概括,准确理解表面意思和深层含义。目前,有一部分中学生还没有掌握正确方法,不能从全句出发,仍停留在一个词一个词的认读上,无法形成整个句子的意思,这是无法吃透文章主旨大意的。改进的措施是,同学们在泛读一篇文章后,先闭目思考一下所读文章的大概意思,然后再对某段重新浏览,尔后仍思考该段都讲了哪些内容。久而久之就能形成篇章意识。良好的思维能力就会逐步形成了;
5). 会精读,也会跳读和略读,这取决于读的目的;
6). 具有相当的阅读实践经验和良好的语感,如果每天能阅读至少4——5个短篇,半年时间就会感到收益非浅;
7). 对英美文化有较多的了解,从多听多读中来。
2. 如何提高做题能力
应对阅读理解测试时的注意事项:
1).如有的文章带标题,应仔细看标题。标题是文章主题的高度概括,它可以给我们一些启示和线索;
2).先快速浏览一下全文。大概了解一下这是记叙文还是科普文章,中文注释的单词是什么意思。常识告诉我们,记叙文多细节判断、理解判断题;而科普文章又常见文章标题、理解判断题,比如主旨大意、作者写作意图之类的问题;
3).仔细看原文,凡人物与数字或地名可用笔作个记号,没弄明白的地方也可划个线,以便看完全文再重读。读时要注意弄明白句子的结构,同时在大脑中加工所得到的信息;
4). 看完文章,即可做题。要注意四个选项都看看,不要只看了一两个就做出判断。对有把握的题,在做完判断后就不要折回原文核对了。但对没有把握的题则应把相关的句或段重看一次。
5).判断词义词性时要注意结合上下文。高考考的是该词在特定的环境下的意思。
6).概括中心意思时,要注意不可离题太远,太笼统,但也不要只概括一段或几句的意思。
7).问及对某个问题的看法与态度,要记住是在问作者态度,而不是问你作为中国学生的想法。尤其是说明文,必须了解哪是作者的观点,哪些是所提到的事实,这样才能减少误判;
8). 如时间够,还应复读全文,核对各题答案,完成未定之题。要注意各题的答案要逻辑一致,不能自相矛盾。
五. 书面表达
英语试卷考查被试者的两种功能,语言输入功能和语言输出功能。听与读是知识的输入功能,说与写是知识的输出功能。听、读已在试卷中占有很大的权重。目前,说,即口试还无法进行大规模的操作。写——书面表达的检测作用就凸现出来了。书面表达一直作为高考英语科试题卷的主观测试题之一,主要基于英语作文这种测试题型能达到考查学生的英语语言综合运用能力的大部分要求。它通过限时的简单写作来考查学生是否能够运用学过的英语知识和掌握的技能进行思想交流,学生的写作水平能否达到中学英语教学大纲所规定的写作要求。
教学大纲和考纲以及考试说明对考生书面表达的要求:
?新课标?对高三(八级)写作要求是:
1 能根据所读文章进行转述或写摘要;
2 能根据用文字及图表提供的信息写短文或报告;
3 能写出语意连贯且结构完整的短文,叙述事情或表达观点和态度;
4 能在写作中做到文体规范、语句通顺。
这也是16份高考书面表达试题的命题依据。
2000年教学大纲要求学生能就课文内容作简单的改写。根据提示,写80至100词的短文,做到意思表达正确,基本语法和常用句型无严重错误。能够写简单的书信,便条和通知,书写格式,行文及常用语无严重错误。
情景作文的命题原则:
提供的模拟场景应符合考生的年龄特点,所涉及的内容应尽量是他们经历过、正经历或将会经历的事情;
模拟情境要真实可信,这样学生写出的才有实际意义;
要求学生表达的内容应该是学生的生活常识,不能超越他们的认知能力和表达能力;
题目的难度英语整份试卷难度大体相当。
考试说明要求考生根据所给的情景,用英语写一排难100个单词的书面材料。情景包括目的、对象、时间、地点、内容等;提供情景的形势有图画、图表、提纲等。
考试说明中对书面表达的评分标准特别强调内容要点、应用词汇和语法结构的数量和准确性、上下文的连贯性及语言的得体性。对于21至25分“很好”档的定位是,短文能覆盖所有内容要点,应用了较多的语法结构和词汇,有效地使用了语句间的连接成分,使全文结构紧凑,完全达到预期的写作目的,具备较强的语言运用能力。
分析2005年的全国英语16套高考试卷,我们不难发现高考英语书面表达正向实用性和开放性发展,并以培养学生的创新能力为目的。这一切与大纲、考纲、考试说明并行不悖。它具有以下几个特点:紧扣教学大纲对考生书面表达的要求;以有指导的写作为主,便于考生在短时间内构思成文;突出试题的交际性,考查考生在特定的情景中运用语言的能力;增强试题的实用性,所选话题贴近学生学习生活,为学生所熟悉;易于表达,学生有话可写并且能够写;要求考生能够发表自己的观点和感想;留给学生足够的写作空间。
下面逐一举例分析:。
以有指导的写作为主,便于考生在短时间内构思成文。
除上海卷和广东2卷为命题作文以外,其他14个题目都是要求考生根据具体文字描述和图片情景,写一篇100字左右的短文。那么考生就需要在短时间内认真理解文字或图片介绍,用所学的英语知识,用合乎英语习惯的表达方式传递信息,进行思想交流。
2.突出试题的交际性,考查考生在特定的情景中运用语言的能力。以全国I卷为例:
假设你是李华,正在英国牛津参加短期语言培训,计划星期天去伦敦旅游,互联网上一则广告引起你的注意,但一些具体信息不明确,请给该旅行社发一封邮件询问有关情况。
现在旅游已成为众多中国人必不可少的休闲方式,通过旅行社去一个陌生的地方更是方便快捷的旅行方式,那么用英文向旅行社询问所需的旅游信息更是每一个英语学习者很有可能遇到的现实情况,题目给出的信息全部使用英语,不仅增强了真实感,同时也对考生提出了更高的要求。真正作到了考查考生在特定的情景中运用语言的能力。试想,若考生连所给的英语提示都读不懂,那怎样成文?
3.增强试题的实用性,所选话题贴近学生学习生活,为学生所熟悉。以北京考卷为例:
美国中学生JEFF将来你所在的红星中学学习中文,经协商安排在你家住,假设你是李华,给JEFF写封信,按以下四张图所示写一篇60字的作文。图1:他居住的房间,图2:一块骑车去学校;图3:在学生餐厅就餐,图4:在学校的运动场(有篮球场,游泳池,乒乓球等)
现在北京中学和国外学校的交流活动越来越多,外国学生到北京家庭居住也并不是希奇的事情,所以这篇作文基于这个主题,运用信的形式,贴近学生生活,更有利于学生充分发挥写作水平。从体现各单独命题省市特色考量,这个题目构思很好。其实,它也同样具有普遍性。当前,中学的中外交流早已不是稀罕事,大到中心城市、小到县、县级市的中学不乏师生交流或聘请外籍教师事例!
4.留给学生足够的写作空间。
给不同层次的学生以一定的发挥空间,不会出现动不了笔的情况。以山东考题为例:
假设你是新华中学的学生李华,得知某英文报招聘兼职记者,你有意应聘,请按照下列要点给报社写一封应聘信。
该试题对于信的内容只给出了框架结构及内容提示,有一定的开放成分,优秀的学生可以用复杂多变的句式表达出来,得到较高的分数,而一些基础不理想的学生,也可以用简单的句子表达出来,而且能保证必要的区分度。
要求考生能够发表自己的观点和感想。
伴随课程改革的深化、新课标的颁行与实施,学生的英语水平毫无疑问在逐步提高。各命题组尝试把更高标准的要求体现在书面表达题项上。在16篇高考书面表达中有9篇都要求考生能够提出自己的观点、感想或建议。例如:重庆考题要求考生根据两点建议发表自己的观点及理由;湖南考题要求考生对夏令营活动内容提出建议或要求;江西考题要求考生对上网交友发表自己的看法;福建考题要求考生对考试作弊提出自己的看法;天津考题要求考生谈第15届书市的意义等等。全国卷(含听力)的英语启事及五个英语必写内容同样也是发表观点和感受的一种体现。
除了具有上述共性以外,每个作文考题又有着自己独特的特点。
江苏考题时代气息强、文化氛围浓。
假设你是李小平,是江苏中学的学生,请你围绕《建设和谐社会》的话题,根据下面所给出的要点提示,用英语给全省中学生写一封倡议书。
《建设和谐社会》,这是一个很时髦的话题,很有时代感。但写好这篇作文绝非易事。考生必须对此话题有足够的了解与认识。比如要熟悉环保,人与人之间的关系,奥运等内容。本作文题区分度好,考生拼的是功底。
浙江考题设计巧妙、综合性强。
你的英国朋友正在做一个课题:世界各地的生日庆祝方式。她请你介绍中国学生过生日的方式,请你根据以下要点写一篇短文。
高考书面表达题既不是简单的汉译英,也不是天马行空、任意发挥式的“开放”作文,要求的是将所规定的材料内容经整理后,展开思维,运用所学英语知识准确地表达意思的能力。所以该考题要求学生既要条理清楚的介绍题目要求中的三点方式,又要求考生扩展思维,提出自己认为更有意义的方式和理由,达到较强的区分度。
辽宁考题平稳而不失灵活,
看图作文 大致内容:大家乘坐公交车;车坏了,大家一起推。重新上车后,大家互相谦让。
看图写话是一种检查学生观察理解能力及运用语言能力的形式。考生必须根据所示图片或图片组,恰当地运用所学的词句表达一个完整的故事。该试题延续了2004年众人见义勇为,合力捉劫犯的接触生活、歌颂时代主旋律主导思想,通过一件发生在上学路上乘车的故事体现出众人齐心协力、共同克服困难的团结精神。考生能很容易看懂图画并理解其中道理,尔后运用所掌握的语言把该故事表述清楚,也有较高的区分度。
复习建议
认真研究、进而横向比较今年的16套高考试题之后,我们不难发现高考英语书面表达题设计巧妙、题目新颖、综合性强,多方位、多角度对学生的语言综合能力进行考查,是融形式、文体、交际于一体的好试题。所以这就更要求学生彻底丢弃过去那种死记硬背单词、生吞活剥语法的“头痛医头脚痛医脚”式复习方法,从整体上把握英语,以能力的提高作为参加选拔性考试的基石。学生应从现在起逐渐加大阅读量和听的输入量,将阅读、听力训练与书面表达有机地结合起来。经常体会和领悟作者传递信息和表达思想的方式。在话题讨论和写作中经常运用所学到的表达方式就会有所创造。尽量做到“五多”:多看、多听、多思考、多用心体验和感悟身边的人和事、多用英语说和写自己的体验和感受。此外,还应当多背诵,这一点与中文学习很相近;大凡小学、初中、高中学段通过背诵而积蓄多的学生,他们的中文作文水平都比较高。须知,今天的积累,是为明天的输出做准备。与此同时学生还必须勤于练笔,加强基本功训练。尽力熟悉多种文体的组织结构和段落层次的写作方法,学会运用过渡词和逻辑关联语,使短文连贯流畅。在平时训练中要做到:切中题意,避免画蛇添足;语言流畅,措词有加;书写规范,卷面干净,忌蚂蚁文、草书、狂写。
对于中学英语教师来说,从高一、高二起就把写作训练融入每一堂课的教学当中,延深每一个单元话题,给学生更多原汁原味的素材,让学生多关注社会、关注生活的方方面面,鼓励学生用语言描述周围的变化与改革。英语写作是一种创作性的学习过程。启动知识信息储存,构思立意,谋篇布局,遣词造句,对语言表达的正确性和准确性、思维的逻辑性和文章的条理性都比口语要求更高。所以教师还可以要求学生根据周围发生的事,自己写些日记(或周记),把句子写顺,提高自己的文字表达能力,然后再逐渐练习各种题材的短文。高三阶段,更具体到今后阶段,教师应当把近两年出现在高考试卷中的30余个题目分类型梳理,根据各自学生的具体情况进行练习,讲评。教无定法,只要教师熟悉大纲、了解考纲,发挥主观能动作用,将课改的理念融于教学实践中,那么成功必定有把握了。
NMET2006(XianXi)备考工作意见
齐平昌 北京四中
NMET书面表达值得注意的写作方法
高考英语考生对书面表达不相适应的情形愈发突出。书面表达水准较低的原因在于考生缺乏写作的基本常识和训练。
1. 认识英语写作的基本特点:
语序与信息:人们通过语言传递的信息是一个片断一个片断进行的。一个信息片断可以是一个句子,信息片断传递的信息可粗略地分为已知信息和新信息。一个信息片断最显著的部分有二:一是传递信息的起点,即处于句首的主位,另一个是新信息中最重要的部分,即信息中心。 主位通常传递已知信息,信息中心位于句尾传递新信息。从信心分布的情况说,英语句中最重要的信息一般出现在末端,称为末端中心;从结构分布上看, 英语句中结构形式较长,较复杂的成分一般也向后推移,这种结构配置称为句尾重心。这两条原则是决定英语结构次序的重要依据。
2. 句尾重心---补述的写作手法
补述分并列补述和后位补述两种。补述的特点是既可以使语言连贯, 又可以收到简练、生动的效果, 有时又能适时地表现当事人内心的思想活动, 常用于事实表述后的情感感受, 引发的感想或对事实细节补充的场合, 一般会收到好的效果。
并列补述常用并列连词and, 后位补述常用分词短语作状语, which引出非限定性定语从句, 以及由[with + 宾语 + 宾语补足语]等。
i. 并列补述
(1) 要点1 上午:学校活动
要点2 下午:游览市区
I know the school will organize a lot of things for you to do in the morning, but in the afternoon, I’ll show you around and take you to some places of interest.
(2) 要点: 大约4点离开
Around four o'clock,we said goodbye to one another,and felt very happy on the way home.
(3) 要点: 昨天我和李明参加了野外生存训练。
Li Ming and I took part in a wilderness survival program yesterday, and it has been one of the most unforgettable experiences since high school.
ii. 后位补述--分词短语作状语,用分词短语作状语, 文字较为精练
要点: 晚上:看电视,玩游戏,聊天
We’ll mostly stay at home in the evening watching TV, playing games, and meeting people.
iii. 后位补述--非限定性定语从句
(1) The flat is in a building on Fangcao Street, which is not far from Jianxin Chinese School.
(2) It was quite an experience for us both, which I'll never forget for the rest of my life.
(3) At 8 o'clock in the morning,we arrived at the 7l2 bus station,where we were warmly welcomed by the drivers and conductors.
(4) Staff members of the bus station and our classmates then took part in a general knowledge quiz on the Olympic Games in the afternoon,which was great fun for both sides.
iv. 后位补述--with复合结构
要点: My brother was riding [with] me sitting on the seat [behind].
→该句使用with结构, 其结构为[with + 宾语 + 宾语补足语]。该结构的情景描述功能十分突出。此外, behind一词用作seat定语的用法也十分轻巧。
小结后位补述的用法:
1. He bathed and had dinner, giving everyone the impression that there was no danger at all.
2. He paused for a moment, wondering whether to turn back as the captain urged him.
3. Upon arrival, my uncle hugged Pompy, and tried to give him courage.
4. After dinner, my uncle said he wanted to sleep, and it seemed as if he really wanted to do so.
主要特点:
先外动(指形), 再内动(指感受)
外动:
sitting/standing there, get off the bus, hurry to the school
With Tom staying together with us, we all felt ...
=Tom was staying together with us, and we all felt...=Tom was staying together with us, making us all feel ...
内动:
thinking/wondering/feeling/making/
giving everyone the impression that
3. 注意使用连词and
i. 恰如其份地使用连词and容易收到阅读流畅的效果。连词and可以交代连接双方的相互关系, 如并列关系、先后关系、因果关系等。并列连词代替从属连词的特点是让读者自己去补充所连接的两部分间的逻辑联系, 根据两部分的思想内容去推论, 从而达到思想表达生动、有力和鲜明的修辞效果。
(1) 要点: 你的美国朋友Peter正在北京一所大学学中文,你觉得他应去试一试。
I know you like singing, and you are in Beijing during that period. I think this is a good chance for you to show your singing talent, and how well you’ve learned Chinese.
(2) 要点:理由:去机场接人
My uncle is returning home from France, and I have promised to meet him at the airport at 3:30 tomorrow afternoon. 类例: It is true he is young, but/and yet he is really good at go(围棋).
→It is true ... but...
= It is true...and yet ...
=Indeed ... but
=Indeed... and yet (的确..., 然而...)
ii. and表因果关系
(1) The teacher came, and class began. (2) Tom is very tired, and really he should go to bed.
并列句的修辞作用在于它把两个或几个平行或对立的相关的思想联系在一起,形成比较完整的思想, 因而它比两个或几个孤立的简单句的思想内容要丰富得多,逻辑关系也要清楚得多。
4. 英语逗号出现的场合、时机与提升英语作文品质
英语逗号功能较多, 用法灵活。凡逗号出现的场合和时机多体现出英语的使用习惯或固定的表达方式, 值得重视。逗号的主要用法如下, 并按在书面表达中的重要性排序:
(1) 插入语须用逗号隔开
要点: 周末活动(减负后) 就寝时间: 10:30
What's more, I can go to bed earlier.
As far as I know, everyone is happy about this new arrangement of things.
(2) 插入句中的 however(但是),therefore(因此),indeed(的确),namely(即)等副词,或in fact(其实),in general(一般来说),in short (简言之),no doubt(无疑)等副词短语的前后要用逗号隔开。
要点: 一站地的路途
In fact, it is only one stop.
要点: 电子贺卡传递速度快
Besides, it's faster to send an electronic card.
要点: 减负给学习和生活带来变化
In short, things have begun to improve since schools were called on to reduce learning load.
(3) 分词短语做状语要用逗号隔开
我预习好了明天的功课,便上床睡觉。
Having prepared tomorrow's lessons, I went to bed.
(4) 用作追述的定语从句要用逗号隔开
要点:学生花了93分钟, 他们大部分的时间, 在做作业上。其次则是看电视, 占到了46分钟。
The students put the most time—93 minutes—into their homework, and next in line is watching TV, which takes up 46 minutes.
(5) 副词短语放在句首,大多用逗号隔开
要点: 他们可能会更健康, 精力更充沛。
This way, they may be healthier and more energetic.
(6) 并列句和逗号
并列句中各句独立的话,要用逗号。
I wonder if it is possible for the talk to be recorded, and if so, could I borrow the tape?
主语若相同, 用and连结时,不用逗号; He went and came back at once.
他去了又马上回来。
但用but连结时,要用逗号:
He went, but came back at once.
他去了,但很快又回来了。
(7) 句首的副词从句用逗号隔开
If you would like to try, you'll have to go to the TV station to sign up before the end of June.
提示: 汉语中的逗号与在英语中的作用并非一致,英语中句与句之间的联系绝不依靠逗号, 而是借助连接词。缺少连接词, 句与句之间也就不存在其合理性。
① 老师问了我一个问题, 我不会回答。
Wrong: The teacher asked me a question, I couldn't answer it.
Right: The teacher asked me a question, and/but I couldn't answer it.
② 我没出去, 而是呆在家里看书。
I didn't go out; instead, I stayed home and read.
③ 我们捡柴火, 他们搭帐篷。
We gathered the wood, and they set up the tent.
5. Scoring High in NMET Writing
你校高三学生举行了一场有关高三学生在高三复习期间上网是否合适的讨论。讨论的题目是:Is it wise for Senior 3 students to surf the Internet while busy
preparing for the College Entrance Examination? 请你根据下面提示写一篇短文,
介绍讨论的情况。
一些同学认为:
(1) 应当上网。上网可以获取有用的信息, 好处很多。
(2) 上网可以调节身心。
另一些同学认为:
(1) 时间紧, 不应上网浪费时间。
(2) 上网对高三复习帮助有限。
你赞成上网, 但认为应有度。
Senior 3 students in our school have different views on whether Senior 3
students to surf the Internet while busy preparing for the College Entrance
Examination.
One possible version:
Senior 3 students in our school have different views on whether Senior 3
students to surf the Internet while busy preparing for the College Entrance
Examination.
Some think that Senior 3 students, though busy preparing for the College
Entrance Examination, can benefit by surfing the Internet. They insist that
surfing the Internet is a good way to gain the information needed, and what
is better still, surfing the Internet can help them relax and enjoy life,
which is especially important for a student of Senior 3. But some others
hold an opposite opinion. They argue that the surfing of the Internet is not
really necessary, since the College Entrance Examination is drawing near.
In addition, it often takes quite a few hours off, and they cannot afford
the time.
Personally, I agree with the former. In fact, I often go online at the
weekends and have fun. But I don't think sticking to the internet for too
long will be good.
现在正是春暖花开春游季节。你校学生会以“高三学生要不要参加春游活动”为题, 向高三学生作调查。请你据下表所出示的调查结果 , 以 "Whether or not should Senior3 students go spring outing?" 为题 , 写一篇短文, 上交学生会。
65%的学生认为应该春游。
1..接触大自然,呼吸新鲜空气,有利健康。
2.活动使精神放松,大脑休息,有利学习.
35%的学生认为不应该春游。
1..高考临近,没有心情玩儿。
2.春游耽误学习。
W have had a heated discussion on whether Senior 3students should go spring outing.
建议使用如下表达方式:
1. (i)...have different views on ...
(ii) As to the view of ..., there is no agreement among the ...
(i) Some think that ... while others hold the idea that ...
(ii) Some suggest that ...while other ... argue that ...
2. We'll benefit from what the ...
We'll benefit by doing ...
3. (i) So far as I'm concerned, I'm for the latter. In fact, ...
(ii) As far as I am concerned, I agree with the latter opinion.
(iii) Personlly, I agree to the latter. It's true that ...
(i) So we can conclude that ...
(ii) In a word, ...
4. 表示递进的过渡词:
furthmore, moreover, besides, in addition, what's more
5. 表示强调的过渡词:
clearly, of course, as a matter of fact, actually, in particular,
that is to say, indeed, first of all
假设你是李华,最近国内一家英文报纸正在讨论北京动物园是否应迁出市区。以下是你所在班级讨论的情况。请你给该报写一封信,反映讨论结果。
赞成迁出: 反对迁出:
1.游客多,交通堵塞2.郊区环境好 1.建于1906年,中外闻名2.搬迁易造成动物死亡
June 3 ,2005
Dear Editor ,
Recently ,our class have had a heated discussion about whether the Beijing Zoo should be moved out of the city . Some of my classmates are in favor of the move .They say large crowds of tourists to the zoo will result in traffic jams .They also say that once moved ,animals will have more space and better living conditions in the suburbs .However ,other students are against the idea ,saying that the Beijing Zoo, built in 1906 ,has a history of 100 years ,and is well –known at home and abroad .So it should remain where it is .What’s more ,moving may cause the death of some animals .To move or not ,this is a big decision which has to be made by people in Beijing.
Yours truly,
Li Hua
阅读下面摘自“China Daily”的一则简讯,写一篇读后感。
River Pollution
A great deal of dead fish can be found floating on the surface of the Huaihe River because of the serious pollution this summer. In a report, Anhui Daily called on people to help protect the river against pollution.
要求全文包括以下内容:
(1) 这种河水污染情况,除淮河外,不少别的地区也存在。
(2) 除河水污染外,其他的污染如空气污染、土壤污染等也给人类带来灾难。
(3) 越来越多的人已开始认识到污染的严重性,政府已采取措施治理污染。
(4) 谈一谈你自己对污染问题的看法。
Hints for Writing: (写作过程提示)
1.写好开头与结尾, 并有某种呼应的关系, 类似文章最好以情绪开头, 以信心结尾: 以情绪开头:I’m shocked ...
以信心结尾:But we're sure that we will win the battle against pollution in the end. It is our duty to protect the environment.
2. 在文章展开段, 使用起链接作用表达方式, 使得叙事过程流畅、自然。这些起链接作用的表达方式隐藏在写作内容要点之间, 却又是高分书面表达必不可少的手段:
(1) As far as I know, river pollution ...
(2) Besides river pollution, there are ...
(3) Fortunately, more and more people have come to ...
(4) Though we have done a lot, we still have ...
习作:
I'm shocked to have learnt about pollution in Huaihe River. As far as I know, river pollution exists not only in Huaihe River but also in many other rivers in our country. Besides river pollution, there are air pollution, soil pollution, sound pollution and so on. All kinds of pollution do great harm to human beings. Fortunately, more and more people have come to realize how serious the problem is. Our government has been trying to take measures to fight against pollution. Though we have done a lot, we still have a long way to go. But we're sure that we will win the battle against pollution in the end. It is our duty to protect the environment.
学生习作:
Not only Huaihe River, but also many other rivers have been polluted seriously. Aside from water pollution, we are suffering from air pollution and soil pollution as well. I'm a little bit delighted, though, as the report claimed that Anhui Daily had called on people to help protect the river against pollution. It seems more and more people are concerned, and the government has already started some movements to protect the environment. The more modernized life we are living, the more civilized we should be. To reduce the pollution and make it a better place, we should throw ourselves into the battle against the pollution of all kinds, not only for ourselves, but also for the future generations。
By 张灵子 (From 北京四中)
你是某校高二学生,今年寒假当上某英文报特约小记者。你就下面几项内容对一百个城市家庭进行了生活现状的问卷调查。请你给该报写一篇题为“People are enjoying a richer life”的英语稿,报道调查结果,并适当分析其中一个数据所反映的情况。词数不少于60。
生词:图表chart
People are enjoying a richer life
One possible version:
People are enjoying a richer life
As we can see from the chart, people’s life has changed greatly in these five years. Five years ago, only 13 percent of the families had private cars, but now the number has gone up to 38 percent. In 1999, only 16 percent of the families could afford to buy houses, while now 35 percent of them have their own flats. Now more and more people want to broaden their horizon by going abroad for further education. The number has changed from 11 percent in 1999 to 28 percent. Compared with the number 5 years ago, which was only 20 percent, now more than 50 percent of the families prefer to spend their holidays traveling.
From the large number that people choose to study abroad, we can see that people care more about education. They want to improve the quality of their life by learning more.
词数不少于60。
生词:图表 chart
最近, 你校学生会就各种热点话题组织各班讨论, 你班讨论的主题是: 学生该不
该打工? 请你根据下表所提供的信息, 给学生会写一份汇报。
━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━┳━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
70%的学生认为 ┃ 30%的学生认为
━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━╋━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
1. 可以打工, 但不宜占时间太多。 ┃ 1. 不应打工。
2. 打工可以积累工作经验。 ┃ 2. 打工影响学习。
3. 可以挣钱以解决部分学费。 ┃ 3. 外出打工不安全。
━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━┻━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
注意: 1. 词数100个左右。
2. 开头和结尾已为你写好。
生词: 学费 tuition
打工 take a part-time job
Our class had a heated discussion about whether a student should take a
part-time job. We have two different opinions about it.
...
Students of Class One in Engineering Department
Hints for Writing: (写作过程提示)
1. ... think it right that ...
2. It is not right for sb. to do ...
3. 动名词作主语
(动名词作主语的使用过程, 最接近中文表达习惯, 这样作, 较容易写出好的英语。)
4. 动名词作主语, 后接补述语, 如: which is especially good/useful/important for ...。所谓补述, 是通过一些行之有效的表达方式, 如使用现在分词短语用作状语, 位置后置的方法, 使用非限定性定语从句的方法, 使用并列连词and, for, or等方法, 使用"with + 宾语 + 宾语补足语"的方法, 将作者对事物的感受、评论、导致的结果, 以及对具体动作的补充描写等, 充分表述出来。补述语也称为后位补述, 是书面表达最值得注意的写作手段。)
学生习作:
70 percent of the students agreed to take a part-time job, for it it not only a good chance to build up working experience but also (点评: not only ...but also...为一并列连词, 连接的双方应对等) can save some money for the tuition. But (点评:But一词多余, 应予去除) they also suggested it should not take up so much time. (点评:There are →该句式多余, 应予去除) also 30 percent of the students hold the opposite opinion. They think taking a part-time job will affect study, besides, it is not safe enough. All in all, it remains to be a problem to be discussed.
随着网络的发展, 目前很多人给亲朋好友发电子贺卡。 请根据以下提示, 阐述电子贺卡的优越性。
1. 除图像外, 还可传递动画和声音, 生动, 有趣。 2. 传递速度快。
3. 电子贺卡形式多样, 还可以用Flash或其他软件自己设计。 4. 节约纸张, 有利于保护树木和环境。
注意: (1) 文章包括以上要点, 可适当发挥。不要逐条翻译。 (2) 词数: 100左右。
(3) 参考词汇: 电子贺卡electric card, 动画animation
习作:
With the development of Internet, more and more people tend to send electronic cards instead of paper ones at New Year's time. Compared with the traditional cards, electronic cards are more interesting and lively, for you can get not only pictures but also sound and even animations. Besides, it's faster to send an elctronic card. There are many web sites on line where different varieties of cards are available. If none of these cards are of any interest to you, you can design cards of unique style using FLASH or other software. More importantly, with the
popularity of electronic cards, less paper is used for making paper cards, which contributes to the enviroment protection.
学生习作:
Electronic cards become more and more popular as the Internet is widely used. It's always being sent with a fabulous image, not mention that it can carry audio message and animation. Electronic cards are sent via Email, in
which way it's much more efficient than traditional cards. Another point that lots of people prefer electronic cards is that this new term of greetings is designable. Users enjoy editing the cards with the help of various kind of
software such as Flash.
Thanks to to the existance of electronic cards, many trees are prevented from being cut down, therefore the whole enviroment benifits from this kind of cards.
By 张灵子 (From 北京四中)
假定你是南京某中学的学生, 叫李华。"五一"劳动节将至, 你校外籍教师Alex打算利用"五一"长假外出旅游, 希望你能为他提供参考建议。 请你根据下列图例和中文提示为Alex提供旅游建议。
┏━━━━━━━┳━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━┓
┃ 日期 ┃ 活动安排 ┃
┃━━━━━━━╋━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━┫
┃ 5月1日 ┃ 上午8:00乘飞机去北京; 下午游览天安门广场 ┃
┣━━━━━━━╋━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━┫
┃ 5月2日 登长城 ┃
┣━━━━━━━╋━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━┫
┃ 5月3-4日 ┃ 游览颐和园; 逛商场, 购物 ┃
┣━━━━━━━╋━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━┫
┃ 5月5日 ┃ 坐火车去泰安登泰山 ┃
┣━━━━━━━╋━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━┫
┃ 5月6日 ┃ 上午看日出, 下午坐火车返宁 ┃
┗━━━━━━━┻━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━┛
写作提示:
1. 此类文容易写成单调的时间状语的堆砌。建议使用(and) next day, for the next two days等, 以取代on May ...。
2. 此类文在动词时态上, 应用将来时, 在表示预期时考虑使用be to do句型。
3. 图例中提到登长城, 游览颐和园, 登泰山等活动, 建议使用"后位补述"的
写作手段, 如:
(1) , and I do think it will make you feel really excited
(2) , which is one of the few places in the world that enjoy a long history and is still well known
(3) , on top of which, if lucky enough, you will enjoy a view of the sunrise
习作:
Dear Alex,
Here is my suggestion about your travel during the long May Day holiday.On May 1st, you may take the 8:00 flight to Beijing. You are to visit the Tienanmen Square in the afternoon. Next day, I suggest you (should) visit the Great Wall, the lognest wall in the world. For the next two days, you can visit the Summer Palace, walk around here and there in the downtown section of Beijing and do some shopping. On May 5th, you are to take a train to Tai`an to climb Mount Tai, which is quite near to the city. You have to stay at the top for the night, and next early morning, if lucky, you may enjoy a wonderful view of the sunrise, which will never be forgetable indeed. In the afternoon, you may return to Nanjing by train.
I wish you could enjoy your travel.
Yours,
Li Hua.
学生习作:
Dear Alex,
Here is my suggestion about your travel during the long May Day holiday.On May 1st, you (are to) leave for Beijing by air at 8:00 am and visit the Tienanmen Square after you arrive (去除after you arrive) in the afternoon. The (去除the) next day, you could go to the Great Wall, which is the most famous place of interest in China. Maybe you will feel a little tired, so on 3rd and 4th (改为for the next two days), you could (改为can) go to the Summer Palace to have a walk (去除to have a walk) and go shopping(去除and go shopping, 因为不合逻辑)(上句可改为so for the next two days, you can go to the Summer Palace, which is not far from the city, and enjoy the wonderful view there. On May 5th, you (may) leave Beijing for Shandong by train to climb the (去除the) Mount Tai. You can stay on the top of the mountain at (改为for the) night and see (改为enjoy) the sunrise in the (去除in the) next day (去除day) morning. In the afternoon, you (are to) return to Nanjing.
I wish you could enjoy your travel.
Yours,
Li Hua.
作文点评6:
假定你是李华。你的美国朋友Alice听说中国的中小学正在实施素质教育, 来信询问有关情况。请你根据下表提供的信息, 写封回信, 谈一谈"素质教育"实施后, 你们学校生活发生的变化。
1. 上课(应试教育): 听讲、做笔记
(素质教育): 课堂活跃、 研究学习、 能力培养, 有时学生当老师
2. 课外活动(应试教育): 做不完的作业
(素质教育): 开展各种类型的活动; 唱歌舞蹈、球类活动、电脑学习、 英语角...
3. 晚上(应试教育): 听讲、做笔记
(素质教育): 看新闻、做实验、 各学科讨论
Hints for Writing: (写作过程提示)
文章可用激问的方式开头, 导出下文, 容易获得生动的效果。所谓激问是指心中本无疑而故意设问的修辞方法。
文章开头参考:
(1) I was so pleased to hear from you and I am writing to tell you something about our school life. You are right. Quite a few changes have taken place.
(2) How nice to hear from you again. You want to know what is going on in schools in China? In short, things have begun to improve since schools were called on to carry out quality-oriented education.
习作:
Dear Alice,
How nice to hear from you. You want to know what is going on in schools in China? Now, I'll tell you about it. In the past, exam-oriented education forced us to listen to our teachers while taking notes in class. We did all kinds of exercises without end, though it was 5 o'clock in the afternoon. After supper, we had to continue our exercises far into the night. Now, quality-oriented education has made our school life colourful. We are active in class. In order to train the
ability, we often do research on study. Sometimes one of us teaches ourselves. We have various outside activities, such as singing, dancing, English corner, and taking computer lessons. Basketball and football are our favourite sports. In the evening we can watch news on TV, experiments by ourselves and have talks and discussions of our subjects.
Our school life is getting more and more colourful and interesting, and I do hope you come and see for yourself some day.
Best wishes.
Yours,
Li Hua
学生习作:
A
Dear Tom,
You wrote me a letter to ask me about our exploring study. And now, I'll tell you something about it.
As you know, in the past, the teacher taught us knowledge, and we students just listened nad learned, and sometimes do some notes. It was in the class. And after school, we just did a lot of homework. And that was our school life. But now, many things are changed. In our now classes, we can ask teachers many questions, and we students can also discuss them between each other. The atmosphere in the class is more active. After class, we also have a great varieties of activities. Such as reading books you like, going to the library, or surfing the Internet. All in all, the life now are much colourful since the exploring study has begun.
Waiting for your letter.
Yours,
Li Hua.
B
Dear Tom,
Last time you asked me about my exploring study. Here is some exciting change. We used to study in the way of listening to the teacher and writing down the points. We also had to do a lot of homework after class. That's boring! But now is quite different. The teacher will give a question before telling us the knowledge. We can have plenty og time to discuss the question and explore other things. Now I can follow my interests, such as reading my favourite books, going to library, or surfing the Internet for some information. My life becomes colourful! How about you? Hoping to hear from
you.
Best wishes!
Yours, Li Hua.
C
Dear Tom,
Thank you for your letter. You told me you were interested in our exploring study and I'm glad to tell you something about it.
In the past, our friends and I just listened to thew teachers and wrote in the class. You know, it bored me much. We had to do a lot of homeworks after class.
But now I like our class very much as we can ask questions and communicatewith each other in the class. We have more and more spare time and do a lot of interesting things, such as reading books we like, going to the library and surfing the Internet.
I think everybody is wonderful and exciting. Can you understand how I am feeling now? I hope I can meet you soon. And remember me to your parents.
Yours,
Li Hua.
D
Dear Tom
How nice to hear from you! You want to know something about our exploring study? I don't know about others, but I used to receive knowledge from my teacher and we only put down notes. I even had to study after class, doing my endless homework and attending classes. But now, my teacher gives us the questions and we compare notes to find the answer by ourselves. Now, I have more spare time and I can follow my interests, such as reading the books which I'm interested in, going to the library or surfing the Internet. we all like this new arrangement.
Li Hua is here, making best wishes for you!
Yours,
Li Hua.
作文点评7:
假设你是李华, 你的澳大利亚朋友Dick听说中国的中小学校正在减轻学生的
学习负担, 来信询问有关情况。 请你根据下面提供的信息, 写一封回信, 谈一谈
减负给你的学习和生活带来的变化。
───────────────┬───────────────────┐
│ 周末活动(减负前) │周末活动(减负后) │
├────────────── ┼───────────────────
│白天: 上课、 做作业 │ 白天: 参观博物馆、学习电脑、绘画等 │
├───────────────┼───────────────────
│晚上: 做作业 │ 晚上: 看新闻、 读书、看报│
├───────────────┼───────────────────
│就寝时间: 11:30 │ 就寝时间: 10:30 │
└───────────────┴───────────────────
生词: 减轻学生负担 - reduce learning load
One possible version:
Dear Dick,
How nice to hear from you again. You want to know what is going on in schools in China? In short, things have begun to improve since schools were called on to reduce learning load. I don't know about others, but I used to work even at weekends doing endless homework and attending classes as well. Now I have more free time. I can follow my own interests such as reading books, visiting museums, and taking computer lessons. In the evenings I can watch news on TV or read newspapers. What's more, I can go to bed earlier. As far as I know, everyone is happy about this new arrangement of things.
Best wishes,
Li Hua
【点评1】该书面表达写作是近年来最能体现该题型命题要求的好短文, 其结构的紧凑、上下文的连贯、语言的得体性, 以及文笔的流畅、遣词造句等都颇具典型性。
更为难得的是该短文注意到句型的多样化, 长短相间, 错落有致, 值得关注。
1. 文章以激问开始, 导出下文, 获得生动的效果, 为下面内容的展开开了好头。
所谓激问是指心中本无疑而故意设问的修辞方法。
文: You want to know what is going on in schools in China?
激问即寓答于问的设问, 目的在于加重语气, 表达激动的感情。
激问寓答于问, 有时甚至可以不用疑问号, 而用感叹号, 或在陈述句中加用问号。
例: We are alone in solving the problem of air pollution?
=Who says we are alone in solving the problem of air pollution!
由于激问写法适用性较广, 通用性较强, 使用在书面表达中常会有较好的效果,
建议NMET考生加以留意。
2. 近年来"较高级词汇或较复杂结构"为NMET书面表达评分最为看重的标准之一, 将这一标准与"上下文的连贯性""行文的连贯与流畅"以及"语言的得体性"等标准相
融合, 而该书面表达写作则生动地表现了这样的标准, 传达了书面表达写作的信
息。该题型命题要求使用"较高级词汇或较复杂结构", 但从实战看, 这确是NMET考生疏于运用或掌握的地方。解决的方法有两个, 一是搞清楚何谓"较高级词汇
或较复杂结构"; 二是如何有所准备。
文: ① ... [In short], things have begun to [improve] since schools were [called on] to reduce learning load.
② ..., but I [used to] work even at weekends doing endless homework and attending classes [as well].
③ I can [follow my own interests] such as reading books, ... ④ [What's more], I can go to bed earlier.
⑤ [As far as I know], everyone is happy about this new arrangement of things.
(说明: []表示"较高级词汇或较复杂结构"即与众不同的部分。)
3. 通过观察, 可以看到该书面表达"较高级词汇或较复杂结构"的使用与"上下文的连贯性", 即有效地使用语句间的连接成分有关联, 使得全文结构紧凑, 可读性增强。所谓"有效地使用语句间的连接成分"是指通过过渡性词语来控制整个事件的描述过程。
文: ① [In short], things have begun ... ② I don't know about oknow about others, [but]...
③ [Now] I have more free time. ④ In the evenings I can watch news on TV [or] read newspapers.
⑤ [What's more], I can go to bed... ⑥ [As far as I know], everyone is happy...
It was 7:15 「on」the morning of February 8, 2000. I was walking「along」 Park Road 「towards」the east when an elderly man came「out of」 the park 「on」 the other side of the street. Then I saw a yellow car drive 「up」Third Street and make a right turn 「into」 Park Road. The next moment the car hit the man while he was crossing the road. He fell 「with」 a cry. The car didn't stop but drove「off」「at」great speed heading west. I noticed the driver was a young woman and the plate number was AC864. About two minutes later I stopped a passing car and took the old man 「to」the nearest hospital.
NMET单项填空试题命题重点
高考英语单项填空试题命题内容多, 涉及范围广, 但以下内容可以认为是NMET单项填空试题命题重点, 请注意研读。
考点1 指代内容模糊的`it'的命题
I hate when people talk with their mouths full.
A. it B. that C. these D. them
题解: 这是it的较难的用法。it在题中指代的内容十分模糊, 可以认为指某种情形,考点2 现在分词用作状语, 而其逻辑主语模糊的命题
European football is played in 80 countries, it the most popular sport in the world.
A. making B. makes C. made D. to make
题解: (1) 选项A"making" 相当于"which makes"; which引出非限定性的定语从句, 修饰"European football is played in 80 countries"全句。
(2) 现在分词用作状语, 其逻辑主语模糊的情形极少见到, 从理论上说, making倒更像是个介词。
考点3 带有宾语复合结构的介词`with'的命题
production up by 60%, the company has had another excellent year.
A. As B. For C. With D. Through
题析: 选项A应改为As production is up by 60%; 选项B应改为The company has had another excellent year, for production is up by 60%.;
选项C`with'是唯一带有宾语复合结构的介词, 用法广泛, 可译为`随着...'。
考点4 `Now that'引出状语从句的命题
you've got a chance, you might as well make full use of it.
A. Now that B. After C. Although D. As soon as
题解: Now that(既然)' →`Now that' often gives an explanation.
Now that I'm older, I don't mind so much what people think.
考点5 倒叙命题
从这一角度命题的特点是将原本可以正常表述的内容断开, 将后半段提到前面。这一命题方式既考虑到了语言交际性的特点, 又容易增强命题的隐蔽性, 凸显命题的层次感。解题时, 可以考虑将题干交代的顺序抚正, 或将题干的后半部看作是省略, 将其补齐, 都可收到良好效果。
1. I don't think I'll need any money but I'll bring some .
A. at last B. in case C. once again D. in time
题析: I don't think I'll need any money but I'll bring some in case.
=I'll bring some money in case I'll need any.
解题时, 可将in case之后看作省去了I'll need some money。
例: Take some warm clothes in case the weather is cold.
=The weather is not cold, but take some warm clothes in case (the weather is cold).
2. Dr. Black comes from either Oxford or Cambridge, I can't remember.
A. where B. there C. which D. that
题析: 将选项C代入题干, 即正常表述顺序:
I can't remember which university (or town) Dr Black comes from, Oxford or Cambridge.
应语为: He comes from Oxford.
3. Rather than on a crowded bus, he always prefers a bicycle.
A. ride; ride B. riding; ride C. ride; to ride D. to ride; riding
题析: 测试结构: prefer + to do sth + rather than + do sth考点6 `But she promised!'式的命题
将原本可以完整表述的内容, 拆成两部分, 并设计成对话形式, 是近年NMET项填空命制上出现的新情况。
1. --Nancy is not coming tonight.
--But she !
A. promises B. promised C. will promise D. had promised
题解: 相当于`Nancy is not coming tonight, but she promised!'
2. --I stayed at a hotel while in New York.
--Oh, did you? You with Barbara.
A. could have stayed B. could stay C. would stay D. must have stayed
题解: 选项A"could have stayed"表示"原本能待在一起, 但却没待"的意思, 暗含惊讶的意味。此题从语法上来说, 属于"混合型虚拟语气"的范畴。
此题=I could have stayed with Barbara while in New York, but I didn't. I stayed at a hotel
类例: --I knew a little about French while in Paris.
--Oh, did you? You could have helped your parents.
考点7 `not'避免重复命题
The purpose of new technologies is to make life easier, it more difficult.
A. not make B. not to make C. not making D. do not make
题解: 此题的命制依据如下规则:
`Not can be used to make short negative(否定) clauses which avoid (避免) repeating(重复) part of the previous(先前的) clause, often the verb. It is often used in this way to make a correction(修订) or distinction(区别):
(1) This may be a day late, not a fortnight I hope. (2) I was laughing, not crying.
(3) He found it on the floor, not on the shelf. (4) See you on the 25th, if not before.
考点8 有`Alice, you...'加入的附加问句命题
-- Alice, you feed the bird today, ?
-- But I fed it yesterday.
A. do you B. will you C. didn't you D. don't you
题解: i. 此题由于有`Alice, you'的加入, 使答案不能一目了然。此种命题思路强调活用语言和规则, 这正是NMET命题近年出现的一个显著倾向。
ii. 解题时, 可对关键句`Alice, you feed the bird today,' 作如下转换, 以化解难度, 澄清脉络, 印证答案。
`Alice, you feed the bird today, will you?'
=`Feed the bird today, will you, Alice?'
iii. 选项D `don't you'则是`You, Alice, feed the bird every day,'的反意附加形式, 故不用。
考点9 分词的命题
1.______ in the queue for half an hour, Tom suddenly realized that he had left his wallet at home.
A.To wait B.Have waited C.Having waited D.To have waited
题解: 该题测试分词短语作状语。相当于:
Tom had been waiting in the queue for half an hour when he suddenly realized that he had left his wallet at home.
2. The Olympic Games, in 776 B. C., did not include women players until 1912.
A. first playing B. to be first played C. first played D. to be first playing
题解: i. (用[]将省略的成分补齐)
选项C =The Olympic Games, [which was] first played in 776 B. C.,
did not include women players until 1912.
ii. 选项B为不定式。用作定语时, 所表示的动作一般都还未发生, 从逻辑上看, 属将来时的范畴, 故不用。
3. When I got back home I saw a message pinned to the door "Sorry to miss you; will call later. "
A. read B. reads C. to read D. reading
题解: 选项D`reading'用作`message'的定语, 相当于`which read'; `read'一词意为`上面写着'。 类例: The ticket reads `From New York to Boston.'
4. in thought, he almost ran into the car in front of him.
A. Losing B. Having lost C. Lost D. To lose
题解: 分词构句意义上的主语必须与句子的主语相同, 为NMET单项填空常考试题。
(A) more attention, the trees could have grown better.
A. Given B. To give C. Giving D. Having given
考点10 [祈使句 + and/or =if条件句]的命题
it with me and I'll see what I can do.
A. When left B. Leaving C. If you leave D. Leave
题解: 此题测试考生对一个重要句式的掌握, 即:
[祈使句 + and/or =if条件句]
Work hard, and you will succeed.
Work hard, or you will fail.
考点11 巧妙的命题`get paid =get their pay'等
1. Cleaning women in big cities usually get by the hour.
A. pay B. paying C. paid D. to pay
题解: (1) usually get paid = are usually paid; get=be (2) get paid =get their pay
(3) 由于动词get兼有行为动词与系动词两种用法, pay兼有动词与名词两种用法, 又由于pay用作名词时, 要与冠词或相当于冠词的词连用,使得该题答案的判断过程甚为复杂。
2. The managers discussed the plan that they would like to see the next year.
A. carry out B. carrying out C. carried out D. to carry out
题析: carried out 用作宾语补足语, 表明与宾语`plan'的关系; 相当于
They would like to see the plan carried out the next year.
考点12 极为重要的高考英语实词用法的命题
1. Wait till you are more . It's better to be sure than sorry.
A. inspired B. satisfied C. calm D. certain
题解: 通过题干中的信息词`sure', 选出其同义词`certain'。
2. It's always difficult being in a foreign country, if you don't speak the language.
A. extremely B. naturally C. basically D. especially
题解: 选项D `especially'在句中和(条件)状语连用。请看例句:
(1) I like the country, especially in spring. (2) Noise is unpleasant, especially when you are trying to sleep.
(3) I expected a more enthusiastic(热情的) welcome, especially considering it is the first time I have come here.
3. him and then try to copy what he does.
A. Mind B. Glance at C. Stare at D. Watch
题解: 选项A`mind him' 意为`look after him', 不合文意; 选项B和C都可以与其后的宾语`him'搭配使用, 但`him'应处于静止状态, 与文意`copy what he does'不符。可以说`Watch him =Watch what he does', 但却没有`Glare/Stare at him
= Glare/Stare at what he does'。
类例: Watch what he does/how he does it/where he puts the ring.
He should watch his weight--he's getting really quite a tummy.
4. -- Do you think the Stars will beat the Bulls?
-- Yes. They have better players, so I them to win.
A. hope B. prefer C. expect D. want
题解: 选项A`hope'没有`hope somebody to do something'的用法, 故不用。 选项B
应用在`They have better players, but I prefer the Bulls to win.'情景中。
选项C`expect somebody to do something'期待某人做某事, 符合文意。
5. They the train until it disappeared in the distance.
A. saw B. watched C. noticed D. observed
题解: (1) 选项B"watched"一般后面接用动态的物体。 (2) 选项A"saw"一般后面接用静态的物体。
(3) 选项D"observed"指观察。 (4) 题干中若无"until it disappeared", 则可选用选项A。
6. Let Harry play with your toys as well, Clare - you must learn to .
A. support B. care C. spare D. share
题析: `spare' 匀出; `share'共享
考点13 交际英语的命题
1. -It's been a wonderful evening. Thank you very much.
-- .
A. My pleasure B. I'm glad to hear that C. No, thanks D. It's OK
题解:`My pleasure'用于表示乐意做某事的场合。
例: --Thank you for helping me.
--It was a pleasure.
=It was my pleasure.
2. -Waiter!
-
-I can't eat this. It's too salty.
A. Yes, sir? B. What? C. All right? D. Pardon?
题解: 干扰性较强的选项B`What?'表示惊愕或恼怒, 是一感叹词:
What? I can't believe it! They can't do that.
3. -What about having a drink?
-
A. Good idea. B. Help yourself. C. Go ahead, please. D. Me, too.
题解: 选项A `Good idea.'=That'a good idea.
What about having a drink? 为建议用语。
=How about having a drink?
=Why don't we have a drink?
4. -- I had a readlly good weekend at my uncle's.
-- .
A. Oh, that's very nice of you. B. Congratulations C. It's a pleasure D. Oh, I'm glad to hear that
题解: 选项D =Oh, glad to hear it. [(I'm) glad to hear it]
→a phrase expressing pleasure at what the speaker has just said
□ Sally: We have a nice car, finally.
Mary: I'm glad to hear it.
□ Tom: Is your sister feeling better?
Bill: Oh, yes, thanks.
Tom: Glad to hear it.
ii. 选项A =Oh, thank you very much.
选项C应是I had a really good weekend at my uncle's.的延续, 而非应语。此外还需注意如此使用的`It's my pleasure.'应改为`It was a pleasure.'
5. --Can I get you a cup of tea?
-- .
A. That's very nice of you B. With pleasure C. You can, please D. Thank you for the tea.
题解: 选项B应用在如下语境:
--Can you get me a cup of tea?
--With pleasure.
选择A, 应为: Thank you, please.
6. —Do you think I could borrow your dictionary?
— .
A. Yes, you may borrow B. Yes, you could C. Yes, help yourself D. Yes, go on
题解: 问句中用could 是请求对方帮忙或同意自己做某事时的婉转用语, 而在答语中则无需婉转。因此本题问话的简略答语可以是 Yes, you can. 而不可以是B项
`Yes, you could.' 完整答语不可以是选项A, 应改为`Yes, you may (can)borrow it.' 。
选项C`help yourself'是`自己取用'的意思。
选项D也可改为`Yes, go ahead.'表示同意, 意思是`用吧'。
7. — I'd like to invite you to dinner this Saturday, Mr Smith.
— .
A. Oh, no. Let's not B. I'd rather stay at home
C. I'm very sorry, but I have other plans D. Oh, no. That'll be too much trouble
题解: 选项A可以是Shall we go swimming in that river this Saturday?的应语。
选项B可以是We'll go swimming in that river this Saturday.的应语。
选项D可以是Shall we go climbing that mountain this Saturday?的应语。
考点14 词序命题
近年NMET单项填空试题的命制中常有对词序的考查, 应引起注意。
1. to take this adventure course will certainly learn
a lot of useful skills.
A. Brave enough students B. Enough brave students
C. Students brave enough D. Students enough brave
题析: 选项C Students brave enough =Students who are brave enough
作副词用的enough修饰形容词时应置于其后。
2. If I had , I'd visit Europe, stopping at all the small
interesting places.
A. a long enough holiday B. an enough long holiday
C. a holiday enough long D. a long holiday enough
题析:(1) 选项A =a holiday long enough
(2) 副词enough在修饰形容词时, 只能置于其后。
(3) enough修饰形容词, 形容词修饰名词, 都置于名词之前的用法, 在教学中
较少用到, 在NMET命题中也不多见。
类例: a good enough price
3. We'll have to finish the job, D .
A. long it takes however B. it takes however long
C. long however it takes D. however long it takes
题析: `however long it takes =no matter how long it takes'
没有选项A、B、C三种表达方式, 故不选。
考点15 短语与搭配用法在NMET单项填空中的命题
1.I don't ______ rock'n'roll. It's much too noisy for my taste.
A.go after B.go away with C.go into D.go in for
题解: 该题测试短语"go in for", 意思是"参与"。选项A"go after"的意思是"追赶",
选项C"go into"的意思是"进入、就业", 都与句意不合, 故不用。
答案: D
对于短语的测试是NMET命题的重要内容。 请看NMET2004(福建)第33题:
It is certain that he will ___(C)___ his business to his son when he gets old.
A. take over B. think over C. hand over D. go over
2. Your performance in the driving test didn't reach the required standard -- , you failed.
A. in the end B. after all C. in other words D. at the same time
题解: `in other words'意为 `换句话说'。用于使用另一方式表述相同内容的场合。
类例: I soon found that the work I was doing had already been done by someone else - in other words, I was wasting my time.
3. Nobody noticed the thief slip into the house because the light happened to .
A. be put up B. give in C. be turned on D. go out
题解: go out 指"熄灭"。
4. She his number in the phone book to make sure that she had got it right.
A. looked up B. looked for C. picked out D. picked up
题解: `look up'(查找) → look up a word; look up a number
`look for'(寻找) → look for a missing boy; look for a job
5. It is wise to have some money for old age.
A. put away B. kept up C. given away D. laid up
题解: `put away'表示'将某物搁放在一边, 暂时不用'之意。
6. I don't believe any of it. You must have made the whole story.
A. out B. up C. for D. with
题解: (以up为中心构成的短语)
get up 起床 come up 走近, 发芽 hurry up 赶快 grow up 成长
call up 打电话 give up 放弃 pick up 拾起 send up 发射
look up 查阅 put up 张贴 eat up 吃光 keep up 保持, 维持
break up 解体; 崩溃 make up 组成 dry up 使干涸 bring up 抚养大
set up 建立 do up 头发向上梳挽 fill up 装满 stay up 熬夜
take up 从事 warm up 变暖; 热身 sit up 熬夜 rise up 起义
dress up 化妆 join up 连接起来 build up 建立起来 hang up 把...挂起来
hold up 举起 add up 加起来 stand up 起立
7. The police were a search for the body of the man who disappeared.
A. doing B. making C. taking D. giving
题解: (以make为中心构成的短语)
make cloth (a machine, a hat, a road, a railway, a canal) make a fire (the bed, a hole, a noise)
make a speech (a suggestion, a promise, a request, a remark) make a record (a will, a copy, an experiment)
make a journey (an effort, an offer) make progress (friends, faces, no difference)
make fun of; make a fool of; make a rush for; make use of; make choice of
make money; make ends meet; make one's way
8. I hate to rules on anything.
A. give B. have C. set D. show
题解: (以set为中心构成的短语)
set a table (a chair) set something right (straight, up, down, on, etc)
set a clock (=put hands in right position) set a price on a horse
9. Will you me a favour, please?
A. give B. make C. do D. bring
题解: (以do为中心构成的短语)
do a good deed 做好事 do away with 去掉,废除 do good to 对...有益 do harm to对...有害
do sb. wrong 冤枉某人 do one's best尽力 do one's homework 做作业 do some cleaning扫除
do some cooking做饭 do up头发向上梳挽 do well in sth.在...方面做得不错 do sb. a favour 帮某人一个忙
考点16 动词进行时态的命题
近年NMET单项填空在对动词时态的命制上, 较多地选用进行时, 并为此设计出有较大思考空间的试题。对此现象, 应引起注意。
1.—What's that terrible noise?
—The neighbors ______ for a party.
A.have prepared B.are preparing C.prepare D.will prepare
题解: What's that terrible noise? =What is that terrible noise?
问句中的现在时态决定答语用现在进行时。选项A是指"邻居们已准备好了聚会。" 与发出声响无关, 故不用。
对进行时态的测试是NMET命题的重要内容。 请看NMET2004(福建)第21题:
--You were out when I fropped in at your house.
--Oh, I __(A)____ for a friend from England at the airport.
A. was waiting B. had waited C. am waiting D. have waited
2. -- Hey, look where you are going!
-- Oh, I'm terribly sorry. .
A. I'm not noticing B. I wasn't noticing C. I haven't noticed D. I don't notice
题解: 此题的关键处在`look where you are going'中的进行时态。解题时, 可将问句作如下变化, 以利理解:
- Hey, look where you are going! You are not noticing (where you are going)!
- Oh, I'm terribly sorry. (到此时, 答话人已意识到刚才的行为, 故用过去
进行时接上句) I wasn't noticing (just now).
3. I don't think Jim saw me; he into space.
A. just stared B. was just staring C. has just stared D. had just stared
题解: 此题也与`倒叙'命题有关。将叙述顺序相调, 会有助于解题。
I don't think Jim saw me; he was just staring into space.
=He was just staring into space; I don't think Jim saw me.
4. —Is this raincoat yours?
—No, mine there behind the door.
A. is hanging B. has hung C. hangs D. hung
题解: 此题虽为现在进行时, 但在命题上与其前也有相似之处。
i. 选项A中的进行时含暂时之意, 如:
Your coat is hanging in the hall.
ii. 选项C中的一般时则表状态, 表"某地挂有某物"之意, 如:
(1) The picture hangs now in my library. (2) Above it hung an oil painting by Beryl.
iii. 选项B中的完成时应使用其被动语态形式: has been hung, 而且句子主语也要变化, 如:
All the walls have been hung with my pictures.
考点17 动词完成时态的命题
1.The mayor of Beijing says that all construction work for the Beijing Olympics ______ by 2007.
A.has been completed B.has completed
C.will have been completed D.will have completed
题解: 题干中"by 2007"决定动词要使用将来完成时, 又由于complete为及物动词,
construction work是其宾语, 故选用选项C。
2. -How are you today?
-Oh, I as ill as I do now for a very long time.
A. didn't feel B. wasn't feeling C. don't feel D. haven't felt
题析: 〈译〉-- 今天感觉怎么样?
-- 我很久未曾病得像现在这样。(意思是指今天病得实在不轻。)
I haven't felt as ill as I do now for a very long time.
=I haven't felt as ill for a very long time as I do now.
=For a very long time, I haven't felt as ill as I do now.
选项A应用在`-How did you feel yesterday? -I didn't feel as ill as
I do now.'的情景中。
考点18 不定式完成时态的命题
1. Robert is said abroad, but I don't know what country he
studied in.
A. to have studied B. to study C. to be studying D. to have been studying
题解: 此题的关键处在`what country he studied in'。不定式的完成时可以表示过去时, 此处用`to have studied'与句中`studied'相配合。
类例: He is said to have been rich twenty years ago.
2. I would love to the party last night but I had to work extra hours to finish a report.
A. to go B. to have gone C. going D. having gone
题解: would love; meant; hoped; desired; expected; planned; promised;
wished; wanted; etc. 与完成时态的不定式连用, 以表示其过去原本希望过,但未实现的意思, 是动词不定式中不常见的用法, 也是不定式中较难的用法。此种用法常加上but并列句。
seem, appear, be said, be supposed, be believed, be thought, be known, be reported 等动词常用于上述句型。
(1) That beggar seems (A) anything.
A. not to have eaten B. not to eat C. didn't eat D. to not have eaten
(2) I know him (A) a good football player while in college.
A. to have been B. to be C. was D. had been
考点19 较难掌握的情态词命题
1. -I heard they went skiing in the mountains last winter.
--It true because there was little snow there.
A. may not be B. won't be C. couldn't be D. mustn't be
题解: can用在否定句与疑问句中表推测; 而在肯定句中用 may 表示 "或许",
用 must 表示 "一定"。
2. -Are you coming to Jeff's party?
-I'm not sure. I go to concert instead.
A. must B. would C. should D. might
题解: 选项A`must'和C`should'都应是`I'm quite sure'的补充。
选项D`might'含不确定因素, 与`I'm not sure'的意思相吻合。
答案: D
3. The fire spread through the hotel very quickly but everyone get
out.
A. had to B. would C. could D. was able to
题解: 表示过去有能力并实际上成功地做到某事, 要用"was/were able to", 不用
"could"。 没有做到可用`couldn't' 或`wasn't able to'表示。
4. --When can I come for the photos? I need them tomorrow afternoon.
--They be ready by 12:00.
A. can B. should C. might D. need
题解: (1) 选项B"should"表示"按理应当...; 估计..."。
① They should be there by now, I think. ② The poems should be out in a month at most.
③ We needn't get ready yet; the guests shouldn't come for another hour.
(2) 选项A"can"表示"可能", 应用在顾客的身上, 即:
I need them tomorrow afternoon. They can be ready by 12:00.
考点20 新、巧的指代词命题
1.I invited Joe and Linda to dinner, but ______ of them came.
A.neither B.either C.none D.both
题解: neither指两者都不, none指三者或三者以上都不。
对代词指代关系的测试是NMET命题的重要内容。 请看NMET2004(福建)第22题:
--Which of the three ways shall I take to the village?
-- (C) way as you please.
A. each B. Every C. Any D. Either
2. -Why don't we take a little break?
-Didn't we just have ?
A. it B. that C. one D. this
题解: i. break表示`间歇、休息时间'时, 为可数名词。
(1) Let's take a short break for lunch. (2) Both houses took several short breaks during the year.
ii. little 修饰某些可数名词时, 可以表示`一小段'。
Then he made a little speech.
答案: C
3. -- Are the new rules working?
-- Yes, books are stolen.
A. Few B. More C. Some D. None
题解: `working'意思是`起作用'。根据题意选用有否定意味的形容词`few'。
选项D `None'应改为`None of the', 或`No'。
4. Few pleasures can equal of a cool drink on a hot day.
A. some B. any C. that D. those
题解: i. `that of a cool drink =the pleasure of a cool drink'
ii. 选项A、B无法指代 pleasure, 故不用。
5. If you want to change for a double room you'll have to pay
$15.
A. another B. other C. more D. each
题解: another $15 =$15 more
考点21 一题两点的冠词命题
1. Paper money was in use in China when Marco Polo visited
the country in thirteen century.
A. the; 不填 B. the; the C. 不填; the D. 不填; 不填
题解: 此题涉及两个固定的英语表达方式, 即
(1) in use (在使用) →反意表达为out of use If this is not in use, I'd like to borrow it.
(2) in the thirteenth century (在13世纪)
→英语中序数词要与定冠词连用。
答案: C
2.______ on-going division between English-speaking Canadians and French-speaking Canadians is ______ major concern of the country.
A.The;不填 B.the; a C.An; the D.An;不填
题解: 题干中"on-going"的意思是"在进行中", "division"的意思是"分歧", "major concern"的意思是"重大关心"。该题的意思是"讲英语的加拿大人与讲法语的加拿大人正在出现的分歧成了全国最为关注的大事"。
3. Most animals have little connection with animals of different kind unless they kill them for food.
A. the; a B. 不填; a C. the; the D. 不填; the
题解: 〈译〉大多数的动物同另类动物联系很少, 除非它们把另类动物当作食物吃掉。
`of ... kind' ...种类
例: I follow my own opinions not hers in questions of this kind.
I don't like people of that kind.
animals of a different kind 相当于 a different kind of animals
a (different) kind of 含冠词的功能, 故animals不再与冠词连用。
4. Many people agree that knowledge of English is a must in
international trade.
A. a; 不填 B. the; an C. the; the D. 不填; the
题解: i. knowledge 与不定冠词连用, 表示"对...有某种程度的了解"。
(1) A knowledge of language is always useful. (2) He has a wide/good knowledge of history/London.
ii. trade(贸易、买卖) →作不可数名词用
(1) International trade is important to us all. (2) England does a lot of trade with Australia.
考点22 近年较为多见的定语从句命题
对于定语从句的考查, 近年也有增多的趋向, 对此应引起关注。
1. Carol said the work would be done by October, personally
I doubt very much.
A. it B. that C. when D. which
题解: which引导出非限定性的定语从句。which =the work would be done by October.
该定语从句相当于: Personally I doubt very much that the work will be
done by October.
2.George Orwell, ______ was Eric Arthur, wrote many political novels and
essays.
A.the real name B.what his real name C.his real name D.whose real name
题解: 该题测试由关系代词"whose"引出的定语从句。英语中, 句与句的衔接应当使用
从属连词或并列连词。
3. Dorothy was always speaking highly of her role in the play, ,
of course, made the others unhappy.
A. who B. which C. this D. what
题解: `which'引出非限定性的定语从句。which =Dorothy was always speaking highly of her role in the play and this
4.______ is reported in the newspapers, talks between the two countries are making progress.
A.It B.As C.That D.What
题解: 若将"As is reported in the newspapers"后置, 意思则更加清楚, 关系更为
明确, 即: Talks between the two countries are making progress, as is reported in the newspapers. as引出定语从句。
考点23 连词`before、while'的命题有新意
1. Someone called me up in the middle of the night, but they hung up I could answer the phone.
A. as B. since C. until D. before
题解: 选项D `before'意为`还未来得及做某事, 就...', 以此说明前面动作结束之快。
点评: 不把连词before当作"在......之前"的这种用法还出现在NMET98书面表达的答案里: The time passed quickly. Before we knew it, we had to say goodbye to the workers. 由于该句式的使用, 使得该书面表达的结尾精彩、 有力。再请看其他例证:
(1) Before I had time to reply, he went away. 我还没来得及回答他就走了。
(2) I had not waited long before she came. 我没等多久她就来了。
(3) It was midnight before he returned. 他直到午夜时分才回来。
(4) It was long before she came. 她过了很久才来。
(5) It was not long before she came. 她没过多久就来了。
(6) They had not been married a month before they quarrelled. 他们结婚还没到一个月就反目了。
2. -- I'm going to the post office.
-- you're there, can you get me some stamps?
A. As B. While C. Because D. If
题解: i. `while'含`趁着你在那儿' 之意。
The teacher often says,`Ask me more questions while I'm here.'
ii. 选项A、C应改为As/Because you are going to the post office。
考点24 强调句的命题
1. It is the ability to do the job matters not where you
come from or what you are.
A. one B. that C. what D. it
题解: 此题考查强调句, 强调句的句型为:
It is/was + 强调成分 + that 从句。
答案: B
2. It was only when I reread his poems recently I began to
appreciate their beauty.
A. until B. that C. then D. so
题解: 该题的强调成分为"only when I reread his poems recently"。
考点25 状语从句的命题
1. You should make it a rule to leave things you can
find them again.
A. when B. where C. then D. there
题解: We leave something in a place or state(状态):
(1) I have left my key ┃at home.
(2) He left his watch ┃in the hotel.
(3) He left it ┃where he had found it.
(4) Leave the cat ┃alone.
2. After the war, a new school building was put up there had once been a theatre.
A. that B. where C. which D. when
题解: 选项B`where'引出一个表地点的副词从句。
3. Why do you want a new job you've got a good one already?
A. that B. where C. which D. when
题解: 选项D"when"引出一个时间状语从句。
4. The WTO cannot live up to its name it does not include
a country that is home to one fifth of mankind.
A. as long as B. while C. if D. even though
题析: 〈译〉 如果世界贸易组织不把一个占世界人口五分之一的国家囊括进来就
名不符实。
考点26 不定式与动名词的命题
1. Last summer I took a course on .
A. how to make dresses B. how dresses be made C. how to be made dresses D. how dresses to be made
题解: [疑问词 + 不定式 = 名词短语]
2. The chair looks rather hard, but in fact it is very comfortable to .
A. sit B. sit on C. be sat D. be sat on
题解: 当副词用的不定式用其主动形式修饰形容词。
Habits are easy to make but hard to break.
3. I would appreciate back this afternoon.
A. you to call B. you call C. your calling D. you're calling
题解: 下列动词或动词短语之后接用动名词, 不可接用不定式:
complete (完成) finish (完成) enjoy (非常喜欢) mind (反对)
practice (练习) resist (抵抗) can't help (情不自禁) put off (推迟)
get through (完成) burst out (突然) consider (认为) risk (冒险)
understand (了解) report (报告) excuse (原谅) delay (耽搁)
imagine (想象) miss (错过) prevent (阻挡) give up (放弃) suggest (建议)
4. We agreed here but so far she hasn't turned up yet.
A. having met B. meeting C. to meet D. to have met
题解: 只接用不定式的动词:
agree/fail/arrange/decide/hope/expect/refuse/want/manage/ hurry/prepare/promise/pretend/think/wish
答案: C
介绍NMET完形填空的几种较为有效的解题方法
作答NMET完形填空题, 除了使用比较、 推理、判断、 逻辑等方法或手段以外, 还可借助事实先决、事实后决、同比排除、反比否定等方法。
1. 事实先决
所谓`事实先决'是指在选项中同时出现符合文意或接近事实的情形, 考生面对此类情形可用`事实先决`的方法解题, 即按逻辑顺序对事实加以梳理和排序, 找出第一事实或首要事实, 问题才有可能迎刃而解。
以NMET2000为例:
例1: And there on a well-made bed sat Amy, my new [ ], dressed
neatly.
(A) A. roommate B. classmate C. neighbour D. companion
题解: 选项[A]`roommate'指`同住宿舍一室的人'。 作者并非在教室等处首次遇到Amy, 故排除掉选项[B]`classmate'; 也并非在宿舍楼道等处首次遇到Amy, 故排除掉选项[C]`neighbour', 至于选项[D]`companion(伙伴), 在逻辑顺序上, 应先有 classmate, 后有companion。此题选项无论从命制上看, 还是从解题上说, 都具备典型性, 是研读NMET完形填空命制以及解释所谓有关`事实先决'的解题方法的好题材。
例2: Finally I turned the key in the lock and (1) the door
open, with Dad still complaining(抱怨) about a hurting knee or something.
(C) (1) A. knocked B. forced C. pushed D. tried
一般开门动作的顺序是:
解读英语考试大纲、谈谈英语备考意见
杭州二中 赵如莲
2006年高考英语考纲修订说明
在“稳定中求发展”这一思想的指导下,2006年“考试大纲”仅对原“考试大纲”进行了个别文字上的修订和调整。主要为:
1. 对“考试内容和要求”中阅读部分的要求进行了精简,删除了难以确切界定的“熟悉的有关日常生活话题的简短文字材料,例如”。
2. 重新命名了“考试形式”中的部分题型,将“多项选择式完形填空”题,直接称为“完形填空”题; 为避免引起歧义,将听力部分中易使用的“填空题”直接称为“听力填空题”。
下面,简单介绍一下高考英语试卷的命题指导思想和考试内容。
1、 试卷设计和试题命制的指导思想为了“有利于中学素质教育的推进;有利于高校选拔人才”,高考英语科的命题指导思想应该是“稳定中求发展”,在稳定原命题原则、题型结构、考查要求、试卷难度等的基础上,有所发展、有所创新。这一指导思想在命题中具体体现在以下几个方面:
1)命题原则应保持一致 2)题型结构应相对稳定 3)试卷难度应逐年保持一致
4)应时时强调语言测试的交际性原则,逐步加大语言交际能力考查的力度
2、 考试内容和要求
一、语言知识
要求考生能够适当运用基本的语法知识(见附录),掌握2000左右的词汇及相关词组(见《全日制高级中学英语教学大纲(试验修订版)》)
二、语言运用
1.听力: 要求考生听懂有关日常生活中所熟悉话题的简短独白和对话。考生应能:
(1)理解主旨要义;(2)获取事实性的具体信息;(3)对所听内容作出简单推断;
4)理解说话者的意图、观点或态度。 (浙江省不考听力)
2.阅读:要求考生读懂公告、说明、广告以及书、报、杂志中关于一般性话题的简短文章。考生应能:(1)理解主旨要义;(2)理解文中具体信息;(3)根据上下文推断生词的词义;(4)作出简单判断和推理;(5)理解文章的基本结构;(6)理解作者的意图和态度。
3.写作:要求考生根据题示进行书面表达。考生应能:(1)准确使用语法和词汇;
(2)使用一定的句型、词汇,清楚、连贯地表达自己的意思。
高三英语教学及备考情况
高三第一学期我们主要上高中英语第三册1-11单元的新课,第二学期准备上完高中第三册剩余单元。单项复习高中英语应掌握的语法知识并适当做一些语法配套单项练习。计划在最后一个月里有选择地做一些综合试卷和往年的高考真题:具体时间安排如下:
每周五节课上新课,一个单元分四节课完成,包括课后练习。
周六轮到外语辅导课在高三学年里一共有20次,各班1节课主要用于辅导中下面学生。
每周二下午有英语全班辅导课80分钟,主要是让学生独立完成一份综合试卷。
每周利用早自修一个单位时间考查单词。测试卷的题目由任教老师自主命题,题型与高考题型保持一致。
每月高三年级统一安排时间进行阶段性考试,试卷由课任老师自主命题,必需围绕各阶段所教知识内容出卷,试卷完全采用高考题型。
高三年级英语学科统一使用的资料有?38套试卷?、?学英语报?。?学英语报?要求学生每周看完一期,报上的单元配套练习要求学生在一周之内完成,第二周再给学生答案,疑难问题由每天晚上值班的答疑老师解答。?38套试卷?主要放在每周二下午的辅导课里让学生完成或者节假日其间完成。
以上几个方面是由年级统一安排并实施的,主要是对时间和内容上作一些控制。下面就我本人在高三英语教学工作中的做法谈一点体会。我在教高三时自己主要做好四块工作:(1)抓学生背单词、背课文。(2)在教新课内容的同时按照考纲上要求的语法项目逐个帮助学生理清语法规则,理解它的作用和意义。(3)抓阅读并帮助学生理解阅读中的疑难句。(4)抓写作训练。
(1)抓学生背单词、背课文。
每上完一个新单元我总是要求学生把该单元的生词背出并给予听写,在听写时分单词和词组进行,听单词时我报英文,听词组时我报中文意思,对学生写不出的或较难拼的单词我总是在事后给予讲解,教他们一些记忆办法和窍门,帮助学生记忆。如:millionaire : million + air + e , cigarette :cigar + e + tt + e .对于课文我要求学生分段背颂。检查的办法主要采用听写和默写。听写时我把课文中的一些难句和长句,句子结构较复杂的句子译成中文并逐句报给学生,让他们写出课文中的原句,不许他们按意思写句子。这样做学生觉得难度很大,因为他们一定要把课文背得很熟才能一听到中文意思马上就要对上课文中的那句话并给予一字不差地写出来,如果没有把课文背熟就写不出来。有时候对有些篇幅较长的课文我制定几个段落让学生去背,然后再让他们去默写。一定要常听不懈才能出效果。
(2)帮助学生理清语法规则,理解它的作用和意义。
高考英语试卷第二部分英语知识运用主要测试考生对英语语法、词汇知识和简单表达形式的掌握情况。虽然许多人对英语语法教学有各种不同的认识,但是作为一门语言,语法的作用不容忽视。单项填空对语法知识的直接考查体现在具体的语境中。近几年高考英语中测试语法的项目主要涉及冠词、名词、代词(人称代词、不定代词)、介词、形容词、副词、连词、动词的时态和语态、情态动词、非谓语动词、动词词组、复合句、强调句、感叹句、反意疑问句、祈使句、倒装句、省略句、it的用法、语序和交际用语等。平时在上新课时就要注意观察每个单元所涉及到的语法点,并给予作阶段性的复习指导。给学生做一些单项填空练习和短文改错练习,因为这两道题主要考查各种语法内容。在讲评时应重视介绍一些命题的思路和解题方法。这两种题的共性是在理解单句和整文意思的基础上考虑语法结构。
(3)抓阅读并帮助学生理解阅读中的疑难句。
高考阅读理解部分的5篇短文涵盖了记叙文、议论文、说明文、应用文、传记等多种体裁。题材是关于人文、地理、历史、家庭生活、社会生活、产业活动、文化习俗、伦理道德、科普、新闻和广告等诸多方面的内容,涉及到个人家庭、社会交往、日常生活、兴趣爱好、风俗习惯、科学文化等领域。具有题材多样、内容丰富、时代感强等特点,突出了英语学习为语言交际应用服务的最终目的。因此,除教科书之外,我根据学生的实际,让学生每周必读21世纪中学生英文报高中版一期。要求学生重视材料中的常见词、词组、重点句和难点句的理解和摘录,做读书笔记。我让学生通过大量阅读来增进语言习得。另外抓阅读理解教师首先要从课堂提问入手。课堂提问是训练学生思维能力和提高学生理解能力的重要手段。为了要培养学生的观察力、想象力和逻辑思维能力,以及提高其人文素质,我在平时备课和上课中基本按照下面这套模式进行。这套模式与高考试题阅读理解题设问基本相同。
A)观察型提问
What can you see (did you notice / observe)in the picture?
What’s the difference between A and B? What similarities and differences exist between A and B?
In what ways are they different /similar?
What other information have you found regarding the similarities / differences between A and B?
What makes you say A and B are different?
Compare the descriptions of A and B. How are their personalities or characteristics (similar / different)?
B) 归纳和推理型提问
What does the author/writer imply by saying this/ that? What can we infer from...?
What are the effects/ results/ causes of...? What may be concluded from...?
What might be the reason why...? What does the writer seem to be in favor of / against?
What’s the main idea of this article/paragraph/passage?
What’s the topic sentence of this dialogue/ paragraph?
C) 主观认识型提问
What’s your attitude towards it? What’s your personal opinion about it?
If you could / it’s possible, what would you do? What do you think is true about...?
Imagine/ Suppose you are ..., what will you do?
If you were a panhandler in New York City, how would you feel about what the mayor said?
How do you feel about giving money to poor people on street corners?
D)预测型提问
What do you think will happen next / as a result of...?
How do you think the story will end?
E)辩论型提问
Should an entrance fee be charged for parks?
Is it necessary for the students to take part in social practice?
Should the government close all the tobacco factories?
Do you think the government should give the beggars a place to live and some money? Why or why not?
Should people be allowed to own guns / children be allowed to play computer games? Why or why not?
F)评价和反思型提问
What do you learn from the story? What should we learn from...?
What moral lesson has the story taught us? What valuable virtues does the story have?
What have you learned from the story?
在讲评阅读理解题时,我主要帮助学生理解一些较难翻译成中文的长句和语法结构较复杂的句子并教他们一些做阅读理解题的方法。我要求学生把文章中为答案提供信息的段落和句子划出来,并把问题的编号写在该句或该段的旁边,使其一目了然。近几年的阅读材料多选用与学生平时生活学习相关的话题以及科普、广告方面的内容,所以拿到材料后,学生应把握中心思想,主要事实,理解通读全文掌握大意。确定主旨,再进行推理判断。学生平时可以多看文史、科普以及一些应用文章,如广告类型的阅读等。因此我平时要求学生读最适合中学生的?21世纪中学生英语报?。我觉得多读英文报上的文章对他们做阅读理解很有好处,因为这些文章新,词汇也新,题材广泛,趣味性强,能很好地吸引学生的注意力。平时指导学生一些阅读技巧很有必要。在做阅读时先将文章大概先扫读一遍,再行阅读,如有标题,应仔细看,它与全文中心有关系,遇有生词又猜不出意思,跳过去继续看,每段的首句尾句常与本段中心有关,概括全文中心意思要包括各段内容,猜词要依据原文上下文来确定。infer是指原文没有明说但可猜出之意。推理判断要以作者态度为准,有的题可根据常识理解,找具体信息时用跳读的技术,概括中心时用掠读的技术。答题时要看清题目要求,四个选项都要看。各类文章有不同特点,议论文要注意论点论据,记叙文要注意七个w、h questions. 不改变以往做题习惯,先看题还是先看文章各有利弊. 学生做完形填空阅读时首先要粗读全文,了解大意,细读第一句,因为第一句一般不挖空,可得到较多信息。第一遍做题争取填出有把握的空,约占三分之一。第二遍做题则逐个解决,只留下个别不会的题,充分注意文中连接词语的含义与作用,有时可根据动作顺序来判断,时间关系是判断的又一依据,借助上下文中的同义词确定答案,借助反义词来判断,利用构词法知识理解陌生词。要十分注意后线索的现象,答案的提示不一定在前边,谨防连环题,各题答案之间有一定联系。决定好答案后要注意不但在单句中合理、从全文看也合理。明确动词分类知识和名词搭配很重要,实在不会的要猜,不要不填。
(4)抓写作训练。
在训练学生写作时我主要采用两种方法:一是让成绩处于中下的学生写?新概念?第二册课文的summary,要求学生一天写一篇80个字左右的短文,我每天批改打分。在写之前我首先指导学生,把意图讲清楚。先让学生通读全文,看懂课文后面所配套的5-6个问题,再给予整句回答,并要求学生把问题后括号里的连词用到句子中。二是对成绩中上的学生要求他们写英语报上单元练习的书面表达所提供的作文或者写近几年的高考真卷上的书面表达内容,一周写一篇,我给作文打分后再讲评。把写的好的学生习作让学生在班上交流。在评讲时我把样文和学生的习作给学生比较,让他们来评一评,议一议。2001年高考卷书面表达:
假设你是李华,你的澳大利亚朋友Dick听说中国的中小学正在减轻学生的学习负担,来信询问有关情况.请你根据下表提供的信息,写一封回信,谈一谈减负给你的学习和生活带来的变化.周末活动(肩负前) 白天:上课,做作业 晚上:做作业 就寝时间:11:30 周末活动(肩负后) 白天:参观博物馆,学习电脑,绘画等 晚上:看新闻,读书,看报 就寝时间:11:30
(高考样文)
Dear Dick,
… You want to know what is going on in schools in China? In short, things have begun to improve since schools were called on to reduce learning load. I don’t know about others, but I used to have to work even at weekends doing endless homework and attending classes as well. Now I have more free time. I can follow my own interests such as reading books, visiting museums and taking computer lessons. In the evenings I can watch news on TV or read newspapers. What’s more, I can go to bed earlier. As far as I know, everyone is happy about this new arrangement of things.
(学生习作1)
As you know, we Chinese students used to study at the weekends. We must go to school and have classes. We didn’t go to bed until 11:30 p.m. for we had a lot of homework to do and piles of books to read. In fact, there were no weekends before the reducing learning load.
But now we have a wide variety of exciting things to do at weekends. We can visit the museum, draw pictures, learn to use computers and so on. We can also watch news (on TV), read books or newspapers in the evening. Of course we have homework to do, but we can finish it very soon so that we can go to bed before 10:00p.m.
I hope to hear from you soon.
(学生习作2)
As you know, burdened with so much unfinished homework, I was always complaining about my busy weekends to you before. Classes and exercise papers took complete control of a day and I could never go to bed until 11:30 at night. But now I’ll cheerfully announce a piece of good news to you. With the learning load reduced, my life during the weekends has changed greatly. Imagine my happiness when I am allowed to visit museums, learn computer programs and draw beautiful pictures in the day! What’s more, I can watch TV news, read books and newspapers instead of doing countless homework in the evening. My sleeping time is also ensured because I can go to bed much earlier. Study is now no longer a hard task for me and with more free time to spare, I find it happy to learn! I’m really enjoying myself now!
(学生习作3)
As you know, students in China have been reduced learning load which actually brings about great changes to our study and adds colors to the dull routine of everyday life. Thanks to the new strategy, we can develop our own interests in the daytime, visiting museums, learning computers and painting, for instance, while some time ago, we had to study hour after hour with little free time. And life in the evening is also changed greatly with more time to watch TV news, read papers or various books instead of devoting all the time to doing countless homework. As a result, we have more sleeping time as well, which can guarantee the efficiency of next day’s study. My happiness about these changes is really beyond my description. What do you think about it? Looking forward to your next letter. Best wishes.
在指导学生写作时我总是提醒他们在落笔之前一定要想一想这几句话:This is a (news) story. It tells about (who / what / when / where / how / why). 假如是议论性文章就要想一下:主题 + 观点 + 结论。2005年江西卷书面表达要求学生写一篇议论性的短文。按照提示学生就应该分三小段来写。对于学生网上交友持不同的意见:赞成的理由+反对的理由+你的看法。 Should students make friends on line? Some people say yes. The internet helps make many friends. Chatting on line, students can more freely express their feelings and opinions, and even get help with their foreign language studies.
Others, however, think students should not. They say making friends on line is a waste of time, which should be spent more meaningfully on study. Besides, some students get cheated on line.
It is my opinion that students should place their study, health and safety before other things. As for friendship, we can really find it in our classmates and other people around us.
对于英语基础不好的学生,提醒他们把所给的材料分为几个点,每个点用1-2句简单句(主语+谓语+宾语)表达出来;而对于英语较好的学生,尽可能地运用一些高级词汇、可以适当地运用一些复合句,关键是要表达准确到位。一般说来一篇100个左右的短文只要用8-10个句子就可以表达出来了。可能考六类文章,写事,写人,写地方,通知,信件和简单议论,历年以写事为主。文章长度约100-120个词,署名有要求,按规定办,交际对象有时明说有时不明说,应看清再写。写此文的目的即交际目的要明确,内容要点要全,拼写,大小写,标点要准,书写要清楚,不要用大草体,一般不考特殊文章格式,语言首先要求准确通顺,鼓励用出新颖词汇,顺畅连接和复杂结构。复杂结构举例(定语从句、强调句型、倒装、被动、虚拟、非谓语短语、so…that、with加复合宾语及名词性从句)学生在做书面表达时应按以下要点进行:
a仔细审题,看清题目要求与注意事项。b确定文章类型,记叙文,一般用过去时,说明文,主要用现在时。c看全内容要点,主要内容缺一不可。d尽量写草稿,实在没时间也要写一个简略提纲。e用你见过的有把握的句型来写,不要生造中国式的英文。f写好首句尾句,注意关联词语的使用。g 记叙文注意who, what, where, when, which, why, how。h 议论文注意论点论据。i可适当使用复杂结构和新颖词汇,但应以准确传达意思为第一原则。j书写规范,卷面整洁也要重视。k一般十句话即可达到字数要求。L写完后要以短文改错的精神复核全文。还可以让学生记住书面表达中的常用连词与句式和过度用语:
表示时间顺序:first, then, afterwards, meanwhile, later…
表示空间顺序:near, next to, far from, in front of, on the left, on one side…
表示比较、对照:like, unlike, such as, but, however, on the other hand, on the contrary, nevertheless…
表示因果关系:because, for, as a result, therefore, thus…
表示递进关系:besides, what’s more, moreover, in addition…
表示并列关系:and, as well as, also…
表示总结性:in general, in a word, in short, on the whole…
高考英语应试方法指导(发给学生的材料)
你们现在的复习方式,我想应该是以课外自己做题,课内老师讲解为主吧。这种方式有利有弊,但肯定利大于弊。它的缺点是容易使人产生惰性,让人拿到题目后有些厌倦,没有解答的欲望。以这种心态去做题,效果是会大打折扣的。但它的优点是可以提高你解题的熟练程度,因为高考的绝大多数题目对中上的同学来说,不是考你会不会做,而是考你能不能做得又正确又快,因为会做跟能拿全分还是有差距的。而这种“又正确又快”的正确率和速度是靠平时训练出来的。你们现在的这种复习方式就能很好地训练你的正确率和速度。关键是你在做题的时候要注意态度和方法。 下面就讲一讲平时复习过程中做题的态度和方法。首先要态度端正,不急躁,不要为了完成复习题去做题;二要培养认真审题的习惯。审题不仅是读懂题意,还要读出一些结论,在这些结论的基础上,你就不是从零开始做,而是从一个更接近答案的层次开始做。三要即时总结。你可以全部做完总结,也可以做完一道特别是做完那种你感到很有收获的题目就停下来先总结一下。总结什么呢?可以是某道题目的某一信息可以推出一个重要结论;可以是某道题和以前做过的某题解题思想或者方法类似;可以是某道题的表达方法很独特,很经典;与汉语有较大的区别。你们现在做题千万不要就题论题,要有敏锐的洞察力,要学会联想,学会知识和方法的迁移,学会总结。总结的工作,不仅在自己做题时需要,在老师讲评以后更需要! 英语试卷分单项选择,完形填空,阅读理解,单词拼写,短文改错,书面表达六块。下面谈一谈相应的复习方法和技巧。 单项选择主要考察你的基本语法和词汇。关于语法,只要你能把平时做过的有关语法的选择题都弄清楚,就基本能够应对高考了。我觉得相比之下,还是词汇更重要。这里讲的词汇不同于阅读理解里的那些生词,而是一些常见由动词构成的词组,比如说take, 就有take up, take off, take on, take in, take over等等,它们的意思都要分清楚。像take这样的动词有很多,你们肯定经常遇到,不要忘了去总结。词汇还包括很多固定的搭配,很多具有特定意思的短语甚至句子。 完形填空其实是在一定情境的单项选择。有些是有背景和情节故事,有的是围绕某个主题的一篇夹叙夹议的短文。所以在把握全文意思的基础上,接下来的工作就和单项选择差不多了。但完形填空更侧重考你用词的准确性,如何做到用词准确,一是平时做题,特别是阅读理解时遇到那些常见的大致知道其意思的单词、词组,最好还是再查一下字典,这可能对眼前的题目没什么大的意义,但对以后的完形填空,甚至单项选择,都可能会有帮助。 对于阅读理解,许多同学说,“只要自己词汇量大,就会选”,足见词汇量对做好阅读理解的重要性。但光有词汇量未必就能做全对。做阅读理解时还要注意两点:1、一切以原文为主。如果脱离原文,有些题目可能不只一个选项是正确的,这个时候更要以原文为主,原文中没提到的不要选。2、善于用间接排除的方法。有些题目的两个甚至三个选项都好象是正确的,那么就要注意它们之间、以及它们和原文中某些句子的细微差别;有时与其在其中找一个正确的,不如在其中找出错误的,而错误的标准还是原文中的句子甚至单词。总之一句话,从原文中找答案!
单词拼写主要考名词,动词,形容词和副词。要立足于对整个句子的理解,充分利用首字母的提示作用,并同时注意分析语法结构,对所想到的单词进行形式上的变化。例如:若是名词,要考虑是否可数。假如是可数名词的话,再考虑单数还是复数形式。若是动词,要注意它与主语之间人称和数的统一,还应注意时态,语态等方面的要求。若句子最基本成份都存在,请根据被修饰的对象,来分析该用形容词还是副词。名词一般用形容词修饰。动词、形容词、副词用副词来修饰。 短文改错应该说是比较简单的一块内容。高考短文改错的错误,绝对跑不出大家平时训练中遇到的那些错误。所以做短文改错的最好方法是经验加基本思维步骤。所谓经验,就是平时训练中遇到过的错误。这就要求你们把平时改过的错误进行总结归纳。所谓基本思维步骤,主要是从1、名词的单复数;2、不定冠词与定冠词;3、代词的单复数、人和物,男和女;4、形容词与副词,以及它们的比较级和最高级;5、动词的数、时、态和非谓语动词;6、上下文的逻辑关系;7、意思相近的词的正确使用等方面查找错误。
书面表达即像作文,又不完全是作文,因为考生不能离开情景和要求,自行立意、 选材,随意发挥,它类似翻译,但又不同于翻译,因为考生必须根据需要进行适当的发挥。 因而有一定的灵活性。所以做这个大题时要掌握一个总的原则——不漏、不错、不多写、不乱写。具体从以下四个方面去考虑、着手。
1.读题,明确要求。抓住核心,进行必要的删减。组织材料,作适当的补充,给框架补
“血”和“肉”,使文章意思连贯,语言畅通,逻辑严密。
2.转换,进入实质性的语言加工阶段。讲究简明扼要,摒弃繁琐复杂。这个阶段是得分
的最关键所在。因此,要多用贴切的固定短语,尽量用自己“拿手”的句子,用英语思维并一气呵成地完成书面表达是最佳的方法。这是上上策。对英语水平尚未达到这一步的学生来说,转换过程中进行控制是非常有必要的。只有这样,才能控制错误的发生,才能少扣分。建议:
①用复合句增强句子之间的逻辑关系,使你的句子变得紧凑,但不要滥用。
②用非谓语动词使你的句子简洁。
③用不同的表达方法来丰富你的句式
3.检查。1)信息点是否完整,有无遗漏。2)语法正确。主要检查时态、语态、主谓一
致、名词单复数、冠词、介词和词语搭配。
4.字迹清晰,卷面整洁
字迹优美,卷面整齐是直接影响评分因素之一。
附:
巧用连接词
要想使文章有整体性、连贯性,就要学会正确使用连接词
下面请你认真学习并学会运用下列常见连接词
表示罗列增加
First, second, third,
First, then / next, after that / next, finally
For one thing … for another…,
On (the) one hand…on the other hand,
Besides / what’s more / in addition / furthermore / moreover / another / also,
Especially / In particular,
表示时间顺序
now, at present, recently,
after, afterwards, after that, after a while, in a few days,
at first, in the beginning, to begin with,
later, next, finally,
immediately, soon, suddenly, all of a sudden, at that moment, as soon as, the moment
form now on, from then on,
at the same time, meanwhile,
till, not…until, before, after, when, while, as, during,
表示解释说明
now, in addition, for example, for instance, in this case, moreover
furthermore, in fact, actually
表示转折关系
but, however, while, though, or, otherwise, on the contrary, on the other
hand, in contrast, despite, in spite of, even though, except (for), instead, of course, after all,
表示并列关系
or, and, also, too, not only … but also, as well as, both… and, either …or, neither …nor
表示因果关系
because, because of, since, now that, as, thanks to…, due to…, therefore, as a result (of), otherwise, so…that, such…that
表示条件关系
as /so long as, on condition that, if, unless, etc.
表示让步关系
though, although, as, even if, even though, whether …or…, however, whoever,
whatever, whichever, wherever, whenever, no matter how (who, what, which, where, when, whom)
表示举例
for example, for instance, such as…, take… for example,
表示比较
be similar to, similarly, the same as, in contrast, compared with/to…just like, just as,
表示目的
for this reason, for this purpose, so that, in order to, so as to,
表示强调
in deed, in fact, surely, certainly, no doubt, without any doubt, truly,
obviously, above all,
表示概括归纳
in a word, in short, in brief, on the whole, generally speaking, in my opinion, as far as I know, As we all know, as has been stated, as I have shown, finally, at last, in summary, in conclusion,
常用句式有:
1. there be 结构 2. in order to/that 3. so/such…that
4. would rather do…than do 5. prefer to do…rather than do
6. not only…but also 7. either…or或 Neither…nor
8. as well as或 …as well 9. One…the other或 Some…others
10. not…until 11. as if 12. It is no use (good) doing…
13. find it + adj to do… 14. It is…that…
15. It is + adj + to do… 16. It is + time since / when/ before…
重点错误大致为10条:
1、and与but乱用 2、名词单复数形式 3、人称代词误用 4、逻辑推理错
5、第三人称单数后动词形式 6、动词加不加ed 7、so…that结构
8、定语从句中which与where 9、 because, though的使用 10、形容词还是副词
2006年高考英语备考建议
福建师大附中 杨 琦
纯属个人观点,仅供参考
一、高考是一个大家关注的话题
二、高考与考纲、教学大纲的关系
考纲是高考命题的依据
考纲是教学大纲的表达
新课标对命题的影响程度
考纲对高考词汇的要求即大纲的要求(掌握2000左右的词汇及相关词组)
三、2006年高考命题,仍然遵循“稳定中求发展”的指导思想
有利于中学素质教育的推进
有利于高校选拔人才
稳定命题原则、题型结构、考查要求、试卷难度
与时俱进、发展创新
今年最大的变化因素是考生所学的教材与上一届不同。该教材的特点是词汇量比以往的教材大,考生从教材中获取的阅读量比以往的学生大。有关部门会不会考虑到这个变化,对一些试题进行调整呢?从2006年的考纲上可以知道,试题的大体结构不会发生变化,要变就变在考试内容上。所以考试的内容应该是一个发展点、创新点。另外,还要看命题人员的组成,如果命题人员的英语素质不高,或者对现有的教学状况不够了解,所呈现的试卷就可能达不到应有的水平。 这一点可以从2005年14份不同省市的高考卷看出。但是相对于其他考试而言,我国高考是保密程度最高、慎重程度最高、严谨性和科学性最强的一类考试。每一个高考题都是经过反复推敲反复认证之后的产物。从2004年开始分省出卷,高考命题的重心下移,但国家考试中心仍然起着重要的作用,考纲是他们定的。
四、2006年考纲的特点
2005年考纲的继续
2005年的考纲和2004年的不同点主要是:
不提“英语科考试是按照标准化测试要求设计的。”(标准化测试从刘庆斯到国家考试中心工作后提出,因为他是桂诗春的研究生。)
没有了“试卷由第一卷和第二卷组成……”等具体的“形式”规定。
“考试内容和形式”换成“考试内容和要求”
国家考试中心只提“考试要求”,不管考试形式。各自主命题省市,可以考虑各省的考情,来组织高考。实际上形式还在国家考试中心掌握中,考纲上的“题型示例”,就是一种规定的形式,但是分值的分布可以由各省市掌控。考试形式和试卷结构”部分,仅仅规定试卷总分和考试时间,不再具体规定试卷各大题的分值。并无严格规定哪些“题型”。但是考试说明出来时,题型分值就定下来。原来说的那道填空题,就没有再出现了。
2005年的考纲上的“题型示例”取之于2004年“考试说明”“的样题。
2005年增加了2004年以及以前没有的题型“填空题”。当时,还有些专家把这道填空题理解为阅读+写作题,而高谈阔论。
2006年“考试大纲”仅2005年“考试大纲”进行了个别文字上的修订和调整。
“要求考生读懂公告、说明、广告以及书、报、杂志中关于一般性话题的简短文章。”2006考纲。而2005年考纲是,“要求考生读懂熟悉的有关日常生活话题的简短文字材料,例如公告、说明、广告以及书……”。
题型,将2005年考纲上的“多项选择式完形填空”直接称为“完形填空”题—2005年考试说明仍是:“完形填空”。这是非正式的误用的产物。真正可靠的应该是学生拿到手的考试说明。
2006年的考纲的“题型示例”和2005年的相同。即:
一、多项选择题
(一)考查听力
M:Well, I wonder why the office is still not open .
W:But it's not yet eight. In fact, it's only a quarter to eight.
1.At what time does the office open?
A.7:45. B.8:15. C.8:00.
M:It's Alice's birthday tomorrow.
W:Are you sure? I think it should be the day after tomorrow.
M:Well, let me see. Oh, I'm sorry. You're right. It is the day after tomorrow. Shall we buy her a present?
W:Yes, of course. Shall we give her some flowers?
M:Flowers are lovely. But I think it's better to buy her a nice box of chocolates.
W:Alice doesn't like sweet things. Didn't you know that?
M:You're right. Er…I know. We can give her a record. She loves music.
W:That's a good idea. Let's go to the music shop and choose one for her.
2.When is Alice's birthday?
A.The next day. B.The day after next. C.The day they had the talk.
3.What will the man and the woman buy for Alice ?
A.A record. B.Some flowers. C.A box of chocolates.
(二)考查语法和词汇知识
1.Paul doesn't have to be made______ .He always works hard.
A.study B.to study C.studied D.studying
2.I first met Lisa three years ago when we ______ at a radio station together.
A.have worked B.had been working C.were working D.had worked
3.She thought I was talking about her daughter,_________ ,in fact, I was talking about my daughter.
A.whom B.where C.which D.while
4.—When shall we meet again?
—Make it ________ day you like; it's all the same to me.
A.one B.any C.another D.some
(三)考查阅读理解
We walked in so quietly that the nurse at the desk didn't even lift here eyes from the book. Mum pointed at a big chair by the door and I knew she wanted me to sit down. While I watched, mouth open in surprise, Mum took off her hat and coat and gave them to me to hold. She walked quietly to the small room by the lift and took out a wet mop(拖把). She pushed the mop past the desk and as the nurse looked up, Mum nodded and said, "Very dirty floors."
"Yes. I'm glad they've finally decided to clean them," the nurse answered. She looked at Mum strangely and said, "But aren't you working late?"
Mum just pushed harder, each swipe(拖) of the mop taking her farther and farther down the hall. I watched until she was out of sight and the nurse had turned back to writing in the big book.
After a long time Mum came back. Her eyes were shining. She quickly put the mop back and took my hand. As we turned to go out of the door, Mum nodded politely to the nurse and said, "Thank you."
Outside, Mum told me, "Dagmar is fine. No fever."
"You saw her, Mum?"
"Of course. I told her about the hospital rules, and she will not expect us until tomorrow. Dad will stop worrying as well. It's a fine hospital. But such floors! A mop is no good. You need a brush."
1.When she took a mop from the small room, what Mum really wanted to do was______.
A.to clean the floor B.to please the nurse
C.to see a patient D.to surprise the story-teller
2.When the nurse talked to Mum, she thought Mum was a_______.
A.nurse B.visitor C.patient D.cleaner
3.After reading the story what can we infer about the hospital?
A.It is a children's hospital.
B.It has strict rules about visiting hours.
C.The nurses and doctors there don't work hard.
D.A lot of patients come to this hospital every day.
4.Why did Mum go to see Dagmar in the hospital?
A.To give her some messages about Dad.
B.To make sure her room was clean.
C.To check that she was still there.
D.To find out how she was.
5.Which of the following words best describes Mum?
A.polite B.patient C.changeable D.clever
二、完形填空题
Washoe is a young chimpanzee(黑猩猩). She is no(1)chimpanzee, though. Scientists are doing research(2)her. They want to see how civilized (驯化) she can(3). Already she can do many things a human being does.
For example, she has been learning how to exchange(4)with people. The scientists are teaching her(5)language. When she wants to be picked(6), Washoe points up with one finger. She rubs her teeth with her finger(7)she wants to brush her teeth. This is done after every meal.
Washoe has also been(8)to find answers to problems. Once she was put in a(9)with food hanging from the ceiling. It was too high to(10). After she considered the(11), she got a tall box to(12). The food was still too high to be reached. Washoe found a (13)pole. Then she climbed onto the(14), grasped (抓取)the pole, and(15)down the food with the pole.
Washoe(16)like a human, too. The scientists keep her in a fully furnished house. After a hard(17)in the lab, she goes home.(18)she plays with her toys. She(19)enjoys watching television before going to bed.
Scientists hope to(20)more about people by studying our closest relative-the chimpanzee.
1.A.foolish B.simple C.special D.ordinary
2.A.for B.on C.to D.by
3.A.experience B.change C.develop D.become
4.A.actions B.views C.messages D.feelings
5.A.human B.sign C.spoken D.foreign
6.A.out B.at C.on D.up
7.A.when B.until C.since D.while
8.A.trained B.raised C.ordered D.led
9.A.hole B.zoo C.room D.museum
10.A.pull B.see C.eat D.reach
11.A.problem B.position C.food D.ceiling
12.A.stand by B.stand on C.stand up D.stand with
13.A.straight B.strong C.long D.heavy
14.A.wall B.box C.ceiling D.pole
15.A.knocked B.picked C.took D.pulled
16.A.lives B.works C.thinks D.plays
17.A.task B.lesson C.time D.day
18.A.But B.There C.So D.Besides
19.A.quite B.already C.even D.still
20.A.see B.answer C.learn D.gain
三、听力填空题
Man:……and lastly this week I have some information about a course at the Country College near Burnside,which might be of interest to someone wanting a late-season break, or to groups. They tell me they have spaces on their Country Sports courses the weekend after next. There are three courses that you might like to join: fishing, hill-walking and rock-climbing. So, quite a lot of variety there. The fishing is open to anyone over the age of 12, and so is the hill-walking. For the rock-climbing you must be sixteen or older, for safety reason. All these courses are really enjoyable.(101个单词)
BURNSIDE COUNTRY COLLEGE
Country Sports Weekends
COURSE
AGE
fishing
12+
1.
2.
Rock-climbing
16+
四、短文改错题
Today I visited the Smiths-my first time visit 1. _______
to a American family. They live in a small 2. _______
town. It was very kind for them to meet me 3. _______
at the railway station and drove me to their home. 4. _______
The Smiths did his best to make me feel 5. _______
at home. They offered me coffee and other 6. _______
drinks. We have a good time talking and laughing 7. _______
together. They were eager know everything about 8. _______
China and asked me lots of question. In fact, 9. _______
they are planning to visit China in next year. 10. _______
五、书面表达题
假定你是李华。你和几个朋友约定星期天在人民公园野餐。你们的英国朋友Peter 也应邀参加。请你根据下面的示意图,给他写封短信,告诉他进公园后如何找到你们。
注意:
1.词数80~120;
2.开头语已为你写好。
Dear Peter, June 1st
We're so glad you're coming to join us on Sunday. Here is how you can find us.________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Li Hua
2006年的“题型示例”的题目都是选自95年以后的高考题。这些题目在后面的样题(学生手中)还照样会出现。
2006年对语言运用和2005年一样。见下表:
听力
阅读
写作
1理解主旨要义;
2获取实事性的具体信息;
3对所听内容作出简单推断;
4理解说话者的意图、观点或态度。
1 理解主旨要义;
2 理解文中具体信息;
3根据上下文推断生词的词义;
4 作出简单判断和推理;
5理解文章的基本结构;
6理解作者的意图和态度。
1准确使用语法和词汇;
2使用一定的句型、词汇,清楚、连贯地表达自己的意思。
2006年福建高考题不会低于去年的难度
福建省认为“不宜在考查语言综合运用能力的试题上过大降低难度,尤其不宜在完形填空和阅读理解,特别是阅读理解方面过大降低难度。”由此可以看出福建今年的命题不会低于去年的难度,“在考查语言基础知识的同时,侧重考查英语语言运用能力”的试题结构。也就是说,高考英语试题突出了对英语学科运用能力的考查,即:理解口头英语的能力,理解书面英语的能力,书面表达的能力,综合运用语言的能力。总之命题要把“知识立意”转变为“能力立意”。2005年的考试大纲虽然删除了“英语科考试是按照标准化测试要求设计的”这一表述,但并不表明未来英语客观题的数量将要减少,这从改卷角度来看可能性不大,大家知道,英语单单改作文和改错两题都调集了大批的人力和物力,如果主观题多了,解决不了改卷的问题。另外,还没有被大家认可的,可以实际操作的题目进入考纲,所以可以肯定的说今年的填涂题和往年一样。但是钻怪题、偏题是不会出的。很多人说高考没有难题,但是每年高考都会有一些有争议的题目 — 这些题目算不算难题?我们考的是本省的试卷,所以很有必要过一过我们省的高考题。
考试形式与试卷结构
答卷方式:闭卷、笔试。
考试时间:120分钟。试卷满分为150分。
题型:试卷一般包括多项选择题、完形填空题、听力填空题、短文改错和书面表达等题型。试题难易比例:试卷包括容易题、中等题和难题,以中等题为主。
2004-2005高考英语试卷分析及复习策略
1 单选题
—Would you like______, sir?
—No, thanks. I have had much.
A. some more oranges B. any more oranges C. some more orange D. any more orange
2005-22考的是名词-可数名词和不可数名词,但也考了some any作为形容词在问句中的使用。这一题考了两个知识点。2004年高考题没有单纯考名词的题目。
If anyone happens to drop in while I am out, ____ him or her leave a message.
A. have B. get C. ask D. tell 2005
—How do you ____ we go to Beijing for our holidays?
—I think we’d better fly there. It’s much more comfortable.
A.insist B.want C.suppose D.suggest 2004
动词在用法上,动词在上下文的运用,是高考常考的点,福建考题也不例外。2005年考的是have..sb do; 2004年考的是suggest +句子+do的用法。这两题都是好题,因为有交叉。
2004年的这道题恐怕更像2005年的Mum is coming. What present _____for your birthday?
A. you expect she has got B. you expect has she got
C. do you expect she has got D. do you expect has she got
2004年的那道题在语用中考了插入语,2005年的这道题就是考插入语和句子结构。
—Did Jack come back early last night?
—Yes. It was not yet eight o’clock ____ he arrived home.
A. before B. when C. that D. until 2005
—Scientists say it may be five or six years____ it is possible to test this medicine on human patients.
A.since B.after C.before D.when 2004
not yet 尚未, 还没有。看起来好像是强调句型,实际上并不是。2004年的这道题,就是考状语从句,但必须在语境中考。
—James, I am sorry I used your computer when you were away this morning.
— .
A. That’s all right B. It’s a pleasure C. You are welcome D. Don’t mention it
交际用语的考试必须出,但出的好很难。实际上真正交际起来,并不是像考得那样。
2004年的高考,语用题是字典来的,与其说是语用,不如说是惯用法
—Go for a picnic this weekend ,OK?
—_____.I love getting close to nature.
A.I couldn’t agree more
B.I’m afraid not
C.I believe not
D.I don’t think so
The dictionary is being printed and it will soon _____.
A. turn out B. come out C. start out D. go out 2005
It is certain that he will________ his business to his son when he gets old.
A.take over B.think over C.hand over D.go over 2004
短语动词2005年 come out; 2004年hand over
Father___ for London on business upon my arrival, so I didn’t see him.
A. has left B. left C. was leaving D. had left
比较Father___ for Beijing when I arrived, so we could only say a few words.谓语动词的时态,这题和下面这道题的区别,可以说编题者是从这道题得到灵感。
—Can the project be finished as planned?
—Sure, ____it completed in time, we’ll work two more hours a day.
A. having got B. to get C. getting D. get 2005
非谓语动词是高考的考点,但由于要覆盖的面很大,而单选题就35题,所以只能考2-3题。这是2005年高考的一个题目。考的是不定式当目的状语。还有一题是33 题,考的是分词。
When ____help, one often says “Thank you.” or “It’s kind of you.”
A. offering B. to offer C. to be offered D. offered 2005
offer ,give 可以带双宾,所以对逻辑主语来说,被提供帮助。所以用被动,过去分词。
Having been ill in bed for nearly a month ,he had a hard time________ the exam.
A.pass B.to pass C.Passed D.Passing
The news reporters hurried to the airport ,only___ the film stars had left.
A.to tell B.to be told C.telling D.told
这两题都是2004年的非谓语填空。
The classroom is big enough____, but we’ll have to move if we have more students.
A. for the moment B. on the moment C. in a moment D. for a moment
有的人分析福建2005年高考卷的时候说,福建2005年没有考冠词,其实,有考,放在这题考。在复习冠词这个项目时,千万不要忘了复习些短语,比如:from beginning to end …
当然,很多教师希望学生死记硬背,实际上out of question; out of the question=impossible
—Catherine, I have cleaned the room for you.
—Thanks. You ____it. I could manage it myself.
A. needn’t do B. needn’t have done C. mustn’t do D. shouldn’t have done
情态动词每年都考,但是我们老师必须完完全全复习才有可能让学生得到这一分。2005年31题,设置在语境中。要想答对,就必须分析语境。情态动词的过去和完成的表述,都用+完成体的形式。不过这题在与人交往中不可取,人家替你做了事情,你却来一个“你不必做,我自己会做”这种人心里有病。
—I’ll tell Mary about her new job tomorrow.
—You________ her last week.
A.ought to tell B.would have told
C.must tell D.should have told
Only after my friend came ____.
A. did the computer repair B. he repaired the computer
C. was the computer repaired D. the computer was repaired
2005年32题,倒装句。2004年没有考倒装句。倒装句、省略句(“教学大纲”画星号项目),但是在考试说明的附录上有这一条。
—Why didn’t you buy the camera you had longed for?
—I had planned to. But I was£50 ___..
A. fewer B. less C. cheap D. short
The number of people present at the concert was _______ than expected .There were many tickets left.
A.much smaller B.much more C.much larger D.many more
这道题在优化设计高二上还是下有, 我比较喜欢这道题。包括和一些老师交流,这道题考倒了不少人。汉语思维会导致学生忘了英语的这个用法。2004年的形容词就是29题。
2 完形填空
全文及上下文的理解
完形填空的短文一般在300个词以内,少则250。命题者围绕着语法结构、用词造句设题。篇首提示句保留完整。 如:Not too long ago, an incident that happened at Walt Disney touched me greatly. A guest 36 out of our Polynesian Village resort(度假胜地)at Walt Disney was asked how she 37 her visit. 2004年福建的这道题是为了首句完整而完整,有没有这个首句对答题没有作用。还有2005年完形填空A lady and her husband stepped off the train in Boston. They walked without an appointment(预约)into the outer 36 of Harvard’s president. 也是如此。可是重庆的考题的第一句很重要:Hidden passengers traveling in ships, trams, or even cars can be a terrible trouble — especially when they are insects. …全文都围绕着蜂后展开。
词汇在上下文中的运用
从惯用法、搭配角度考虑
The former 37 every possible effort to avoid being discovered, while the latter quickly 38 attention to themselves.(重庆2005)
37. A, do B. take C. make D. try
38. A. give B. keep C. pay D. draw
从逻辑推理、常识推理、逆向推理等角度考虑
Not too long ago, an incident that happened at Walt Disney touched me greatly. A guest 36 out of our Polynesian Village resort(度假胜地)at Walt Disney was asked how she 37 her visit.(福建2004)
36.A.working B.checking C.trying D.staying
从词汇意义及用法的角度考虑
She told the front-desk clerk she had had a (n) 38 vacation, but was heartbroken about 39 several rolls of Kodak color film she had not yet 40 . (福建2004)
38.A.disappointing B.wonderful C.uncomfortable D.important
39.A.taking B.dropping C.losing D.breaking
40.A.developed B.taken C.washed D.loaded
从上下文的个体语境角度考虑
The poor driver was 53 that the best way should be to call a 54 .
54. A. bee-keeper B. policeman C. waiter D. repairman
答题步骤
通读---初选--观察--分析--推理--再通读--验证--确定
通读全文,领会大意
前后照应,逐个攻破
先易后难,迂回解题
再读全文,推敲答案
3 阅读理解
考生应能:
(1)理解主旨要义;
(2)理解文中具体信息;
(3)根据上下文推断生词的词义;
(4)作出简单判断和推理;
(5)理解文章的基本结构;
(6)理解作者的意图和态度。
高考阅读理解题主要考查考生在单位时间内快速阅读英语短文,了解短文的主题思想,抓住短文中所包含的信息(事实、细节等),并通过短文提供的材料进行分析、推理、判断,把握上下文事实、细节之间的时空顺序、逻辑联系及作者的意图、态度、观念和文章寓意的能力。
高考英语试题阅读理解题的题材、体裁多样,选材更趋现代化、生活化、知识化,突出实用性、时代性与交际性,涉及了社会文化、能源交通、人生观、日常生活、新闻报导等各个方面。历年高考题材中还涉及到科普知识、天文地理、人物传记、风土人情、广告宣传、体育赛事、历史文化等各个方面。体裁有记叙文、描述文、说明文、议论文、应用文等。
表层理解题(客观信息题)
a). 认定事实试题。例如:
1)According to the passage, which of the following is (not) true?
2)Which of the following shows the right order of the story?
3)Which of the following statements is true according to the text?
4)Which of the four pictures below is closest to …as mentioned in the text?
5) When/where/what/why/how/which is…? 等
b). 猜测词义、句意、片断意义
1)Which of the following can be used in place of …?
2)The underlined word means/refers to … .
3)When the writer says… , he refers to the fact that… 等
深层理解题(主观判断题)
这类试题一般有以下几种设问方式 :
1)文章大意
1)What is the main idea of this passage?
2) The writer holds that________.
3) What is the best title of the passage?
4) What does the passage mainly discuss?
5) The topic of the passage is______.
2) 作者的观点及态度
1)What is the writer’s opinion?
2) The writer argues that________.
3) What’s the author’s attitude?
4) The purpose in writing this text is________.
3) 推论、结论及隐含之意
1)It can be inferred/ concluded from the passage that_______.
2) We can infer/ conclude/ draw from the passage that_______.
3) It is implied in the passage that_______.
4) “…”are used in the text to refer to_______.
2005年高考题:
Paul Zindel’s death on March 27,2003 ended the brilliant life of a famous writer.
Not only did Paul Zindel win a Pulitzer Prize as well as an Obie Prize for his 1970 play The Effect of Gamma Rays on Man-in-the-Moon Marigolds, but he was one of the earliest writers in the field of contemporary(当代的) literature for young adults(成人). The Pigman, published in 1968, is still one of the most well-known and widely-taught novels in the genre. The American Library Association has named it one of the 100 Best of the Best Books for Young Adults published between 1967 and 1992, and Zindel’s autobiography, The Pigman and Me, was among the 100 Best of the Best Books published for teenagers during the last part of the twentieth century. Six of Zindel’s books, in fact, have been voted the Best Books for Young Adults, and most of his recent horror books-such as The Doom Stone and Rats -have been chosen as Quick Picks for Reluctant Young Adult Readers. Clearly, he was a writer who knew how to interest contemporary children. Recognizing that, the American Library Association in 2002 honored Paul Zindel with the Margaret A. Edwards Prize for his lifetime achievements, and later that same year he was presented with the ALAN Prize for his contributions to Young Adult Literature. With his passing, young readers, teachers, and librarians have lost a great friend.
56. Which of Paul Zindel’s books was the most popular with young adults in the 20th century?
A. The Pigman.
B. The Doom Stone.
C. The Pigman and Me.
D. The Effect of Gamma Rays on Man-in-the-Moon Marigolds.
57. Why was Paul Zindel honored with the Margaret A. Edwards Prize?
A. His books were widely read by children.
B. His books were interesting and helpful to adults.
C. He made great contributions to contemporary literature.
D. He wrote a number of horror books for young adults.
58. When did Paul Zindel win the ALAN Prize?
A. In 2002. B. In 2003.
C. Between 1967 and 1992. D. Between 2002 and 2003.
59. Choose the correct statements from the following according to the passage.
a.The Pigman and Me was one of the Best Books for teenagers.
b.Zindel was one of the earliest writers who wrote for adults only.
c.The Doom Stone and Rats are not popular with young adults.
d.Zindel was given four prizes for literature before he died.
e.At least eight of Zindel’s books were very popular in his times.
A. c, d, e B. a, b, c C. a, b, d D. a, d, e
本题的第一句:Not only did Paul Zindel win a Pulitzer Prize as well as an Obie Prize for his 1970 play The Effect of Gamma Rays on Man-in-the-Moon Marigolds, but he was one of the earliest writers in the field of contemporary(当代的) literature for young adults(成人).就是一个倒装句,这一点也可以证明语法复习,不关解决单选题,还可以解决阅读理解,和完形填空的。
应试策略 :
1、审核标题,抓住中心
2、通读全文,掌握全貌
3、浏览答题,明确要求
4、带着问题,重读短文
5、仔细研究,逐一解答
6、复读全文,仔细核对
4 改错
福建省今年会不会考改错?去年就有人说福建不考改错,但是考纲上有改错。今年仍然会考改错。如果不考改错,用什么题目替换改错?但是改错不会难,这是高三老师的共识。去年的改错题,
Dear friends,
It is real a good chance to have met all of you here. 76.____really____副词
We have spent several precious weekend in learning in the 77. _weekends_ _名词
English Club, Although we have been members for a short 78. ____√_____
period of time, we have made a great progress. That is 79. ____a______ 冠词
because we are all very much active and the activities are not 80. ___much____ 副词
only enjoyable and also helpful, Besides, the foreign teachers 81. ____but____ 连接词
here work hard and try his best to make the activities 82. ____their____ 代词
lively and interested. I am very pleased to say that all of 83. _interesting__ 分词/形容词
us / greatly improved our spoken English so far. I am 84. ___have___ 动词
looking forward to see all of you again in the near future! 85. ___seeing___ 动名词
Thank you.
改错题在语篇中改,实际上还是在语法上设题。命题的细目表也必须写出考什么。比如上面福建考题,可以看出:在单选题上没有明考冠词,在改错题上出现了;名词,非谓语都是设题点。
一般改错题的错误,不设在句末或句首。
删减词的改项一般为3个,或者2个添词,1个删词;或者1个添词,2个删词。
改错题的训练现在不成为问题。一是学生适应做这样的题目,一是改错题出得较容易。
5 写作
2006年大纲要求考生根据题示进行书面表达。考生应能:
(1)准确使用语法和词汇;
(2)使用一定的句型、词汇,清楚、连贯地表达自己的意思。
福建省两年考题都是表格式的:
如2005年的福建省书面表达:
目前,学校存在少数学生考试作弊现象。某英文杂志社拟对此现象向中学生征文,标题是“My Opinion on Cheating in Examinations”。请根据下列提示用英语写一篇征文稿。
内容要点如下:
主要原因
考试偏多、偏难
不用功、懒惰
取悦父母、老师
个人看法
作弊不对,违反校规
要诚实,努力学习
……(其他看法)
注意:1. 短文必须包括所有内容要点,可适当发挥;
2. 短文标题与开头已为你写好,不计入总词数;
3. 词数:100左右。
4. 参考词汇:作弊 cheat(v.)
My Opinion on Cheating in Examinations
It is known to us all that some students cheat in examinations at school._____________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
再看2004年的高考题:
假设你是王晓明,请根据你校美化校园的规划,用英语给你在美国的笔友Peter写一封短信,介绍该规划。短信的主要内容如下:
规划目的
美化校园、净化空气
创造良好学习和生活环境
规划内容
种植花草树木
建一个植物园,供参观、实践
建一个小花园,供休息、读书
建几座名人雕塑,激励师生
注意:1.短信的开头和结尾已为你写好,不计入总词数。
2.词数:100左右。
3.参考词汇:雕塑—statue (n.) 植物园—botanical garden (n.)
Dear Pter,
I would like to tell you that our school has worked out a new program.
Welcome to our school if you have any chance.
Yours,
Wang Xiaoming
表格中所列的项目都是要写出来的要点。
高考写作并没有像有的人讲的那么玄乎。看看所给的possible version 就可以知道:2004年
Dear Peter ,
I’d like to tell you that our school has worked out a new program.
The purposes of the program are to make our school more beautiful, to make the air cleaner and fresher ,and to turn our school into a better place for us to study and live in .
According to the program ,we will plant different kinds of trees ,flowers and grass in and around our school .A botanical garden will be built for us to visit and practice in .Besides ,we are to build a small garden in which we can do some reading and take a rest .What’s more ,some statues of famous people will be set up to encourage us to work harder .Don’t you think it a wonderful program?
Welcome to our school if you have any chance.
Yours ,
Wang xiaoming
2005年
My Opinion on Cheating in Examinations
It is known to us all that some students cheat in examinations at school.
As students, we often take examinations at school, but sometimes we have too many examinations which are too difficult for us. On the other hand, some of us are lazy and don’t work hard at their lessons. So when taking examinations, they sometimes cheat in order to get better results to please their parents and teachers.
In my opinion, it is wrong to cheat in examinations because it breaks the rules of schools, we students should be honest and try to get good results by studying hard instead of cheating in examinations. What’s more, we should improve our study methods and get well prepared for examinations.
写作就是把要点翻译出来,学生的英文表达的培养不是一、两天的事情,现在离考试很近了,不要以为只有让学生背几篇范文就可以解决问题。写作训练一个要跟阅读结合起来,英语的原汁原味的文章读多了,写起文章来就比较容易上手。高考的阅读训练可以和写作相辅相成。另外,每天写两个句子,特别是结合一些写作题选词造句恐怕对高考写作会有很大的帮助。必须养成思考之后写句子,尽量避免首句出错。
NMET2006(福建)备考工作意见
北京四中 齐平昌
高考英语阅读理解
NMET2005 Fujian
Walk through the Amazon rainforest today and you will find it is steamy ,warm ,damp and thick .But if you had been around 15,000 years ago, during the last ice age ,would it have been the same ?For more than 30 years, scientists have been arguing about how rainforests like the Amazon might have reacted(反应)to the cold ,dry climates of the ice ages ,but until now ,no one has reached a satisfying answer.
Rainforests like the Amazon are important for mopping up CO2 from the atmosphere and helping to slow global warming . Currently the trees in the Amazon take in around 500 million tonnes of CO2 each year; equal to the total amount of CO2 giving off in the UK each year. But how will the Amazon react to future climate change? If it gets drier ,will it still survive and continue to draw down CO2 ?Scientists hope that they will be able to learn in advance how the rainforest will manage in the future by understanding how rainforests reacted to climate change in the past.
Unfortunately ,getting into the Amazon rainforest and collecting information are very difficult .To study past climate ,scientists need to look at fossilized pollen ,kept in lake muds .Going back to the last ice age means drilling deep down into lake sediments (沉淀物),which requires specialized equipment and heavy machinery .There are very few roads and paths ,or places to land helicopters and aeroplanes .Rivers tend to be the easiest way to enter the forest ,but this still leaves vast ares between the rivers completely unsampled(未取样).So far ,only a handful of cores have been drilled that go back to the last ice age and none of them provide enough information to prove how the Amazon rainforest reacts to climate change.
64.The underlined phrase “mopping up” in the second paragraph means .
A.cleaning up B.taking in C.wiping out D.giving out
65.How will the Amazon rainforest react to future climate change?
A.It’ll get drier and continue to remove CO2 . B.It’ll remain steamy ,warm ,damp and thick .
C.It’ll get warmer and then colder and drier. D.There is no exact answer up to present.
66.What’s the main idea of the last paragraph?
A.It’s important to drill deep down into lake sediments to collect information.
B.It’s impossible to prove how climate changes in the Amazon rainforest.
C.It’s hard to collect information for studies of the past climate in the Amazon rainforest.
D.It’s necessary to have specialized equipment and machinery to study the past climate.
67.The best title for this passage may probably be .
A.Studies of the Amazon B.Climates of the Amazon
C.Secrets of the Rainforests D.Changes of the Rainforests
NMET2005 Zhejiang
Supermarkets are trying out new computers that make shopping carts more intelligent (具备智能的). They will help shoppers find cups or toilet soap, and keep a record of the bill.
The touch-screen devices (触摸屏装置) are on show at the Food Marketing Institute's exhibition here this week. "These devices are able to create value and get you around the store quicker," said Michael Alexandor, manager of Springboard Retail Networks Inc., which makes a smart cart computer called the Concierge.
Canadian stores will test the Concierge in July. A similar device, IBM's "shopping buddy," has recently been test-marketed at Stop & Shop stores in Massachusetts.
Neither device tells you how many fat grams or calories are in your cart, but they will flash you with items on sale. The idea is to make it easier for people to buy, not to have second thoughts that maybe you should put something back on the shelf.
"The whole model is driven by advertisers' need to get in front of shoppers," said Alexandor. "They're not watching 30-second TV ads anymore."
People can use a home computer to make their shopping lists. Once at the store, a shopper can use a preferred customer card to start a system (系统) that will organize the trip around the store. If you're looking for toothpicks, you type in the word or pick it from a list, and a map will appear on the screen showing where you are and where you can find them.
The devices also keep a record of what you buy. When you're finished, the device figures out your bill. Then you go to the checker or place your card into a self-checkout stand and pay.
The new computerized shopping assistants don't come cheap. The Buddy devices will cost the average store about $160,000, and the Concierge will cost stores about $500 for each device.
53. The underlined word “they” (paragraph 1) refers to_________.
A.supermarkets B.shop assistants C.shopping carts D.shop managers
54. Which of the following is the correct order of shopping with the computerized shopping carts?
a. Start the system. b. Make a shopping list.
c. Find the things you want. d. Go to a self-checkout stand.
A.abdc B.bacd C.acbd D.bcad
55. We can learn from the last paragraph that_________.
A.intelligent shopping carts cost a large sum of money B.the Concierge is cheaper than the Buddy devices
C.shop assistants with computer knowledge are well paid D.average stores prefer the Concierge to the Buddy devices
56. What might be the most suitable title for the text?
A.New age for supermarkets B.Concierge and Shopping Buddy
C.New computers make shopping carts smarter D.Touch-screen devices make shopping enjoyable
NMET短文改错的命题与解题
(NMET2005FJ)
Dear friends,
It is real a good chance to have met all of you here. 76.____really____
We have spent several precious weekend in learning in the 77. _weekends_ _
English Club, Although we have been members for a short 78. ____√_____
period of time, we have made a great progress. That is 79. _a_______
because we are all very much active and the activities are not 80. ___much_____
only enjoyable and also helpful, Besides, the foreign teachers 81. ____but_____
here work hard and try his best to make the activities 82. ____their____
lively and interested. I am very pleased to say that all of 83. _interesting__
us / greatly improved our spoken English so far. I am 84. ___have___ _
looking forward to see all of you again in the near future! 85. ___seeing____
Thank you.
(NMET2004FJ)
I have a good friend who’s name is Liu Mei. She is our 76. whose
monitor and one of the excellent students in our class. 77. √
Clever as she is, [but] she words very hard .We have a 78. [but]
lot on common and have a lot to talk about .One evening she 79. in
told me that something happened when her parents was out . 80. were
She was doing her homeworks one Sunday morning when 81.homework
she smelt something burning.Shen stopped ∧ look out 82.to
of the window and find a cloud of smoke coming out 83.found
of her neighbor’s house .She called 119 immediate .Ten 84.immediately
minutes late, the firemen came and put out ∧ fire. Her neighbor 85.the
was very thankful for her help.
NMET书面表达值得注意的写作方法
高考英语考生对书面表达不相适应的情形愈发突出。书面表达水准较低的原因在于考生缺乏写作的基本常识和训练。
1. 认识英语写作的基本特点:
语序与信息:人们通过语言传递的信息是一个片断一个片断进行的。一个信息片断可以是一个句子,信息片断传递的信息可粗略地分为已知信息和新信息。一个信息片断最显著的部分有二:一是传递信息的起点,即处于句首的主位,另一个是新信息中最重要的部分,即信息中心。 主位通常传递已知信息,信息中心位于句尾传递新信息。从信心分布的情况说,英语句中最重要的信息一般出现在末端,称为末端中心;从结构分布上看, 英语句中结构形式较长,较复杂的成分一般也向后推移,这种结构配置称为句尾重心。这两条原则是决定英语结构次序的重要依据。
2. 句尾重心---补述的写作手法
补述分并列补述和后位补述两种。补述的特点是既可以使语言连贯, 又可以收到简练、生动的效果, 有时又能适时地表现当事人内心的思想活动, 常用于事实表述后的情感感受, 引发的感想或对事实细节补充的场合, 一般会收到好的效果。
并列补述常用并列连词and, 后位补述常用分词短语作状语, which引出非限定性定语从句, 以及由[with + 宾语 + 宾语补足语]等。
i. 并列补述
(1) 要点1 上午:学校活动
要点2 下午:游览市区
I know the school will organize a lot of things for you to do in the morning, but in the afternoon, I’ll show you around and take you to some places of interest.
(2) 要点: 大约4点离开
Around four o'clock,we said goodbye to one another,and felt very happy on the way home.
(3) 要点: 昨天我和李明参加了野外生存训练。
Li Ming and I took part in a wilderness survival program yesterday, and it has been one of the most unforgettable experiences since high school.
ii. 后位补述--分词短语作状语,用分词短语作状语, 文字较为精练
要点: 晚上:看电视,玩游戏,聊天
We’ll mostly stay at home in the evening watching TV, playing games, and meeting people.
iii. 后位补述--非限定性定语从句
(1) The flat is in a building on Fangcao Street, which is not far from Jianxin Chinese School.
(2) It was quite an experience for us both, which I'll never forget for the rest of my life.
(3) At 8 o'clock in the morning,we arrived at the 7l2 bus station,where we were warmly welcomed by the drivers and conductors.
(4) Staff members of the bus station and our classmates then took part in a general knowledge quiz on the Olympic Games in the afternoon,which was great fun for both sides.
iv. 后位补述--with复合结构
要点: My brother was riding [with] me sitting on the seat [behind].
→该句使用with结构, 其结构为[with + 宾语 + 宾语补足语]。该结构的情景描述功能十分突出。此外, behind一词用作seat定语的用法也十分轻巧。
小结后位补述的用法:
1. He bathed and had dinner, giving everyone the impression that there was no danger at all.
2. He paused for a moment, wondering whether to turn back as the captain urged him.
3. Upon arrival, my uncle hugged Pompy, and tried to give him courage.
4. After dinner, my uncle said he wanted to sleep, and it seemed as if he really wanted to do so.
主要特点:
先外动(指形), 再内动(指感受)
外动:
sitting/standing there, get off the bus, hurry to the school With Tom staying together with us, we all felt ...
=Tom was staying together with us, and we all felt...=Tom was staying together with us, making us all feel ...
内动:
thinking/wondering/feeling/making/ giving everyone the impression that
3. 注意使用连词and
i. 恰如其份地使用连词and容易收到阅读流畅的效果。连词and可以交代连接双方的相互关系, 如并列关系、先后关系、因果关系等。并列连词代替从属连词的特点是让读者自己去补充所连接的两部分间的逻辑联系, 根据两部分的思想内容去推论, 从而达到思想表达生动、有力和鲜明的修辞效果。
(1) 要点: 你的美国朋友Peter正在北京一所大学学中文,你觉得他应去试一试。
I know you like singing, and you are in Beijing during that period. I think this is a good chance for you to show your singing talent, and how well you’ve learned Chinese.
(2) 要点:理由:去机场接人
My uncle is returning home from France, and I have promised to meet him at the airport at 3:30 tomorrow afternoon. 类例: It is true he is young, but/and yet he is really good at go(围棋).
→It is true ... but...
= It is true...and yet ...
=Indeed ... but
=Indeed... and yet (的确..., 然而...)
ii. and表因果关系
(1) The teacher came, and class began.
(2) Tom is very tired, and really he should go to bed.
并列句的修辞作用在于它把两个或几个平行或对立的相关的思想联系在一起,形成比较完整的思想, 因而它比两个或几个孤立的简单句的思想内容要丰富得多,逻辑关系也要清楚得多。
NMET2005(Fujian)
目前,学校存在少数学生考试作弊现象。某英文杂志社拟对此现象向中学生征文,标题是“My Opinion on Cheating in Examinations”。请根据下列提示用英语写一篇征文稿。
内容要点如下:
主要原因 考试偏多、偏难
不用功、懒惰
取悦父母、老师
个人看法 作弊不对,违反校规
要诚实,努力学习
……(其他看法)
My Opinion on Cheating in Examinations
It is known to us all that some students cheat in examinations at school.
One possible version
My Opinion on Cheating in Examinations
It is known to us all that some students cheat in examinations at school.
As students, we often take examinations at school, but sometimes we have too many examinations which are too difficult for us. On the other hand, some of us are lazy and don’t work hard at their lessons. So when taking examinations, they sometimes cheat in order to get better results to please their parents and teachers.
In my opinion, it is wrong to cheat in examinations because it breaks the rules of schools, we students should be honest and try to get good results by studying hard instead of cheating in examinations. What’s more, we should improve our study methods and get well prepared for examinations.
4. 英语逗号出现的场合、时机与提升英语作文品质
英语逗号功能较多, 用法灵活。凡逗号出现的场合和时机多体现出英语的使用习惯或固定的表达方式, 值得重视。逗号的主要用法如下, 并按在书面表达中的重要性排序:
(1) 插入语须用逗号隔开
要点: 周末活动(减负后) 就寝时间: 10:30
What's more, I can go to bed earlier.
As far as I know, everyone is happy about this new arrangement of things.
(2) 插入句中的 however(但是),therefore(因此),indeed(的确),namely(即)等副词,或in fact(其实),in general(一般来说),in short (简言之),no doubt(无疑)等副词短语的前后要用逗号隔开。
要点: 一站地的路途
In fact, it is only one stop.
要点: 电子贺卡传递速度快
Besides, it's faster to send an electronic card.
要点: 减负给学习和生活带来变化
In short, things have begun to improve since schools were called on to reduce learning load.
(3) 分词短语做状语要用逗号隔开
我预习好了明天的功课,便上床睡觉。
Having prepared tomorrow's lessons, I went to bed.
(4) 用作追述的定语从句要用逗号隔开
要点:学生花了93分钟, 他们大部分的时间, 在做作业上。其次则是看电视, 占到了46分钟。
The students put the most time—93 minutes—into their homework, and next in line is watching TV, which takes up 46 minutes.
(5) 副词短语放在句首,大多用逗号隔开
要点: 他们可能会更健康, 精力更充沛。
This way, they may be healthier and more energetic.
(6) 并列句和逗号
并列句中各句独立的话,要用逗号。
I wonder if it is possible for the talk to be recorded, and if so, could I borrow the tape?
主语若相同, 用and连结时,不用逗号; He went and came back at once.
他去了又马上回来。
但用but连结时,要用逗号:
He went, but came back at once.
他去了,但很快又回来了。
(7) 句首的副词从句用逗号隔开
If you would like to try, you'll have to go to the TV station to sign up before the end of June.
提示: 汉语中的逗号与在英语中的作用并非一致,英语中句与句之间的联系绝不依靠逗号, 而是借助连接词。缺少连接词, 句与句之间也就不存在其合理性。
① 老师问了我一个问题, 我不会回答。Wrong: The teacher asked me a question, I couldn't answer it.
Right: The teacher asked me a question, and/but I couldn't answer it.
② 我没出去, 而是呆在家里看书。I didn't go out; instead, I stayed home and read.
③ 我们捡柴火, 他们搭帐篷。 We gathered the wood, and they set up the tent.
5. Scoring High in NMET Writing
你校高三学生举行了一场有关高三学生在高三复习期间上网是否合适的讨论。讨论的题目是:Is it wise for Senior 3 students to surf the Internet while busy
preparing for the College Entrance Examination? 请你根据下面提示写一篇短文,介绍讨论的情况。
一些同学认为:
(1) 应当上网。上网可以获取有用的信息, 好处很多。(2) 上网可以调节身心。
另一些同学认为:
(1) 时间紧, 不应上网浪费时间。(2) 上网对高三复习帮助有限。
你赞成上网, 但认为应有度。
Senior 3 students in our school have different views on whether Senior 3 students to surf the Internet while busy preparing for the College Entrance
Examination.
One possible version:
Senior 3 students in our school have different views on whether Senior 3 students to surf the Internet while busy preparing for the College Entrance
Examination.
Some think that Senior 3 students, though busy preparing for the College Entrance Examination, can benefit by surfing the Internet. They insist that
surfing the Internet is a good way to gain the information needed, and what is better still, surfing the Internet can help them relax and enjoy life,which is especially important for a student of Senior 3. But some others hold an opposite opinion. They argue that the surfing of the Internet is not
really necessary, since the College Entrance Examination is drawing near. In addition, it often takes quite a few hours off, and they cannot afford the time.
Personally, I agree with the former. In fact, I often go online at the weekends and have fun. But I don't think sticking to the internet for too long will be good.
现在正是春暖花开春游季节。你校学生会以“高三学生要不要参加春游活动”为题, 向高三学生作调查。请你据下表所出示的调查结果 , 以 "Whether or not should Senior3 students go spring outing?" 为题 , 写一篇短文, 上交学生会。
65%的学生认为应该春游。
1..接触大自然,呼吸新鲜空气,有利健康。2.活动使精神放松,大脑休息,有利学习.
35%的学生认为不应该春游。
1..高考临近,没有心情玩儿。2.春游耽误学习。
W have had a heated discussion on whether Senior 3students should go spring outing.
建议使用如下表达方式:
1. (i)...have different views on ...
(ii) As to the view of ..., there is no agreement among the ...
(i) Some think that ... while others hold the idea that ...
(ii) Some suggest that ...while other ... argue that ...
2. We'll benefit from what the ...
We'll benefit by doing ...
3. (i) So far as I'm concerned, I'm for the latter. In fact, ...
(ii) As far as I am concerned, I agree with the latter opinion.
(iii) Personlly, I agree to the latter. It's true that ...
(i) So we can conclude that ...
(ii) In a word, ...
4. 表示递进的过渡词:
furthmore, moreover, besides, in addition, what's more
5. 表示强调的过渡词:
clearly, of course, as a matter of fact, actually, in particular,that is to say, indeed, first of all
假设你是李华,最近国内一家英文报纸正在讨论北京动物园是否应迁出市区。以下是你所在班级讨论的情况。请你给该报写一封信,反映讨论结果。
赞成迁出: 反对迁出:
1.游客多,交通堵塞2.郊区环境好 1.建于1906年,中外闻名2.搬迁易造成动物死亡
June 3 ,2005
Dear Editor ,
Recently ,our class have had a heated discussion about whether the Beijing Zoo should be moved out of the city . Some of my classmates are in favor of the move .They say large crowds of tourists to the zoo will result in traffic jams .They also say that once moved ,animals will have more space and better living conditions in the suburbs .However ,other students are against the idea ,saying that the Beijing Zoo, built in 1906 ,has a history of 100 years ,and is well –known at home and abroad .So it should remain where it is .What’s more ,moving may cause the death of some animals .To move or not ,this is a big decision which has to be made by people in Beijing.
Yours truly,
Li Hua
阅读下面摘自“China Daily”的一则简讯,写一篇读后感。
River Pollution
A great deal of dead fish can be found floating on the surface of the Huaihe River because of the serious pollution this summer. In a report, Anhui Daily called on people to help protect the river against pollution.
要求全文包括以下内容:
(1) 这种河水污染情况,除淮河外,不少别的地区也存在。
(2) 除河水污染外,其他的污染如空气污染、土壤污染等也给人类带来灾难。
(3) 越来越多的人已开始认识到污染的严重性,政府已采取措施治理污染。
(4) 谈一谈你自己对污染问题的看法。
Hints for Writing: (写作过程提示)
1. 写好开头与结尾, 并有某种呼应的关系, 类似文章最好以情绪开头, 以信心结尾: 以情绪开头:I’m shocked ...
以信心结尾:But we're sure that we will win the battle against pollution in the end. It is our duty to protect the environment.
2. 在文章展开段, 使用起链接作用表达方式, 使得叙事过程流畅、自然。这些起链接作用的表达方式隐藏在写作内容要点之间, 却又是高分书面表达必不可少的手段:
(1) As far as I know, river pollution ... (2) Besides river pollution, there are ...
(3) Fortunately, more and more people have come to ... (4) Though we have done a lot, we still have ...
习作:
I'm shocked to have learnt about pollution in Huaihe River. As far as I know, river pollution exists not only in Huaihe River but also in many other rivers in our country. Besides river pollution, there are air pollution, soil pollution, sound pollution and so on. All kinds of pollution do great harm to human beings. Fortunately, more and more people have come to realize how serious the problem is. Our government has been trying to take measures to fight against pollution. Though we have done a lot, we still have a long way to go. But we're sure that we will win the battle against pollution in the end. It is our duty to protect the environment.
学生习作:
Not only Huaihe River, but also many other rivers have been polluted seriously. Aside from water pollution, we are suffering from air pollution and soil pollution as well. I'm a little bit delighted, though, as the report claimed that Anhui Daily had called on people to help protect the river against pollution. It seems more and more people are concerned, and the government has already started some movements to protect the environment. The more modernized life we are living, the more civilized we should be. To reduce the pollution and make it a better place, we should throw ourselves into the battle against the pollution of all kinds, not only for ourselves, but also for the future generations。
By 张灵子 (From 北京四中)
你是某校高二学生,今年寒假当上某英文报特约小记者。你就下面几项内容对一百个城市家庭进行了生活现状的问卷调查。请你给该报写一篇题为“People are enjoying a richer life”的英语稿,报道调查结果,并适当分析其中一个数据所反映的情况。词数不少于60。
生词:图表chart
People are enjoying a richer life
One possible version:
People are enjoying a richer life
As we can see from the chart, people’s life has changed greatly in these five years. Five years ago, only 13 percent of the families had private cars, but now the number has gone up to 38 percent. In 1999, only 16 percent of the families could afford to buy houses, while now 35 percent of them have their own flats. Now more and more people want to go abroad for further education. The number has changed from 11 percent in 1999 to 28 percent. Compared with the number 5 years ago, which was only 20 percent, now more than 50 percent of the families prefer to spend their holidays traveling. From the large number that people choose to study abroad, we can see that people care more about education. They want to improve the quality of their life by learning more.
词数不少于60。 生词:图表 chart
最近, 你校学生会就各种热点话题组织各班讨论, 你班讨论的主题是: 学生该不该打工? 请你根据下表所提供的信息, 给学生会写一份汇报。
━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━┳━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
70%的学生认为 ┃ 30%的学生认为
━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━╋━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
1. 可以打工, 但不宜占时间太多。 ┃ 1. 不应打工。
2. 打工可以积累工作经验。 ┃ 2. 打工影响学习。
3. 可以挣钱以解决部分学费。 ┃ 3. 外出打工不安全。
━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━┻━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
注意: 1. 词数100个左右。 2. 开头和结尾已为你写好。
生词: 学费 tuition
打工 take a part-time job
Our class had a heated discussion about whether a student should take a
part-time job. We have two different opinions about it.
...
Students of Class One in Engineering Department
Hints for Writing: (写作过程提示)
1. ... think it right that ... 2. It is not right for sb. to do ...
3. 动名词作主语
(动名词作主语的使用过程, 最接近中文表达习惯, 这样作, 较容易写出好的英语。)
4. 动名词作主语, 后接补述语, 如: which is especially good/useful/important
for ...。所谓补述, 是通过一些行之有效的表达方式, 如使用现在分词短语用作
状语, 位置后置的方法, 使用非限定性定语从句的方法, 使用并列连词and, for,
or等方法, 使用"with + 宾语 + 宾语补足语"的方法, 将作者对事物的感受、
评论、导致的结果, 以及对具体动作的补充描写等, 充分表述出来。补述语也称
为后位补述, 是书面表达最值得注意的写作手段。)
学生习作:
70 percent of the students agreed to take a part-time job, for it it not only a good chance to build up working experience but also (点评: not only ...but also...为一并列连词, 连接的双方应对等) can save some money for the tuition. But (点评:But一词多余, 应予去除) they also suggested it should not take up so much time. (点评:There are →该句式多余, 应予去除) also 30 percent of the students hold the opposite opinion. They think taking a part-time job will affect study, besides, it is not safe enough.
All in all, it remains to be a problem to be discussed.
随着网络的发展, 目前很多人给亲朋好友发电子贺卡。 请根据以下提示, 阐述电子贺卡的优越性。
1. 除图像外, 还可传递动画和声音, 生动, 有趣。 2. 传递速度快。
3. 电子贺卡形式多样, 还可以用Flash或其他软件自己设计。 4. 节约纸张, 有利于保护树木和环境。
注意: (1) 文章包括以上要点, 可适当发挥。不要逐条翻译. (2) 词数: 100左右。
(3) 参考词汇: 电子贺卡electric card, 动画animation
习作:
With the development of Internet, more and more people tend to send electronic cards instead of paper ones at New Year's time. Compared with the traditional cards, electronic cards are more interesting and lively, for you can get not only pictures but also sound and even animations. Besides, it's faster to send an elctronic card. There are many web sites on line where different varieties of cards are available. If none of these cards are of any interest to you, you can design cards of unique style using FLASH or other software. More importantly, with the popularity of electronic cards, less paper is used for making paper cards, which contributes to the enviroment protection.
学生习作:
Electronic cards become more and more popular as the Internet is widely used. It's always being sent with a fabulous image, not mention that it can carry audio message and animation. Electronic cards are sent via Email, in
which way it's much more efficient than traditional cards. Another point that lots of people prefer electronic cards is that this new term of greetings is designable. Users enjoy editing the cards with the help of various kind of
software such as Flash.
Thanks to to the existance of electronic cards, many trees are prevented from being cut down, therefore the whole enviroment benifits from this kind of cards.
By 张灵子 (From 北京四中)
假定你是南京某中学的学生, 叫李华。"五一"劳动节将至, 你校外籍教师Alex打算利用"五一"长假外出旅游, 希望你能为他提供参考建议。 请你根据下列图例和中文提示为Alex提供旅游建议。
┏━━━━━━━┳━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━┓
┃ 日期 ┃ 活动安排 ┃
┃━━━━━━━╋━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━┫
┃ 5月1日 ┃ 上午8:00乘飞机去北京; 下午游览天安门广场 ┃
┣━━━━━━━╋━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━┫
┃ 5月2日 登长城 ┃
┣━━━━━━━╋━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━┫
┃ 5月3-4日 ┃ 游览颐和园; 逛商场, 购物 ┃
┣━━━━━━━╋━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━┫
┃ 5月5日 ┃ 坐火车去泰安登泰山 ┃
┣━━━━━━━╋━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━┫
┃ 5月6日 ┃ 上午看日出, 下午坐火车返宁 ┃
┗━━━━━━━┻━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━┛
写作提示:
1. 此类文容易写成单调的时间状语的堆砌。建议使用(and) next day, for the next two days等, 以取代on May ...。
2. 此类文在动词时态上, 应用将来时, 在表示预期时考虑使用be to do句型。
3. 图例中提到登长城, 游览颐和园, 登泰山等活动, 建议使用"后位补述"的
写作手段, 如:
(1) , and I do think it will make you feel really excited
(2) , which is one of the few places in the world that enjoy a long history and is still well known
(3) , on top of which, if lucky enough, you will enjoy a view of the sunrise
习作:
Dear Alex,
Here is my suggestion about your travel during the long May Day holiday.On May 1st, you may take the 8:00 flight to Beijing. You are to visit the Tienanmen Square in the afternoon. Next day, I suggest you (should) visit the Great Wall, the lognest wall in the world. For the next two days, you can visit the Summer Palace, walk around here and there in the downtown section of Beijing and do some shopping. On May 5th, you are to take a train to Tai`an to climb Mount Tai, which is quite near to the city. You have to stay at the top for the night, and next early morning, if lucky, you may enjoy a wonderful view of the sunrise, which will never be forgetable indeed. In the afternoon, you may return to Nanjing by train.
I wish you could enjoy your travel.
Yours,
Li Hua.
学生习作:
Dear Alex,
Here is my suggestion about your travel during the long May Day holiday.On May 1st, you (are to) leave for Beijing by air at 8:00 am and visit the Tienanmen Square after you arrive (去除after you arrive) in the afternoon. The (去除the) next day, you could go to the Great Wall, which is the most famous place of interest in China. Maybe you will feel a little tired, so on 3rd and 4th (改为for the next two days), you could (改为can) go to the
Summer Palace to have a walk (去除to have a walk) and go shopping(去除and go shopping, 因为不合逻辑)(上句可改为so for the next two days, you can go to the Summer Palace, which is not far from the city, and enjoy the wonderful view there. On May 5th, you (may) leave Beijing for Shandong by train to climb the (去除the) Mount Tai. You can stay on the top of the mountain at (改为for the) night and see (改为enjoy) the sunrise in the (去除in the) next day (去除day) morning. In the afternoon, you (are to) return to Nanjing.
I wish you could enjoy your travel.
Yours,
Li Hua.
作文点评6:
假定你是李华。你的美国朋友Alice听说中国的中小学正在实施素质教育, 来信询问有关情况。请你根据下表提供的信息, 写封回信, 谈一谈"素质教育"实施后, 你们学校生活发生的变化。
1. 上课(应试教育): 听讲、做笔记
(素质教育): 课堂活跃、 研究学习、 能力培养, 有时学生当老师
2. 课外活动(应试教育): 做不完的作业
(素质教育): 开展各种类型的活动; 唱歌舞蹈、球类活动、电脑学习、英语角...
3. 晚上(应试教育): 听讲、做笔记
(素质教育): 看新闻、做实验、 各学科讨论
Hints for Writing: (写作过程提示)
文章可用激问的方式开头, 导出下文, 容易获得生动的效果。所谓激问是指心中本无疑而故意设问的修辞方法。
文章开头参考:
(1) I was so pleased to hear from you and I am writing to tell you something about our school life. You are right. Quite a few changes have taken place.
(2) How nice to hear from you again. You want to know what is going on in schools in China? In short, things have begun to improve since schools were called on to carry out quality-oriented education.
习作:
Dear Alice,
How nice to hear from you. You want to know what is going on in schools in China? Now, I'll tell you about it.
In the past, exam-oriented education forced us to listen to our teachers while taking notes in class. We did all kinds of exercises without end, though it was 5 o'clock in the afternoon. After supper, we had to continue our exercises far into the night. Now, quality-oriented education has made our school life colourful. We are active in class. In order to train the ability, we often do research on study. Sometimes one of us teaches ourselves. We have various outside activities, such as singing, dancing, English corner, and taking computer lessons. Basketball and football are our favourite sports. In the evening we can watch news on TV, experiments by ourselves and have talks and discussions of our subjects.
Our school life is getting more and more colourful and interesting, and I do hope you come and see for yourself some day.
Best wishes.
Yours,
Li Hua
学生习作
Dear Tom,
You wrote me a letter to ask me about our exploring study. And now, I'll tell you something about it. As you know, in the past, the teacher taught us knowledge, and we students just listened nad learned, and sometimes do some notes. It was in the class. And after school, we just did a lot of homework. And that was our school life. But now, many things are changed. In our now classes, we can ask teachers many questions, and we students can also discuss them between each other. The atmosphere in the class is more active. After class, we aslo have a great varieties of activities. Such as reading books you like, going to the library, or surfing the Internet. All in all, the life now are much colourful since the exploring study has begun.
Waiting for your letter.
Yours,
Li Hua.
作文点评7:
假设你是李华, 你的澳大利亚朋友Dick听说中国的中小学校正在减轻学生的学习负担, 来信询问有关情况。 请你根据下面提供的信息, 写一封回信, 谈一谈减负给你的学习和生活带来的变化。
───────────────┬───────────────────┐
│ 周末活动(减负前) 周末活动(减负后) │
├───────────────┼───────────────────
│白天: 上课、 做作业 │ 白天: 参观博物馆、学习电脑、绘画等 │
├───────────────┼───────────────────
│晚上: 做作业 │ 晚上: 看新闻、 读书、看报 │
├───────────────┼───────────────────
│就寝时间: 11:30 │ 就寝时间: 10:30 │
└───────────────┴───────────────────
生词: 减轻学生负担 - reduce learning load One possible version:
Dear Dick,
How nice to hear from you again. You want to know what is going on in schools in China? In short, things have begun to improve since schools were called on to reduce learning load. I don't know about others, but I used to work even at weekends doing endless homework and attending classes as well. Now I have more free time. I can follow my own interests such as reading books, visiting museums, and taking computer lessons. In the evenings I can watch news on TV or read newspapers. What's more, I can go to bed earlier. As far as I know,everyone is happy about this new arrangement of things.
Best wishes,
Li Hua
【点评1】该书面表达写作是近年来最能体现该题型命题要求的好短文, 其结构的紧凑、上下文的连贯、语言的得体性, 以及文笔的流畅、遣词造句等都颇具典型性。
更为难得的是该短文注意到句型的多样化, 长短相间, 错落有致, 值得关注。
1. 文章以激问开始, 导出下文, 获得生动的效果, 为下面内容的展开开了好头。
所谓激问是指心中本无疑而故意设问的修辞方法。
文: You want to know what is going on in schools in China?
激问即寓答于问的设问, 目的在于加重语气, 表达激动的感情。
激问寓答于问, 有时甚至可以不用疑问号, 而用感叹号, 或在陈述句中加用问号。
例: We are alone in solving the problem of air pollution?
=Who says we are alone in solving the problem of air pollution!
由于激问写法适用性较广, 通用性较强, 使用在书面表达中常会有较好的效果, 建议NMET考生加以留意。
2. 近年来"较高级词汇或较复杂结构"为NMET书面表达评分最为看重的标准之一, 将这一标准与"上下文的连贯性""行文的连贯与流畅"以及"语言的得体性"等标准相融合, 而该书面表达写作则生动地表现了这样的标准, 传达了书面表达写作的信息。该题型命题要求使用"较高级词汇或较复杂结构", 但从实战看, 这确是NMET考生疏于运用或掌握的地方。解决的方法有两个, 一是搞清楚何谓"较高级词汇或较复杂结构"; 二是如何有所准备。
文: ① ... [In short], things have begun to [improve] since schools were [called on] to reduce learning load.
② ..., but I [used to] work even at weekends doing endless homework and attending classes [as well].
③ I can [follow my own interests] such as reading books, ... ④ [What's more], I can go to bed earlier.
⑤ [As far as I know], everyone is happy about this new arrangement of things.
(说明: []表示"较高级词汇或较复杂结构"即与众不同的部分。)
3. 通过观察, 可以看到该书面表达"较高级词汇或较复杂结构"的使用与"上下文的连贯性", 即有效地使用语句间的连接成分有关联, 使得全文结构紧凑, 可读性增强。所谓"有效地使用语句间的连接成分"是指通过过渡性词语来控制整个事件的描述过程。
文: ① [In short], things have begun ... ② I don't know about oknow about others, [but]...
③ [Now] I have more free time. ④ In the evenings I can watch news on TV [or] read newspapers.
⑤ [What's more], I can go to bed... ⑥ [As far as I know], everyone is happy...
It was 7:15 「on」the morning of February 8, 2000. I was walking「along」 Park Road 「towards」the east when an elderly man came out of」 the park 「on」 the other side of the street. Then I saw a yellow car drive 「up」Third Street and make a right turn 「into」 Park Road. The next moment the car hit the man while he was crossing
the road. He fell 「with」 a cry. The car didn't stop but drove「off」「at」great speed heading west. I noticed the driver was a young woman and the plate number was AC864. About two minutes later I stopped a passing car and took the old man 「to」the nearest hospital.
NMET单项填空试题命题重点
高考英语单项填空试题命题内容多, 涉及范围广, 但以下内容可以认为是NMET 单项填空试题命题重点, 请注意研读。
考点1 带有宾语复合结构的介词`with'的命题
production up by 60%, the company has had another
excellent year.
A. As B. For C. With D. Through
题析: 选项A应改为As production is up by 60%; 选项B应改为The company has
had another excellent year, for production is up by 60%.;
选项C`with'是唯一带有宾语复合结构的介词, 用法广泛, 可译为`随着...'。
考点2 倒叙命题
从这一角度命题的特点是将原本可以正常表述的内容断开, 将后半段提到前面。这一命题方式既考虑到了语言交际性的特点, 又容易增强命题的隐蔽性, 凸显命题的层次感。解题时, 可以考虑将题干交代的顺序抚正, 或将题干的后半部看作是省略, 将其补齐, 都可收到良好效果。
1. I don't think I'll need any money but I'll bring some .
A. at last B. in case C. once again D. in time
题析: I don't think I'll need any money but I'll bring some in case.
=I'll bring some money in case I'll need any.
解题时, 可将in case之后看作省去了I'll need some money。
例: Take some warm clothes in case the weather is cold.
=The weather is not cold, but take some warm clothes in case (the weather is cold).
2. Dr. Black comes from either Oxford or Cambridge, I can't remember.
A. where B. there C. which D. that
题析: 将选项C代入题干, 即正常表述顺序:
I can't remember which university (or town) Dr Black comes from,Oxford or Cambridge.
应语为: He comes from Oxford.
3. Rather than on a crowded bus, he always prefers a bicycle.
A. ride; ride B. riding; ride C. ride; to ride D. to ride; riding
题析: 测试结构: prefer + to do sth + rather than + do sth
考点3 `But she promised!'式的命题
将原本可以完整表述的内容, 拆成两部分, 并设计成对话形式, 是近年NMET
单项填空命制上出现的新情况。
1. --Nancy is not coming tonight.
--But she !
A. promises B. promised C. will promise D. had promised
题解: 相当于`Nancy is not coming tonight, but she promised!'
2. --I stayed at a hotel while in New York.
--Oh, did you? You with Barbara.
A. could have stayed B. could stay C. would stay D. must have stayed
题解: 选项A"could have stayed"表示"原本能待在一起, 但却没待"的意思, 暗含
惊讶的意味。此题从语法上来说, 属于"混合型虚拟语气"的范畴。
此题=I could have stayed with Barbara while in New York, but I didn't. I stayed at a hotel
类例: --I knew a little about French while in Paris.
--Oh, did you? You could have helped your parents.
考点4 分词动作主体与客体的矛盾
1.______ in the queue for half an hour, Tom suddenly realized that he had left his wallet at home.
A.To wait B.Have waited C.Having waited D.To have waited
题解: 该题测试分词短语作状语。相当于:
Tom had been waiting in the queue for half an hour when he suddenly realized that he had left his wallet at home.
2. The Olympic Games, in 776 B. C., did not include women players until 1912.
A. first playing B. to be first played
C. first played D. to be first playing
题解: i. (用[]将省略的成分补齐)
选项C =The Olympic Games, [which was] first played in 776 B. C.,
did not include women players until 1912.
ii. 选项B为不定式。用作定语时, 所表示的动作一般都还未发生, 从逻辑上看,属将来时的范畴, 故不用。
3. When I got back home I saw a message pinned to the door
"Sorry to miss you; will call later. "
A. read B. reads C. to read D. reading
题解: 选项D`reading'用作`message'的定语, 相当于`which read'; `read'一词意为`上面写着'。 类例: The ticket reads `From New York to Boston.'
4. in thought, he almost ran into the car in front of him.
A. Losing B. Having lost C. Lost D. To lose
题解: 分词构句意义上的主语必须与句子的主语相同, 为NMET单项填空常考试题。
(A) more attention, the trees could have grown better.
A. Given B. To give C. Giving D. Having given
考点5 巧妙的命题`get paid =get their pay'等
1. Cleaning women in big cities usually get by the hour.
A. pay B. paying C. paid D. to pay
题解: (1) usually get paid = are usually paid; get=be (2) get paid =get their pay
(3) 由于动词get兼有行为动词与系动词两种用法, pay兼有动词与名词两种用法, 又由于pay用作名词时, 要与冠词或相当于冠词的词连用,使得该题答案的判断过程甚为复杂。
2. The managers discussed the plan that they would like to see the next year.
A. carry out B. carrying out C. carried out D. to carry out
题析: carried out 用作宾语补足语, 表明与宾语`plan'的关系; 相当于
They would like to see the plan carried out the next year.
考点6 极为重要的高考英语实词用法的命题
1. Wait till you are more . It's better to be sure than sorry.
A. inspired B. satisfied C. calm D. certain
题解: 通过题干中的信息词`sure', 选出其同义词`certain'。
2. It's always difficult being in a foreign country, if you don't speak the language.
A. extremely B. naturally C. basically D. especially
题解: 选项D `especially'在句中和(条件)状语连用。请看例句:
(1) I like the country, especially in spring. (2) Noise is unpleasant, especially when you are trying to sleep.
(3) I expected a more enthusiastic(热情的) welcome, especially considering it is the first time I have come here.
3. him and then try to copy what he does.
A. Mind B. Glance at C. Stare at D. Watch
题解: 选项A`mind him' 意为`look after him', 不合文意; 选项B和C都可以与其后的宾语`him'搭配使用, 但`him'应处于静止状态, 与文意`copy what he does'不符。可以说`Watch him =Watch what he does', 但却没有`Glare/Stare at him
= Glare/Stare at what he does'。
类例: Watch what he does/how he does it/where he puts the ring.
He should watch his weight--he's getting really quite a tummy.
4. -- Do you think the Stars will beat the Bulls?
-- Yes. They have better players, so I them to win.
A. hope B. prefer C. expect D. want
题解: 选项A`hope'没有`hope somebody to do something'的用法, 故不用。 选项B
应用在`They have better players, but I prefer the Bulls to win.'情景中。
选项C`expect somebody to do something'期待某人做某事, 符合文意。
5. They the train until it disappeared in the distance.
A. saw B. watched C. noticed D. observed
题解: (1) 选项B"watched"一般后面接用动态的物体。 (2) 选项A"saw"一般后面接用静态的物体。
(3) 选项D"observed"指观察。 (4) 题干中若无"until it disappeared", 则可选用选项A。
考点7 短语与搭配用法在NMET单项填空中的命题
1.I don't ______ rock'n'roll. It's much too noisy for my taste.
A.go after B.go away with C.go into D.go in for
题解: 该题测试短语"go in for", 意思是"参与"。选项A"go after"的意思是"追赶", 选项C"go into"的意思是"进入、就业", 都与句意不合, 故不用。
答案: D
对于短语的测试是NMET命题的重要内容。 请看NMET2004(福建)第33题:
It is certain that he will ___(C)___ his business to his son when he gets old.
A. take over B. think over C. hand over D. go over
2. Your performance in the driving test didn't reach the required standard -- , you failed.
A. in the end B. after all C. in other words D. at the same time
题解: `in other words'意为 `换句话说'。用于使用另一方式表述相同内容的场合。
类例: I soon found that the work I was doing had already been done by someone else - in other words, I was wasting my time.
3. Nobody noticed the thief slip into the house because the light happened to .
A. be put up B. give in C. be turned on D. go out
题解: go out 指"熄灭"。
4. She his number in the phone book to make sure that she had got it right.
A. looked up B. looked for C. picked out D. picked up
题解: `look up'(查找) → look up a word; look up a number
`look for'(寻找) → look for a missing boy; look for a job
5. It is wise to have some money for old age.
A. put away B. kept up C. given away D. laid up
题解: `put away'表示'将某物搁放在一边, 暂时不用'之意。
6. I don't believe any of it. You must have made the whole story.
A. out B. up C. for D. with
题解: (以up为中心构成的短语)
get up 起床 come up 走近, 发芽 hurry up 赶快 grow up 成长
call up 打电话 give up 放弃 pick up 拾起 send up 发射
look up 查阅 put up 张贴 eat up 吃光 keep up 保持, 维持
break up 解体; 崩溃 make up 组成 dry up 使干涸 bring up 抚养大
set up 建立 do up 头发向上梳挽 fill up 装满 stay up 熬夜
take up 从事 warm up 变暖; 热身 sit up 熬夜 rise up 起义
dress up 化妆 join up 连接起来 build up 建立起来 hang up 把...挂起来
hold up 举起 add up 加起来 stand up 起立
7. The police were a search for the body of the man who disappeared.
A. doing B. making C. taking D. giving
题解: (以make为中心构成的短语)
make cloth (a machine, a hat, a road, a railway, a canal)
make a fire (the bed, a hole, a noise)
make a speech (a suggestion, a promise, a request, a remark)
make a record (a will, a copy, an experiment)
make a journey (an effort, an offer)
make progress (friends, faces, no difference)
make fun of; make a fool of; make a rush for;
make use of; make choice of
make money; make ends meet; make one's way
8. I hate to rules on anything.
A. give B. have C. set D. show
题解: (以set为中心构成的短语)
set a table (a chair)
set something right (straight, up, down, on, etc)
set a clock (=put hands in right position)
set a price on a horse
9. Will you me a favour, please?
A. give B. make C. do D. bring
题解: (以do为中心构成的短语)
do a good deed 做好事 do away with 去掉,废除 do good to 对...有益
do harm to对...有害 do sb. wrong 冤枉某人 do one's best尽力
do one's homework 做作业 do some cleaning扫除 do some cooking做饭
do up头发向上梳挽 do well in sth.在...方面做得不错 do sb. a favour 帮某人一个忙
考点8 动词进行时态的命题
近年NMET单项填空在对动词时态的命制上, 较多地选用进行时, 并为此设计出有较大思考空间的试题。对此现象, 应引起注意。
1.—What's that terrible noise?
—The neighbors ______ for a party.
A.have prepared B.are preparing C.prepare D.will prepare
题解: What's that terrible noise? =What is that terrible noise?
问句中的现在时态决定答语用现在进行时。选项A是指"邻居们已准备好了聚会。" 与发出声响无关, 故不用。
对进行时态的测试是NMET命题的重要内容。 请看NMET2004(福建)第21题:
--You were out when I fropped in at your house.
--Oh, I __(A)____ for a friend from England at the airport.
A. was waiting B. had waited C. am waiting D. have waited
2. -- Hey, look where you are going!
-- Oh, I'm terribly sorry. .
A. I'm not noticing B. I wasn't noticing C. I haven't noticed D. I don't notice
题解: 此题的关键处在`look where you are going'中的进行时态。解题时, 可将问句作如下变化, 以利理解:
- Hey, look where you are going! You are not noticing (where you are going)!
- Oh, I'm terribly sorry. (到此时, 答话人已意识到刚才的行为, 故用过去进行时接上句) I wasn't noticing (just now).
3. I don't think Jim saw me; he into space.
A. just stared B. was just staring C. has just stared D. had just stared
题解: 此题也与`倒叙'命题有关。将叙述顺序相调, 会有助于解题。
I don't think Jim saw me; he was just staring into space.
=He was just staring into space; I don't think Jim saw me.
4. —Is this raincoat yours?
—No, mine there behind the door.
A. is hanging B. has hung C. hangs D. hung
题解: 此题虽为现在进行时, 但在命题上与其前也有相似之处。
i. 选项A中的进行时含暂时之意, 如: Your coat is hanging in the hall.
ii. 选项C中的一般时则表状态, 表"某地挂有某物"之意, 如:
(1) The picture hangs now in my library. (2) Above it hung an oil painting by Beryl.
iii. 选项B中的完成时应使用其被动语态形式: has been hung, 而且句子
主语也要变化, 如: All the walls have been hung with my pictures.
考点9 动词时态基准点命题
1.The mayor of Beijing says that all construction work for the Beijing Olympics ______ by 2007.
A.has been completed B.has completed C.will have been completed D.will have completed
题解: 题干中"by 2007"决定动词要使用将来完成时, 又由于complete为及物动词, construction work是其宾语, 故选用选项C。
2. -How are you today?
-Oh, I as ill as I do now for a very long time.
A. didn't feel B. wasn't feeling C. don't feel D. haven't felt
题析: 〈译〉-- 今天感觉怎么样?
-- 我很久未曾病得像现在这样。(意思是指今天病得实在不轻。)
I haven't felt as ill as I do now for a very long time.
=I haven't felt as ill for a very long time as I do now.
=For a very long time, I haven't felt as ill as I do now.
选项A应用在`-How did you feel yesterday? -I didn't feel as ill as I do now.'的情景中。
考点10 较难掌握的情态词命题
1. -I heard they went skiing in the mountains last winter.
--It true because there was little snow there.
A. may not be B. won't be C. couldn't be D. mustn't be
题解: can用在否定句与疑问句中表推测; 而在肯定句中用 may 表示 "或许",
用 must 表示 "一定"。
2. -Are you coming to Jeff's party?
-I'm not sure. I go to concert instead.
A. must B. would C. should D. might
题解: 选项A`must'和C`should'都应是`I'm quite sure'的补充。
选项D`might'含不确定因素, 与`I'm not sure'的意思相吻合。
答案: D
3. The fire spread through the hotel very quickly but everyone get out.
A. had to B. would C. could D. was able to
题解: 表示过去有能力并实际上成功地做到某事, 要用"was/were able to", 不用"could"。 没有做到可用`couldn't' 或`wasn't able to'表示。
4. --When can I come for the photos? I need them tomorrow afternoon.
--They be ready by 12:00.
A. can B. should C. might D. need
题解: (1) 选项B"should"表示"按理应当...; 估计..."。
① They should be there by now, I think. ② The poems should be out in a month at most.
③ We needn't get ready yet; the guests shouldn't come for another hour.
(2) 选项A"can"表示"可能", 应用在顾客的身上, 即:
I need them tomorrow afternoon. They can be ready by 12:00.
考点11 新、巧的指代词命题
1. NMET2004(福建)第22题:
--Which of the three ways shall I take to the village?
-- (C) way as you please.
A. each B. Every C. Any D. Either
2. -Why don't we take a little break?
-Didn't we just have ?
A. it B. that C. one D. this
题解: i. break表示`间歇、休息时间'时, 为可数名词。
(1) Let's take a short break for lunch. (2) Both houses took several short breaks during the year.
ii. little 修饰某些可数名词时, 可以表示`一小段'。
Then he made a little speech.
答案: C
3. -- Are the new rules working?
-- Yes, books are stolen.
A. Few B. More C. Some D. None
题解: `working'意思是`起作用'。根据题意选用有否定意味的形容词`few'。
选项D `None'应改为`None of the', 或`No'。
4. Few pleasures can equal of a cool drink on a hot day.
A. some B. any C. that D. those
题解: i. `that of a cool drink =the pleasure of a cool drink'
ii. 选项A、B无法指代 pleasure, 故不用。
5. If you want to change for a double room you'll have to pay $15.
A. another B. other C. more D. each
题解: another $15 =$15 more
考点12 一题两点的冠词命题
1. Paper money was in use in China when Marco Polo visited the country in thirteen century.
A. the; 不填 B. the; the C. 不填; the D. 不填; 不填
题解: 此题涉及两个固定的英语表达方式, 即
(1) in use (在使用) →反意表达为out of use If this is not in use, I'd like to borrow it.
(2) in the thirteenth century (在13世纪)
→英语中序数词要与定冠词连用。
答案: C
2.______ on-going division between English-speaking Canadians and French-speaking Canadians is ______ major concern of the country.
A.The;不填 B.the; a C.An; the D.An;不填
题解: 题干中"on-going"的意思是"在进行中", "division"的意思是"分歧", "major concern"的意思是"重大关心"。该题的意思是"讲英语的加拿大人与讲法语的加拿大人正在出现的分歧成了全国最为关注的大事"。
3. Most animals have little connection with animals of different kind unless they kill them for food.
A. the; a B. 不填; a C. the; the D. 不填; the
题解: 〈译〉大多数的动物同另类动物联系很少, 除非它们把另类动物当作食物吃掉。
`of ... kind' ...种类
例: I follow my own opinions not hers in questions of this kind.
I don't like people of that kind.
animals of a different kind 相当于 a different kind of animals a (different) kind of 含冠词的功能, 故animals不再与冠词连用。
4. Many people agree that knowledge of English is a must in international trade.
A. a; 不填 B. the; an C. the; the D. 不填; the
题解: i. knowledge 与不定冠词连用, 表示"对...有某种程度的了解"。
(1) A knowledge of language is always useful. (2) He has a wide/good knowledge of history/London.
ii. trade(贸易、买卖) →作不可数名词用
(1) International trade is important to us all. (2) England does a lot of trade with Australia.
考点13 定语从句命题有特点
1. Carol said the work would be done by October, personally I doubt very much.
A. it B. that C. when D. which
题解: which引导出非限定性的定语从句。which =the work would be done by October.
该定语从句相当于: Personally I doubt very much that the work will be done by October.
2.Dorothy was always speaking highly of her role in the play, ,
考点14 连词`before、while'的命题有新意
1. Someone called me up in the middle of the night, but they hung up I could answer the phone.
A. as B. since C. until D. before
题解: 选项D `before'意为`还未来得及做某事, 就...', 以此说明前面动作结束之快。
点评: 不把连词before当作"在......之前"的这种用法还出现在NMET98书面表达的
答案里: The time passed quickly. Before we knew it, we had to say goodbye to the workers. 由于该句式的使用, 使得该书面表达的结尾精彩、有力。再请看其他例证:
(1) Before I had time to reply, he went away. 我还没来得及回答他就走了。
(2) I had not waited long before she came. 我没等多久她就来了。
(3) It was midnight before he returned. 他直到午夜时分才回来。
(4) It was long before she came. 她过了很久才来。
(5) It was not long before she came. 她没过多久就来了。
(6) They had not been married a month before they quarrelled. 他们结婚还没到一个月就反目了。
2. -- I'm going to the post office.
-- you're there, can you get me some stamps?
A. As B. While C. Because D. If
题解: i. `while'含`趁着你在那儿' 之意。
The teacher often says,`Ask me more questions while I'm here.'
ii. 选项A、C应改为As/Because you are going to the post office。
2004
第一节:单项填空(共15小题,每小题1分,满分15分)
从A、B、C和D、四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
21.—You were out when I dropped in at your house.
—Oh ,I _______ for a friend from England at the airport.
A.was waiting B.had waited C.am waiting D.have waited
22.—Which of the three ways shall I take to the village?
—_________ way as you please.
A.Each B.Every C.Any D.Either
23.It is ________world of wonders, world where anything can happen.
A.a ;the B.a; a C.the ; a D.不填;不填
24.She has set a new record ,that is ,the sales of her latest book ________ 50 million.
A.have reached B.has reached C.are reaching D.had reached
25.—Go for a picnic this weekend ,OK?
—_______ .I love getting close to nature.
A.I couldn’t agree more B.I’m afraid not
C.I believe not D.I don’t think so
26.I’d like to buy a house—modern ,comfortable ,and _______ in a quiet neighborhood.
A.in all B.above all C.after all D.at all
27.The news reporters hurried to the airport ,only________ the film stars had left.
A.to tell B.to be told C.telling D.told
28.—How do you we go to Beijing for our holidays?
—I think we’d better fly there. It’s much more comfortable.
A.insist B.want C.suppose D.suggest
29.The number of people present at the concert was _______than expected .There were many tickets left.
A.much smaller B.much more C.much larger D.many more
30.It was a pity that the great writer died _________his works unfinished.
A.for B.with C.from D.of
31.—Scientists say it may be five or six years it is possible to test this medicine on human patients.
A.since B.after C.before D.when
32.—I’ll tell Mary about her new job tomorrow.
—You________ her last week.
A.ought to tell B.would have told C.must tell D.should have told
33.It is certain that he will__________ his business to his son when he gets old.
A.take over B.think over C.hand over D.go over
34.Having been ill in bed for nearly a month ,he had a hard time________ the exam.
A.pass B.to pass C.passed D.passing
35.It was with great joy he received the news that his lost daughter had been found.
A.because B.which C.since D.that
21—25 ACBAA 26—30 BBDAB 31—35 CDCDD
NMET2005FJ
21.I made a call to my parents yesterday. To my disappointment. of them answered it.
A.either B.none C.neither D.nobody
22.—Would you like , sir?
—No, thanks. I have had much.
A.some more oranges B.any more oranges C.some more orange D.any more orange
23.If anyone happens to drop in while I am out, him or her leave a message.
A.have B.get C.ask D.tell
24.—Did Jack come back early last night?
—Yes. It was not yet eight o’clock he arrived home.
A.before B.when C.that D.until
25.—James, I am sorry I used your computer when you were away this morning.
— .
A.That’s all right B.It’s a pleasure C.You are welcome D.Don’t mention it
26.Mum is coming. What present for your birthday?
A.you expect she has got B.you expect has she got
C.do you expect she has got D.do you expect has she got
27.The dictionary is being printed and it will soon .
A.turn out B.come out C.start out D.go out
28.Father for London on business upon my arrival, so I didn’t see him.
A.has left B.left C.was leaving D.had left
29.—Can the project be finished as planned?
—Sure, it completed in time, we’ll work two more hours a day.
A.having got B.to get C.getting D.get
30.The classroom is big enough , but we’ll have to move if we have more students.
A.for the moment B.on the moment C.in a moment D.for a moment
31.—Catherine, I have cleaned the room for you.
—Thanks. You it. I could manage it myself.
A.needn’t do B.needn’t have done C.mustn’t do D.shouldn’t have done
32.Only after my friend came .
A.did the computer repair B.he repaired the computer
C.was the computer repaired D.the computer was repaired
33.When help, one often says “Thank you.” or “It’s kind of you.”
A.offering B.to offer C.to be offered D.offered
34.—Why didn’t you buy the camera you had longed for?
—I had planned to. But I was £50 .
A.fewer B.less C.cheap D.short
35.—Is that the small town you often refer to?
—Right, just the one you know I used to work for years.
A.that B.which C.where D.what
21.C 22.C 23.A 24.B 25.A 26.C 27.B 28.D 29.B 30.A 31.B 32.C 33.D 34.D 35.C
介绍NMET完形填空的几种较为有效的解题方法
作答NMET完形填空题, 除了使用比较、 推理、判断、 逻辑等方法或手段以外, 还可借助事实先决、事实后决、同比排除、反比否定等方法。
1. 事实先决
所谓`事实先决'是指在选项中同时出现符合文意或接近事实的情形, 考生面对此类情形可用`事实先决`的方法解题, 即按逻辑顺序对事实加以梳理和排序, 找出第一事实或首要事实, 问题才有可能迎刃而解。
以NMET2000为例: 例1: And there on a well-made bed sat Amy, my new [ ], dressed neatly.
(A) A. roommate B. classmate C. neighbour D. companion
题解: 选项[A]`roommate'指`同住宿舍一室的人'。 作者并非在教室等处首次遇到Amy, 故排除掉选项[B]`classmate'; 也并非在宿舍楼道等处首次遇到Amy,故排除掉选项[C]`neighbour', 至于选项[D]`companion(伙伴), 在逻辑顺序上, 应先有 classmate, 后有companion。此题选项无论从命制上看, 还是从解题上说, 都具备典型性, 是研读NMET完形填空命制以及解释所谓有关`事实先决'的解题方法的好题材。
例2: Finally I turned the key in the lock and (1) the door open, with Dad still complaining(抱怨) about a hurting knee or something.
(C) (1) A. knocked B. forced C. pushed D. tried
一般开门动作的顺序是:
turn the key 转动钥匙 → open the door =push the door open 把门推开 → force the door open 把门用力推开(如有必要)
例3: I knew then that Amy and I would be (2) and my first year of college would be a success.
(B) (2) A. sisters B. friends C. students D. fellows
题解: 四个选项都存在符合文意的事实或成为以后发展成该事实的逻辑或可能性, 考生面对此类情形, 就可以考虑使用`事实先决`的方法解题, 对事实加以梳理和排序: 受到时态`would be'的限制, 事实逻辑应是: 选项[B] friends为第一事实, 选项[A]`sisters'为第二事实。选项[C]`students'指经过学校录取成为学生, 在此文中, 显然是一个已知的事实, 绝无可能与文中时态`would be'搭配使用, 故不用。选项[D]`fellows'指`同伴', `Amy and I would be ...'中的`be', 相当于`become', 若与`fellows'连用, 显然不合乎逻辑。
以NMET99为例:
People of Burlington are being disturbed by the sound of bells. Four students from Burlington College of Higher Education are in the bell tower of the (1) and have made up their minds to (2) the bells nonstop for two weeks as a protest(抗议) against heavy trucks which run (3) through the narrow High Street.
(D) (1) A. college B. village C. town D. church
(C) (2) A. change B. repair C. ring D. shake
(B) (3) A. now and then B. day and night C. up and down D. over and over
题解:(1) 对事实加以排序, `the bell tower'为建筑物`church'的组成部分(通过介词`of'表明此种关系), 选项[D]church排序第一。
2. 事实后决
所谓`事实后决'是指在选项中出现悬而难决的情形, 答案选项有可能是不曾知晓的表达, 考生面对类似情形可用`事实后决`的方法解题, 即过滤掉明显不合文意的选项, 最后决定答案项。`事实后决'与过去常说到的解题方法`排除法'接近。
以NMET2000为例:
But [ NMET2006(福建)备考工作意见
齐平昌 北京四中
高考英语阅读理解
NMET2005 Fujian
Walk through the Amazon rainforest today and you will find it is steamy ,warm ,damp and thick .But if you had been around 15,000 years ago, during the last ice age ,would it have been the same ?For more than 30 years, scientists have been arguing about how rainforests like the Amazon might have reacted(反应)to the cold ,dry climates of the ice ages ,but until now ,no one has reached a satisfying answer.
Rainforests like the Amazon are important for mopping up CO2 from the atmosphere and helping to slow global warming . Currently the trees in the Amazon take in around 500 million tonnes of CO2 each year; equal to the total amount of CO2 giving off in the UK each year. But how will the Amazon react to future climate change? If it gets drier ,will it still survive and continue to draw down CO2 ?Scientists hope that they will be able to learn in advance how the rainforest will manage in the future by understanding how rainforests reacted to climate change in the past.
Unfortunately ,getting into the Amazon rainforest and collecting information are very difficult .To study past climate ,scientists need to look at fossilized pollen ,kept in lake muds .Going back to the last ice age means drilling deep down into lake sediments (沉淀物),which requires specialized equipment and heavy machinery .There are very few roads and paths ,or places to land helicopters and aeroplanes .Rivers tend to be the easiest way to enter the forest ,but this still leaves vast ares between the rivers completely unsampled(未取样).So far ,only a handful of cores have been drilled that go back to the last ice age and none of them provide enough information to prove how the Amazon rainforest reacts to climate change.
64.The underlined phrase “mopping up” in the second paragraph means .
A.cleaning up B.taking in C.wiping out D.giving out
65.How will the Amazon rainforest react to future climate change?
A.It’ll get drier and continue to remove CO2 .
B.It’ll remain steamy ,warm ,damp and thick .
C.It’ll get warmer and then colder and drier.
D.There is no exact answer up to present.
66.What’s the main idea of the last paragraph?
A.It’s important to drill deep down into lake sediments to collect information.
B.It’s impossible to prove how climate changes in the Amazon rainforest.
C.It’s hard to collect information for studies of the past climate in the Amazon rainforest.
D.It’s necessary to have specialized equipment and machinery to study the past climate.
67.The best title for this passage may probably be .
A.Studies of the Amazon B.Climates of the Amazon
C.Secrets of the Rainforests D.Changes of the Rainforests
NMET2005 Zhejiang
Supermarkets are trying out new computers that make shopping carts more intelligent (具备智能的). They will help shoppers find cups or toilet soap, and keep a record of the bill.
The touch-screen devices (触摸屏装置) are on show at the Food Marketing Institute's exhibition here this week. "These devices are able to create value and get you around the store quicker," said Michael Alexandor, manager of Springboard Retail Networks Inc., which makes a smart cart computer called the Concierge.
Canadian stores will test the Concierge in July. A similar device, IBM's "shopping buddy," has recently been test-marketed at Stop & Shop stores in Massachusetts.
Neither device tells you how many fat grams or calories are in your cart, but they will flash you with items on sale. The idea is to make it easier for people to buy, not to have second thoughts that maybe you should put something back on the shelf.
"The whole model is driven by advertisers' need to get in front of shoppers," said Alexandor. "They're not watching 30-second TV ads anymore."
People can use a home computer to make their shopping lists. Once at the store, a shopper can use a preferred customer card to start a system (系统) that will organize the trip around the store. If you're looking for toothpicks, you type in the word or pick it from a list, and a map will appear on the screen showing where you are and where you can find them.
The devices also keep a record of what you buy. When you're finished, the device figures out your bill. Then you go to the checker or place your card into a self-checkout stand and pay.
The new computerized shopping assistants don't come cheap. The Buddy devices will cost the average store about $160,000, and the Concierge will cost stores about $500 for each device.
53. The underlined word “they” (paragraph 1) refers to_________.
A.supermarkets B.shop assistants C.shopping carts D.shop managers
54. Which of the following is the correct order of shopping with the computerized shopping carts?
a. Start the system. b. Make a shopping list.
c. Find the things you want. d. Go to a self-checkout stand.
A.abdc B.bacd C.acbd D.bcad
55. We can learn from the last paragraph that_________.
A.intelligent shopping carts cost a large sum of money
B.the Concierge is cheaper than the Buddy devices
C.shop assistants with computer knowledge are well paid
D.average stores prefer the Concierge to the Buddy devices
56. What might be the most suitable title for the text?
A.New age for supermarkets
B.Concierge and Shopping Buddy
C.New computers make shopping carts smarter
D.Touch-screen devices make shopping enjoyable
NMET短文改错的命题与解题
(NMET2005FJ)
Dear friends,
It is real a good chance to have met all of you here. 76.____really____
We have spent several precious weekend in learning in the 77. _weekends_ _
English Club, Although we have been members for a short 78. ____√_____
period of time, we have made a great progress. That is 79. _a_______
because we are all very much active and the activities are not 80. ___much_____
only enjoyable and also helpful, Besides, the foreign teachers 81. ____but_____
here work hard and try his best to make the activities 82. ____their____
lively and interested. I am very pleased to say that all of 83. _interesting__
us / greatly improved our spoken English so far. I am 84. ___have___ _
looking forward to see all of you again in the near future! 85. ___seeing____
Thank you.
(NMET2004FJ)
I have a good friend who’s name is Liu Mei. She is our 76. whose
monitor and one of the excellent students in our class. 77. √
Clever as she is, [but] she words very hard .We have a 78. [but]
lot on common and have a lot to talk about .One evening she 79. in
told me that something happened when her parents was out . 80. were
She was doing her homeworks one Sunday morning when 81.homework
she smelt something burning.Shen stopped ∧ look out 82.to
of the window and find a cloud of smoke coming out 83.found
of her neighbor’s house .She called 119 immediate .Ten 84.immediately
minutes late, the firemen came and put out ∧ fire. Her neighbor 85.the
was very thankful for her help.
NMET书面表达值得注意的写作方法
高考英语考生对书面表达不相适应的情形愈发突出。书面表达水准较低的原因在于考生缺乏写作的基本常识和训练。
1. 认识英语写作的基本特点:
语序与信息:人们通过语言传递的信息是一个片断一个片断进行的。一个信息片断可以是一个句子,信息片断传递的信息可粗略地分为已知信息和新信息。一个信息片断最显著的部分有二:一是传递信息的起点,即处于句首的主位,另一个是新信息中最重要的部分,即信息中心。 主位通常传递已知信息,信息中心位于句尾传递新信息。从信心分布的情况说,英语句中最重要的信息一般出现在末端,称为末端中心;从结构分布上看, 英语句中结构形式较长,较复杂的成分一般也向后推移,这种结构配置称为句尾重心。这两条原则是决定英语结构次序的重要依据。
2. 句尾重心---补述的写作手法
补述分并列补述和后位补述两种。补述的特点是既可以使语言连贯, 又可以收到简练、生动的效果, 有时又能适时地表现当事人内心的思想活动, 常用于事实表述后的情感感受, 引发的感想或对事实细节补充的场合, 一般会收到好的效果。
并列补述常用并列连词and, 后位补述常用分词短语作状语, which引出非限定性定语从句, 以及由[with + 宾语 + 宾语补足语]等。
i. 并列补述
(1) 要点1 上午:学校活动
要点2 下午:游览市区
I know the school will organize a lot of things for you to do in the morning, but in the afternoon, I’ll show you around and take you to some places of interest.
(2) 要点: 大约4点离开
Around four o'clock,we said goodbye to one another,and felt very happy on the way home.
(3) 要点: 昨天我和李明参加了野外生存训练。
Li Ming and I took part in a wilderness survival program yesterday, and it has been one of the most unforgettable experiences since high school.
ii. 后位补述--分词短语作状语,用分词短语作状语, 文字较为精练
要点: 晚上:看电视,玩游戏,聊天
We’ll mostly stay at home in the evening watching TV, playing games, and meeting people.
iii. 后位补述--非限定性定语从句
(1) The flat is in a building on Fangcao Street, which is not far from Jianxin Chinese School.
(2) It was quite an experience for us both, which I'll never forget for the rest of my life.
(3) At 8 o'clock in the morning,we arrived at the 7l2 bus station,where we were warmly welcomed by the drivers and conductors.
(4) Staff members of the bus station and our classmates then took part in a general knowledge quiz on the Olympic Games in the afternoon,which was great fun for both sides.
iv. 后位补述--with复合结构
要点: My brother was riding [with] me sitting on the seat [behind].
→该句使用with结构, 其结构为[with + 宾语 + 宾语补足语]。该结构的情景描述功能十分突出。此外, behind一词用作seat定语的用法也十分轻巧。
小结后位补述的用法:
1. He bathed and had dinner, giving everyone the impression that there was no danger at all.
2. He paused for a moment, wondering whether to turn back as the captain urged him.
3. Upon arrival, my uncle hugged Pompy, and tried to give him courage.
4. After dinner, my uncle said he wanted to sleep, and it seemed as if he really wanted to do so.
主要特点:
先外动(指形), 再内动(指感受)
外动:
sitting/standing there, get off the bus, hurry to the school
With Tom staying together with us, we all felt ...
=Tom was staying together with us, and we all felt...=Tom was staying together with us, making us all feel ...
内动:
thinking/wondering/feeling/making/
giving everyone the impression that
3. 注意使用连词and
i. 恰如其份地使用连词and容易收到阅读流畅的效果。连词and可以交代连接双方的相互关系, 如并列关系、先后关系、因果关系等。并列连词代替从属连词的特点是让读者自己去补充所连接的两部分间的逻辑联系, 根据两部分的思想内容去推论, 从而达到思想表达生动、有力和鲜明的修辞效果。
(1) 要点: 你的美国朋友Peter正在北京一所大学学中文,你觉得他应去试一试。
I know you like singing, and you are in Beijing during that period. I think this is a good chance for you to show your singing talent, and how well you’ve learned Chinese.
(2) 要点:理由:去机场接人
My uncle is returning home from France, and I have promised to meet him at the airport at 3:30 tomorrow afternoon. 类例: It is true he is young, but/and yet he is really good at go(围棋).
→It is true ... but...
= It is true...and yet ...
=Indeed ... but
=Indeed... and yet (的确..., 然而...)
ii. and表因果关系
(1) The teacher came, and class began.
(2) Tom is very tired, and really he should go to bed.
并列句的修辞作用在于它把两个或几个平行或对立的相关的思想联系在一起,形成比较完整的思想, 因而它比两个或几个孤立的简单句的思想内容要丰富得多,逻辑关系也要清楚得多。
NMET2005(Fujian)
目前,学校存在少数学生考试作弊现象。某英文杂志社拟对此现象向中学生征文,标题是“My Opinion on Cheating in Examinations”。请根据下列提示用英语写一篇征文稿。
内容要点如下:
主要原因 考试偏多、偏难
不用功、懒惰
取悦父母、老师
个人看法 作弊不对,违反校规
要诚实,努力学习
……(其他看法)
My Opinion on Cheating in Examinations
It is known to us all that some students cheat in examinations at school.
One possible version
My Opinion on Cheating in Examinations
It is known to us all that some students cheat in examinations at school.
As students, we often take examinations at school, but sometimes we have too many examinations which are too difficult for us. On the other hand, some of us are lazy and don’t work hard at their lessons. So when taking examinations, they sometimes cheat in order to get better results to please their parents and teachers.
In my opinion, it is wrong to cheat in examinations because it breaks the rules of schools, we students should be honest and try to get good results by studying hard instead of cheating in examinations. What’s more, we should improve our study methods and get well prepared for examinations.
4. 英语逗号出现的场合、时机与提升英语作文品质
英语逗号功能较多, 用法灵活。凡逗号出现的场合和时机多体现出英语的使用习惯或固定的表达方式, 值得重视。逗号的主要用法如下, 并按在书面表达中的重要性排序:
(1) 插入语须用逗号隔开
要点: 周末活动(减负后) 就寝时间: 10:30
What's more, I can go to bed earlier.
As far as I know, everyone is happy about this new arrangement of things.
(2) 插入句中的 however(但是),therefore(因此),indeed(的确),namely(即)等副词,或in fact(其实),in general(一般来说),in short (简言之),no doubt(无疑)等副词短语的前后要用逗号隔开。
要点: 一站地的路途
In fact, it is only one stop.
要点: 电子贺卡传递速度快
Besides, it's faster to send an electronic card.
要点: 减负给学习和生活带来变化
In short, things have begun to improve since schools were called on to reduce learning load.
(3) 分词短语做状语要用逗号隔开
我预习好了明天的功课,便上床睡觉。
Having prepared tomorrow's lessons, I went to bed.
(4) 用作追述的定语从句要用逗号隔开
要点:学生花了93分钟, 他们大部分的时间, 在做作业上。其次则是看电视, 占到了46分钟。
The students put the most time—93 minutes—into their homework, and next in line is watching TV, which takes up 46 minutes.
(5) 副词短语放在句首,大多用逗号隔开
要点: 他们可能会更健康, 精力更充沛。
This way, they may be healthier and more energetic.
(6) 并列句和逗号
并列句中各句独立的话,要用逗号。
I wonder if it is possible for the talk to be recorded, and if so, could I borrow the tape?
主语若相同, 用and连结时,不用逗号; He went and came back at once.
他去了又马上回来。
但用but连结时,要用逗号:
He went, but came back at once.
他去了,但很快又回来了。
(7) 句首的副词从句用逗号隔开
If you would like to try, you'll have to go to the TV station to sign up before the end of June.
提示: 汉语中的逗号与在英语中的作用并非一致,英语中句与句之间的联系绝不依靠逗号, 而是借助连接词。缺少连接词, 句与句之间也就不存在其合理性。
① 老师问了我一个问题, 我不会回答。
Wrong: The teacher asked me a question, I couldn't answer it.
Right: The teacher asked me a question, and/but I couldn't answer it.
② 我没出去, 而是呆在家里看书。
I didn't go out; instead, I stayed home and read.
③ 我们捡柴火, 他们搭帐篷。
We gathered the wood, and they set up the tent.
5. Scoring High in NMET Writing
你校高三学生举行了一场有关高三学生在高三复习期间上网是否合适的讨论。讨论的题目是:Is it wise for Senior 3 students to surf the Internet while busy
preparing for the College Entrance Examination? 请你根据下面提示写一篇短文,介绍讨论的情况。
一些同学认为:
(1) 应当上网。上网可以获取有用的信息, 好处很多。
(2) 上网可以调节身心。
另一些同学认为:
(1) 时间紧, 不应上网浪费时间。
(2) 上网对高三复习帮助有限。
你赞成上网, 但认为应有度。
Senior 3 students in our school have different views on whether Senior 3
students to surf the Internet while busy preparing for the College Entrance
Examination.
One possible version:
Senior 3 students in our school have different views on whether Senior 3 students to surf the Internet while busy preparing for the College Entrance
Examination.
Some think that Senior 3 students, though busy preparing for the College Entrance Examination, can benefit by surfing the Internet. They insist that
surfing the Internet is a good way to gain the information needed, and what is better still, surfing the Internet can help them relax and enjoy life,which is especially important for a student of Senior 3. But some others hold an opposite opinion. They argue that the surfing of the Internet is not
really necessary, since the College Entrance Examination is drawing near. In addition, it often takes quite a few hours off, and they cannot afford the time.
Personally, I agree with the former. In fact, I often go online at the weekends and have fun. But I don't think sticking to the internet for too long will be good.
现在正是春暖花开春游季节。你校学生会以“高三学生要不要参加春游活动”为题, 向高三学生作调查。请你据下表所出示的调查结果 , 以 "Whether or not should Senior3 students go spring outing?" 为题 , 写一篇短文, 上交学生会。
65%的学生认为应该春游。
1..接触大自然,呼吸新鲜空气,有利健康。
2.活动使精神放松,大脑休息,有利学习.
35%的学生认为不应该春游。
1..高考临近,没有心情玩儿。
2.春游耽误学习。
W have had a heated discussion on whether Senior 3students should go spring outing.
建议使用如下表达方式:
1. (i)...have different views on ...
(ii) As to the view of ..., there is no agreement among the ...
(i) Some think that ... while others hold the idea that ...
(ii) Some suggest that ...while other ... argue that ...
2. We'll benefit from what the ...
We'll benefit by doing ...
3. (i) So far as I'm concerned, I'm for the latter. In fact, ...
(ii) As far as I am concerned, I agree with the latter opinion.
(iii) Personlly, I agree to the latter. It's true that ...
(i) So we can conclude that ...
(ii) In a word, ...
4. 表示递进的过渡词:
furthmore, moreover, besides, in addition, what's more
5. 表示强调的过渡词:
clearly, of course, as a matter of fact, actually, in particular,
that is to say, indeed, first of all
假设你是李华,最近国内一家英文报纸正在讨论北京动物园是否应迁出市区。以下是你所在班级讨论的情况。请你给该报写一封信,反映讨论结果。
赞成迁出: 反对迁出:
1.游客多,交通堵塞2.郊区环境好 1.建于1906年,中外闻名2.搬迁易造成动物死亡
June 3 ,2005
Dear Editor ,
Recently ,our class have had a heated discussion about whether the Beijing Zoo should be moved out of the city . Some of my classmates are in favor of the move .They say large crowds of tourists to the zoo will result in traffic jams .They also say that once moved ,animals will have more space and better living conditions in the suburbs .However ,other students are against the idea ,saying that the Beijing Zoo, built in 1906 ,has a history of 100 years ,and is well –known at home and abroad .So it should remain where it is .What’s more ,moving may cause the death of some animals .To move or not ,this is a big decision which has to be made by people in Beijing.
Yours truly,
Li Hua
阅读下面摘自“China Daily”的一则简讯,写一篇读后感。
River Pollution
A great deal of dead fish can be found floating on the surface of the Huaihe River because of the serious pollution this summer. In a report, Anhui Daily called on people to help protect the river against pollution.
要求全文包括以下内容:
(1) 这种河水污染情况,除淮河外,不少别的地区也存在。
(2) 除河水污染外,其他的污染如空气污染、土壤污染等也给人类带来灾难。
(3) 越来越多的人已开始认识到污染的严重性,政府已采取措施治理污染。
(4) 谈一谈你自己对污染问题的看法。
Hints for Writing: (写作过程提示)
写好开头与结尾, 并有某种呼应的关系, 类似文章最好以情绪开头, 以信心结尾: 以情绪开头:I’m shocked ...
以信心结尾:But we're sure that we will win the battle against pollution in the end. It is our duty to protect the environment.
2. 在文章展开段, 使用起链接作用表达方式, 使得叙事过程流畅、自然。这些起链接作用的表达方式隐藏在写作内容要点之间, 却又是高分书面表达必不可少的手段:
(1) As far as I know, river pollution ...
(2) Besides river pollution, there are ...
(3) Fortunately, more and more people have come to ...
(4) Though we have done a lot, we still have ...
习作:
I'm shocked to have learnt about pollution in Huaihe River. As far as I know, river pollution exists not only in Huaihe River but also in many other rivers in our country. Besides river pollution, there are air pollution, soil pollution, sound pollution and so on. All kinds of pollution do great harm to human beings. Fortunately, more and more people have come to realize how serious the problem is. Our government has been trying to take measures to fight against pollution. Though we have done a lot, we still have a long way to go. But we're sure that we will win the battle against pollution in the end. It is our duty to protect the environment.
学生习作:
Not only Huaihe River, but also many other rivers have been polluted seriously. Aside from water pollution, we are suffering from air pollution and soil pollution as well. I'm a little bit delighted, though, as the report claimed that Anhui Daily had called on people to help protect the river against pollution. It seems more and more people are concerned, and the government has already started some movements to protect the environment. The more modernized life we are living, the more civilized we should be. To reduce the pollution and make it a better place, we should throw ourselves into the battle against the pollution of all kinds, not only for ourselves, but also for the future generations。
By 张灵子 (From 北京四中)
你是某校高二学生,今年寒假当上某英文报特约小记者。你就下面几项内容对一百个城市家庭进行了生活现状的问卷调查。请你给该报写一篇题为“People are enjoying a richer life”的英语稿,报道调查结果,并适当分析其中一个数据所反映的情况。词数不少于60。
生词:图表chart
People are enjoying a richer life
One possible version:
People are enjoying a richer life
As we can see from the chart, people’s life has changed greatly in these five years. Five years ago, only 13 percent of the families had private cars, but now the number has gone up to 38 percent. In 1999, only 16 percent of the families could afford to buy houses, while now 35 percent of them have their own flats. Now more and more people want to go abroad for further education. The number has changed from 11 percent in 1999 to 28 percent. Compared with the number 5 years ago, which was only 20 percent, now more than 50 percent of the families prefer to spend their holidays traveling. From the large number that people choose to study abroad, we can see that people care more about education. They want to improve the quality of their life by learning more.
词数不少于60。
生词:图表 chart
最近, 你校学生会就各种热点话题组织各班讨论, 你班讨论的主题是: 学生该不
该打工? 请你根据下表所提供的信息, 给学生会写一份汇报。
━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━┳━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
70%的学生认为 ┃ 30%的学生认为
━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━╋━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
1. 可以打工, 但不宜占时间太多。 ┃ 1. 不应打工。
2. 打工可以积累工作经验。 ┃ 2. 打工影响学习。
3. 可以挣钱以解决部分学费。 ┃ 3. 外出打工不安全。
━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━┻━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
注意: 1. 词数100个左右。
2. 开头和结尾已为你写好。
生词: 学费 tuition
打工 take a part-time job
Our class had a heated discussion about whether a student should take a
part-time job. We have two different opinions about it.
...
Students of Class One in Engineering Department
Hints for Writing: (写作过程提示)
1. ... think it right that ...
2. It is not right for sb. to do ...
3. 动名词作主语
(动名词作主语的使用过程, 最接近中文表达习惯, 这样作, 较容易写出好的英语。)
4. 动名词作主语, 后接补述语, 如: which is especially good/useful/important
for ...。所谓补述, 是通过一些行之有效的表达方式, 如使用现在分词短语用作
状语, 位置后置的方法, 使用非限定性定语从句的方法, 使用并列连词and, for,
or等方法, 使用"with + 宾语 + 宾语补足语"的方法, 将作者对事物的感受、
评论、导致的结果, 以及对具体动作的补充描写等, 充分表述出来。补述语也称
为后位补述, 是书面表达最值得注意的写作手段。)
学生习作:
70 percent of the students agreed to take a part-time job, for it it not
only a good chance to build up working experience but also (点评: not only
...but also...为一并列连词, 连接的双方应对等) can save some money for the
tuition. But (点评:But一词多余, 应予去除) they also suggested it should not
take up so much time. (点评:There are →该句式多余, 应予去除) also 30 percent
of the students hold the opposite opinion. They think taking a part-time job
will affect study, besides, it is not safe enough.
All in all, it remains to be a problem to be discussed.
随着网络的发展, 目前很多人给亲朋好友发电子贺卡。 请根据以下提示, 阐述
电子贺卡的优越性。
1. 除图像外, 还可传递动画和声音, 生动, 有趣。
2. 传递速度快。
3. 电子贺卡形式多样, 还可以用Flash或其他软件自己设计。
4. 节约纸张, 有利于保护树木和环境。
注意: (1) 文章包括以上要点, 可适当发挥。不要逐条翻译。
(2) 词数: 100左右。
(3) 参考词汇: 电子贺卡electric card, 动画animation
习作:
With the development of Internet, more and more people tend to send
electronic cards instead of paper ones at New Year's time. Compared
with the traditional cards, electronic cards are more interesting and
lively, for you can get not only pictures but also sound and even
animations. Besides, it's faster to send an elctronic card. There are
many web sites on line where different varieties of cards are available.
If none of these cards are of any interest to you, you can design cards
of unique style using FLASH or other software. More importantly, with the
popularity of electronic cards, less paper is used for making paper cards,
which contributes to the enviroment protection.
学生习作:
Electronic cards become more and more popular as the Internet is widely
used. It's always being sent with a fabulous image, not mention that it can
carry audio message and animation. Electronic cards are sent via Email, in
which way it's much more efficient than traditional cards. Another point that
lots of people prefer electronic cards is that this new term of greetings is
designable. Users enjoy editing the cards with the help of various kind of
software such as Flash.
Thanks to to the existance of electronic cards, many trees are prevented
from being cut down, therefore the whole enviroment benifits from this kind
of cards.
By 张灵子 (From 北京四中)
假定你是南京某中学的学生, 叫李华。"五一"劳动节将至, 你校外籍教师Alex打算
利用"五一"长假外出旅游, 希望你能为他提供参考建议。 请你根据下列图例和中文提示
为Alex提供旅游建议。
┏━━━━━━━┳━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━┓
┃ 日期 ┃ 活动安排 ┃
┃━━━━━━━╋━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━┫
┃ 5月1日 ┃ 上午8:00乘飞机去北京; 下午游览天安门广场 ┃
┣━━━━━━━╋━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━┫
┃ 5月2日 登长城 ┃
┣━━━━━━━╋━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━┫
┃ 5月3-4日 ┃ 游览颐和园; 逛商场, 购物 ┃
┣━━━━━━━╋━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━┫
┃ 5月5日 ┃ 坐火车去泰安登泰山 ┃
┣━━━━━━━╋━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━┫
┃ 5月6日 ┃ 上午看日出, 下午坐火车返宁 ┃
┗━━━━━━━┻━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━┛
写作提示:
1. 此类文容易写成单调的时间状语的堆砌。建议使用(and) next day, for the
next two days等, 以取代on May ...。
2. 此类文在动词时态上, 应用将来时, 在表示预期时考虑使用be to do句型。
3. 图例中提到登长城, 游览颐和园, 登泰山等活动, 建议使用"后位补述"的
写作手段, 如:
(1) , and I do think it will make you feel really excited
(2) , which is one of the few places in the world that enjoy
a long history and is still well known
(3) , on top of which, if lucky enough, you will enjoy a view of
the sunrise
习作:
Dear Alex,
Here is my suggestion about your travel during the long May Day holiday.
On May 1st, you may take the 8:00 flight to Beijing. You are to visit the
Tienanmen Square in the afternoon. Next day, I suggest you (should) visit
the Great Wall, the lognest wall in the world. For the next two days, you
can visit the Summer Palace, walk around here and there in the downtown
section of Beijing and do some shopping. On May 5th, you are to take a
train to Tai`an to climb Mount Tai, which is quite near to the city. You
have to stay at the top for the night, and next early morning, if lucky,
you may enjoy a wonderful view of the sunrise, which will never be
forgetable indeed. In the afternoon, you may return to Nanjing by train.
I wish you could enjoy your travel.
Yours,
Li Hua.
学生习作:
Dear Alex,
Here is my suggestion about your travel during the long May Day holiday.
On May 1st, you (are to) leave for Beijing by air at 8:00 am and visit the
Tienanmen Square after you arrive (去除after you arrive) in the afternoon.
The (去除the) next day, you could go to the Great Wall, which is the most
famous place of interest in China. Maybe you will feel a little tired, so
on 3rd and 4th (改为for the next two days), you could (改为can) go to the
Summer Palace to have a walk (去除to have a walk) and go shopping(去除and
go shopping, 因为不合逻辑)(上句可改为so for the next two days, you can go to
the Summer Palace, which is not far from the city, and enjoy the wonderful
view there. On May 5th, you (may) leave Beijing for Shandong by train to
climb the (去除the) Mount Tai. You can stay on the top of the mountain at
(改为for the) night and see (改为enjoy) the sunrise in the (去除in the)
next day (去除day) morning. In the afternoon, you (are to) return to Nanjing.
I wish you could enjoy your travel.
Yours,
Li Hua.
作文点评6:
假定你是李华。你的美国朋友Alice听说中国的中小学正在实施素质教育, 来信询问
有关情况。请你根据下表提供的信息, 写封回信, 谈一谈"素质教育"实施后, 你们学校
生活发生的变化。
1. 上课(应试教育): 听讲、做笔记
(素质教育): 课堂活跃、 研究学习、 能力培养, 有时学生当老师
2. 课外活动(应试教育): 做不完的作业
(素质教育): 开展各种类型的活动; 唱歌舞蹈、球类活动、电脑学习、
英语角...
3. 晚上(应试教育): 听讲、做笔记
(素质教育): 看新闻、做实验、 各学科讨论
Hints for Writing: (写作过程提示)
文章可用激问的方式开头, 导出下文, 容易获得生动的效果。所谓激问是指心中
本无疑而故意设问的修辞方法。
文章开头参考:
(1) I was so pleased to hear from you and I am writing to tell you
something about our school life. You are right. Quite a few
changes have taken place.
(2) How nice to hear from you again. You want to know what is going
on in schools in China? In short, things have begun to improve since
schools were called on to carry out quality-oriented education.
习作:
Dear Alice,
How nice to hear from you. You want to know what is going on in schools
in China? Now, I'll tell you about it.
In the past, exam-oriented education forced us to listen to our teachers
while taking notes in class. We did all kinds of exercises without end,
though it was 5 o'clock in the afternoon. After supper, we had to continue
our exercises far into the night. Now, quality-oriented education has made
our school life colourful. We are active in class. In order to train the
ability, we often do research on study. Sometimes one of us teaches
ourselves. We have various outside activities, such as singing, dancing,
English corner, and taking computer lessons. Basketball and football are
our favourite sports. In the evening we can watch news on TV, experiments
by ourselves and have talks and discussions of our subjects.
Our school life is getting more and more colourful and interesting, and
I do hope you come and see for yourself some day.
Best wishes.
Yours,
Li Hua
学生习作
Dear Tom,
You wrote me a letter to ask me about our exploring study. And now, I'll
tell you something about it.
As you know, in the past, the teacher taught us knowledge, and we
students just listened nad learned, and sometimes do some notes. It was in
the class. And after school, we just did a lot of homework. And that was our
school life. But now, many things are changed. In our now classes, we can
ask teachers many questions, and we students can also discuss them between
each other. The atmosphere in the class is more active. After class, we aslo
have a great varieties of activities. Such as reading books you like, going
to the library, or surfing the Internet. All in all, the life now are much
colourful since the exploring study has begun.
Waiting for your letter.
Yours,
Li Hua.
作文点评7:
假设你是李华, 你的澳大利亚朋友Dick听说中国的中小学校正在减轻学生的
学习负担, 来信询问有关情况。 请你根据下面提供的信息, 写一封回信, 谈一谈
减负给你的学习和生活带来的变化。
───────────────┬───────────────────┐
│ 周末活动(减负前) 周末活动(减负后) │
├───────────────┼───────────────────
│白天: 上课、 做作业 │ 白天: 参观博物馆、学习电脑、绘画等 │
├───────────────┼───────────────────
│晚上: 做作业 │ 晚上: 看新闻、 读书、看报 │
├───────────────┼───────────────────
│就寝时间: 11:30 │ 就寝时间: 10:30 │
└───────────────┴───────────────────
生词: 减轻学生负担 - reduce learning load
One possible version:
Dear Dick,
How nice to hear from you again. You want to know what is going
on in schools in China? In short, things have begun to improve since
schools were called on to reduce learning load. I don't know about
others, but I used to work even at weekends doing endless homework
and attending classes as well. Now I have more free time. I can follow
my own interests such as reading books, visiting museums, and taking
computer lessons. In the evenings I can watch news on TV or read
newspapers. What's more, I can go to bed earlier. As far as I know,
everyone is happy about this new arrangement of things.
Best wishes,
Li Hua
【点评1】该书面表达写作是近年来最能体现该题型命题要求的好短文, 其结构的紧凑、上下文的连贯、语言的得体性, 以及文笔的流畅、遣词造句等都颇具典型性。
更为难得的是该短文注意到句型的多样化, 长短相间, 错落有致, 值得关注。
1. 文章以激问开始, 导出下文, 获得生动的效果, 为下面内容的展开开了好头。
所谓激问是指心中本无疑而故意设问的修辞方法。
文: You want to know what is going on in schools in China?
激问即寓答于问的设问, 目的在于加重语气, 表达激动的感情。
激问寓答于问, 有时甚至可以不用疑问号, 而用感叹号, 或在陈述句中加用问号。
例: We are alone in solving the problem of air pollution?
=Who says we are alone in solving the problem of air pollution!
由于激问写法适用性较广, 通用性较强, 使用在书面表达中常会有较好的效果,
建议NMET考生加以留意。
2. 近年来"较高级词汇或较复杂结构"为NMET书面表达评分最为看重的标准之一, 将这一标准与"上下文的连贯性""行文的连贯与流畅"以及"语言的得体性"等标准相
融合, 而该书面表达写作则生动地表现了这样的标准, 传达了书面表达写作的信
息。该题型命题要求使用"较高级词汇或较复杂结构", 但从实战看, 这确是NMET考生疏于运用或掌握的地方。解决的方法有两个, 一是搞清楚何谓"较高级词汇
或较复杂结构"; 二是如何有所准备。
文: ① ... [In short], things have begun to [improve] since schools were
[called on] to reduce learning load.
② ..., but I [used to] work even at weekends doing endless homework
and attending classes [as well].
③ I can [follow my own interests] such as reading books, ...
④ [What's more], I can go to bed earlier.
⑤ [As far as I know], everyone is happy about this new arrangement of
things.
(说明: []表示"较高级词汇或较复杂结构"即与众不同的部分。)
3. 通过观察, 可以看到该书面表达"较高级词汇或较复杂结构"的使用与"上下文的
连贯性", 即有效地使用语句间的连接成分有关联, 使得全文结构紧凑, 可读性增
强。所谓"有效地使用语句间的连接成分"是指通过过渡性词语来控制整个事件的
描述过程。
文: ① [In short], things have begun ...
② I don't know about oknow about others, [but]...
③ [Now] I have more free time.
④ In the evenings I can watch news on TV [or] read newspapers.
⑤ [What's more], I can go to bed...
⑥ [As far as I know], everyone is happy...
It was 7:15 「on」the morning of February 8, 2000. I was walking
「along」 Park Road 「towards」the east when an elderly man came
「out of」 the park 「on」 the other side of the street. Then I saw
a yellow car drive 「up」Third Street and make a right turn 「into」
Park Road. The next moment the car hit the man while he was crossing
the road. He fell 「with」 a cry. The car didn't stop but drove「off」
「at」great speed heading west. I noticed the driver was a young woman
and the plate number was AC864. About two minutes later I stopped a
passing car and took the old man 「to」the nearest hospital.
NMET单项填空试题命题重点
高考英语单项填空试题命题内容多, 涉及范围广, 但以下内容可以认为是NMET
单项填空试题命题重点, 请注意研读。
考点1 带有宾语复合结构的介词`with'的命题
production up by 60%, the company has had another
excellent year.
A. As B. For C. With D. Through
题析: 选项A应改为As production is up by 60%; 选项B应改为The company has
had another excellent year, for production is up by 60%.;
选项C`with'是唯一带有宾语复合结构的介词, 用法广泛, 可译为`随着...'。
考点2 倒叙命题
从这一角度命题的特点是将原本可以正常表述的内容断开, 将后半段提到前面。
这一命题方式既考虑到了语言交际性的特点, 又容易增强命题的隐蔽性, 凸显命题
的层次感。解题时, 可以考虑将题干交代的顺序抚正, 或将题干的后半部看作是省
略, 将其补齐, 都可收到良好效果。
1. I don't think I'll need any money but I'll bring some .
A. at last B. in case C. once again D. in time
题析: I don't think I'll need any money but I'll bring some in case.
=I'll bring some money in case I'll need any.
解题时, 可将in case之后看作省去了I'll need some money。
例: Take some warm clothes in case the weather is cold.
=The weather is not cold, but take some warm clothes in case
(the weather is cold).
2. Dr. Black comes from either Oxford or Cambridge, I can't remember
.
A. where B. there C. which D. that
题析: 将选项C代入题干, 即正常表述顺序:
I can't remember which university (or town) Dr Black comes from,
Oxford or Cambridge.
应语为: He comes from Oxford.
3. Rather than on a crowded bus, he always prefers
a bicycle.
A. ride; ride B. riding; ride
C. ride; to ride D. to ride; riding
题析: 测试结构: prefer + to do sth + rather than + do sth
考点3 `But she promised!'式的命题
将原本可以完整表述的内容, 拆成两部分, 并设计成对话形式, 是近年NMET
单项填空命制上出现的新情况。
1. --Nancy is not coming tonight.
--But she !
A. promises B. promised C. will promise D. had promised
题解: 相当于`Nancy is not coming tonight, but she promised!'
2. --I stayed at a hotel while in New York.
--Oh, did you? You with Barbara.
A. could have stayed B. could stay
C. would stay D. must have stayed
题解: 选项A"could have stayed"表示"原本能待在一起, 但却没待"的意思, 暗含
惊讶的意味。此题从语法上来说, 属于"混合型虚拟语气"的范畴。
此题=I could have stayed with Barbara while in New York, but I didn't.
I stayed at a hotel
类例: --I knew a little about French while in Paris.
--Oh, did you? You could have helped your parents.
考点4 分词动作主体与客体的矛盾
1.______ in the queue for half an hour, Tom suddenly realized that he had
left his wallet at home.
A.To wait B.Have waited C.Having waited D.To have waited
题解: 该题测试分词短语作状语。相当于:
Tom had been waiting in the queue for half an hour when he suddenly
realized that he had left his wallet at home.
2. The Olympic Games, in 776 B. C., did not include women players
until 1912.
A. first playing B. to be first played
C. first played D. to be first playing
题解: i. (用[]将省略的成分补齐)
选项C =The Olympic Games, [which was] first played in 776 B. C.,
did not include women players until 1912.
ii. 选项B为不定式。用作定语时, 所表示的动作一般都还未发生, 从逻辑上看,
属将来时的范畴, 故不用。
3. When I got back home I saw a message pinned to the door
"Sorry to miss you; will call later. "
A. read B. reads C. to read D. reading
题解: 选项D`reading'用作`message'的定语, 相当于`which read'; `read'一词意
为`上面写着'。 类例: The ticket reads `From New York to Boston.'
4. in thought, he almost ran into the car in front of him.
A. Losing B. Having lost C. Lost D. To lose
题解: 分词构句意义上的主语必须与句子的主语相同, 为NMET单项填空常考试题。
(A) more attention, the trees could have grown better.
A. Given B. To give C. Giving D. Having given
考点5 巧妙的命题`get paid =get their pay'等
1. Cleaning women in big cities usually get by the hour.
A. pay B. paying C. paid D. to pay
题解: (1) usually get paid = are usually paid; get=be
(2) get paid =get their pay
(3) 由于动词get兼有行为动词与系动词两种用法, pay兼有动词与名词
两种用法, 又由于pay用作名词时, 要与冠词或相当于冠词的词连用,
使得该题答案的判断过程甚为复杂。
2. The managers discussed the plan that they would like to see
the next year.
A. carry out B. carrying out
C. carried out D. to carry out
题析: carried out 用作宾语补足语, 表明与宾语`plan'的关系; 相当于
They would like to see the plan carried out the next year.
考点6 极为重要的高考英语实词用法的命题
1. Wait till you are more . It's better to be sure than sorry.
A. inspired B. satisfied C. calm D. certain
题解: 通过题干中的信息词`sure', 选出其同义词`certain'。
2. It's always difficult being in a foreign country, if
you don't speak the language.
A. extremely B. naturally C. basically D. especially
题解: 选项D `especially'在句中和(条件)状语连用。请看例句:
(1) I like the country, especially in spring.
(2) Noise is unpleasant, especially when you are trying to sleep.
(3) I expected a more enthusiastic(热情的) welcome, especially
considering it is the first time I have come here.
3. him and then try to copy what he does.
A. Mind B. Glance at
C. Stare at D. Watch
题解: 选项A`mind him' 意为`look after him', 不合文意; 选项B和C都可以与其后的
宾语`him'搭配使用, 但`him'应处于静止状态, 与文意`copy what he does'不
符。可以说`Watch him =Watch what he does', 但却没有`Glare/Stare at him
= Glare/Stare at what he does'。
类例: Watch what he does/how he does it/where he puts the ring.
He should watch his weight--he's getting really quite a tummy.
4. -- Do you think the Stars will beat the Bulls?
-- Yes. They have better players, so I them to win.
A. hope B. prefer C. expect D. want
题解: 选项A`hope'没有`hope somebody to do something'的用法, 故不用。 选项B
应用在`They have better players, but I prefer the Bulls to win.'情景中。
选项C`expect somebody to do something'期待某人做某事, 符合文意。
5. They the train until it disappeared in the distance.
A. saw B. watched C. noticed D. observed
题解: (1) 选项B"watched"一般后面接用动态的物体。
(2) 选项A"saw"一般后面接用静态的物体。
(3) 选项D"observed"指观察。
(4) 题干中若无"until it disappeared", 则可选用选项A。
考点7 短语与搭配用法在NMET单项填空中的命题
1.I don't ______ rock'n'roll. It's much too noisy for my taste.
A.go after B.go away with C.go into D.go in for
题解: 该题测试短语"go in for", 意思是"参与"。选项A"go after"的意思是"追赶",
选项C"go into"的意思是"进入、就业", 都与句意不合, 故不用。
答案: D
对于短语的测试是NMET命题的重要内容。 请看NMET2004(福建)第33题:
It is certain that he will ___(C)___ his business to his son when
he gets old.
A. take over B. think over C. hand over D. go over
2. Your performance in the driving test didn't reach the required
standard -- , you failed.
A. in the end B. after all
C. in other words D. at the same time
题解: `in other words'意为 `换句话说'。用于使用另一方式表述相同内容的场合。
类例: I soon found that the work I was doing had already been done
by someone else - in other words, I was wasting my time.
3. Nobody noticed the thief slip into the house because the light
happened to .
A. be put up B. give in C. be turned on D. go out
题解: go out 指"熄灭"。
4. She his number in the phone book to make sure that she had
got it right.
A. looked up B. looked for C. picked out D. picked up
题解: `look up'(查找) → look up a word; look up a number
`look for'(寻找) → look for a missing boy; look for a job
5. It is wise to have some money for old age.
A. put away B. kept up C. given away D. laid up
题解: `put away'表示'将某物搁放在一边, 暂时不用'之意。
6. I don't believe any of it. You must have made the whole story.
A. out B. up C. for D. with
题解: (以up为中心构成的短语)
get up 起床 come up 走近, 发芽
hurry up 赶快 grow up 成长
call up 打电话 give up 放弃
pick up 拾起 send up 发射
look up 查阅 put up 张贴
eat up 吃光 keep up 保持, 维持
break up 解体; 崩溃 make up 组成
dry up 使干涸 bring up 抚养大
set up 建立 do up 头发向上梳挽
fill up 装满 stay up 熬夜
take up 从事 warm up 变暖; 热身
sit up 熬夜 rise up 起义
dress up 化妆 join up 连接起来
build up 建立起来 hang up 把...挂起来
hold up 举起 add up 加起来
stand up 起立
7. The police were a search for the body of the man who
disappeared.
A. doing B. making C. taking D. giving
题解: (以make为中心构成的短语)
make cloth (a machine, a hat, a road, a railway, a canal)
make a fire (the bed, a hole, a noise)
make a speech (a suggestion, a promise, a request, a remark)
make a record (a will, a copy, an experiment)
make a journey (an effort, an offer)
make progress (friends, faces, no difference)
make fun of; make a fool of; make a rush for;
make use of; make choice of
make money; make ends meet; make one's way
8. I hate to rules on anything.
A. give B. have C. set D. show
题解: (以set为中心构成的短语)
set a table (a chair)
set something right (straight, up, down, on, etc)
set a clock (=put hands in right position)
set a price on a horse
9. Will you me a favour, please?
A. give B. make C. do D. bring
题解: (以do为中心构成的短语)
do a good deed 做好事 do away with 去掉,废除
do good to 对...有益 do harm to对...有害
do sb. wrong 冤枉某人 do one's best尽力
do one's homework 做作业 do some cleaning扫除
do some cooking做饭 do up头发向上梳挽
do well in sth.在...方面做得不错
do sb. a favour 帮某人一个忙
考点8 动词进行时态的命题
近年NMET单项填空在对动词时态的命制上, 较多地选用进行时, 并为此
设计出有较大思考空间的试题。对此现象, 应引起注意。
1.—What's that terrible noise?
—The neighbors ______ for a party.
A.have prepared B.are preparing C.prepare D.will prepare
题解: What's that terrible noise? =What is that terrible noise?
问句中的现在时态决定答语用现在进行时。选项A是指"邻居们已准备好了聚会。" 与发出声响无关, 故不用。
对进行时态的测试是NMET命题的重要内容。 请看NMET2004(福建)第21题:
--You were out when I fropped in at your house.
--Oh, I __(A)____ for a friend from England at the airport.
A. was waiting B. had waited C. am waiting D. have waited
2. -- Hey, look where you are going!
-- Oh, I'm terribly sorry. .
A. I'm not noticing B. I wasn't noticing
C. I haven't noticed D. I don't notice
题解: 此题的关键处在`look where you are going'中的进行时态。解题时, 可将
问句作如下变化, 以利理解:
- Hey, look where you are going! You are not noticing (where you
are going)!
- Oh, I'm terribly sorry. (到此时, 答话人已意识到刚才的行为, 故用过去
进行时接上句) I wasn't noticing (just now).
3. I don't think Jim saw me; he into space.
A. just stared B. was just staring
C. has just stared D. had just stared
题解: 此题也与`倒叙'命题有关。将叙述顺序相调, 会有助于解题。
I don't think Jim saw me; he was just staring into space.
=He was just staring into space; I don't think Jim saw me.
4. —Is this raincoat yours?
—No, mine there behind the door.
A. is hanging B. has hung C. hangs D. hung
题解: 此题虽为现在进行时, 但在命题上与其前也有相似之处。
i. 选项A中的进行时含暂时之意, 如:
Your coat is hanging in the hall.
ii. 选项C中的一般时则表状态, 表"某地挂有某物"之意, 如:
(1) The picture hangs now in my library.
(2) Above it hung an oil painting by Beryl.
iii. 选项B中的完成时应使用其被动语态形式: has been hung, 而且句子
主语也要变化, 如:
All the walls have been hung with my pictures.
考点9 动词时态基准点命题
1.The mayor of Beijing says that all construction work for the Beijing
Olympics ______ by 2007.
A.has been completed B.has completed
C.will have been completed D.will have completed
题解: 题干中"by 2007"决定动词要使用将来完成时, 又由于complete为及物动词,
construction work是其宾语, 故选用选项C。
2. -How are you today?
-Oh, I as ill as I do now for a very long time.
A. didn't feel B. wasn't feeling
C. don't feel D. haven't felt
题析: 〈译〉-- 今天感觉怎么样?
-- 我很久未曾病得像现在这样。(意思是指今天病得实在不轻。)
I haven't felt as ill as I do now for a very long time.
=I haven't felt as ill for a very long time as I do now.
=For a very long time, I haven't felt as ill as I do now.
选项A应用在`-How did you feel yesterday? -I didn't feel as ill as
I do now.'的情景中。
考点10 较难掌握的情态词命题
1. -I heard they went skiing in the mountains last winter.
--It true because there was little snow there.
A. may not be B. won't be C. couldn't be D. mustn't be
题解: can用在否定句与疑问句中表推测; 而在肯定句中用 may 表示 "或许",
用 must 表示 "一定"。
2. -Are you coming to Jeff's party?
-I'm not sure. I go to concert instead.
A. must B. would C. should D. might
题解: 选项A`must'和C`should'都应是`I'm quite sure'的补充。
选项D`might'含不确定因素, 与`I'm not sure'的意思相吻合。
答案: D
3. The fire spread through the hotel very quickly but everyone get
out.
A. had to B. would C. could D. was able to
题解: 表示过去有能力并实际上成功地做到某事, 要用"was/were able to", 不用
"could"。 没有做到可用`couldn't' 或`wasn't able to'表示。
4. --When can I come for the photos? I need them tomorrow afternoon.
--They be ready by 12:00.
A. can B. should C. might D. need
题解: (1) 选项B"should"表示"按理应当...; 估计..."。
① They should be there by now, I think.
② The poems should be out in a month at most.
③ We needn't get ready yet; the guests shouldn't come for another
hour.
(2) 选项A"can"表示"可能", 应用在顾客的身上, 即:
I need them tomorrow afternoon. They can be ready by 12:00.
考点11 新、巧的指代词命题
1. NMET2004(福建)第22题:
--Which of the three ways shall I take to the village?
-- (C) way as you please.
A. each B. Every C. Any D. Either
2. -Why don't we take a little break?
-Didn't we just have ?
A. it B. that C. one D. this
题解: i. break表示`间歇、休息时间'时, 为可数名词。
(1) Let's take a short break for lunch.
(2) Both houses took several short breaks during the year.
ii. little 修饰某些可数名词时, 可以表示`一小段'。
Then he made a little speech.
答案: C
3. -- Are the new rules working?
-- Yes, books are stolen.
A. Few B. More C. Some D. None
题解: `working'意思是`起作用'。根据题意选用有否定意味的形容词`few'。
选项D `None'应改为`None of the', 或`No'。
4. Few pleasures can equal of a cool drink on a hot day.
A. some B. any C. that D. those
题解: i. `that of a cool drink =the pleasure of a cool drink'
ii. 选项A、B无法指代 pleasure, 故不用。
5. If you want to change for a double room you'll have to pay
$15.
A. another B. other C. more D. each
题解: another $15 =$15 more
考点12 一题两点的冠词命题
1. Paper money was in use in China when Marco Polo visited
the country in thirteen century.
A. the; 不填 B. the; the
C. 不填; the D. 不填; 不填
题解: 此题涉及两个固定的英语表达方式, 即
(1) in use (在使用) →反意表达为out of use
If this is not in use, I'd like to borrow it.
(2) in the thirteenth century (在13世纪)
→英语中序数词要与定冠词连用。
答案: C
2.______ on-going division between English-speaking Canadians and
French-speaking Canadians is ______ major concern of the country.
A.The;不填 B.the; a C.An; the D.An;不填
题解: 题干中"on-going"的意思是"在进行中", "division"的意思是"分歧", "major
concern"的意思是"重大关心"。该题的意思是"讲英语的加拿大人与讲法语的
加拿大人正在出现的分歧成了全国最为关注的大事"。
3. Most animals have little connection with animals of
different kind unless they kill them for food.
A. the; a B. 不填; a C. the; the D. 不填; the
题解: 〈译〉大多数的动物同另类动物联系很少, 除非它们把另类动物当作食物吃掉。
`of ... kind' ...种类
例: I follow my own opinions not hers in questions of this kind.
I don't like people of that kind.
animals of a different kind 相当于 a different kind of animals
a (different) kind of 含冠词的功能, 故animals不再与冠词连用。
4. Many people agree that knowledge of English is a must in
international trade.
A. a; 不填 B. the; an C. the; the D. 不填; the
题解: i. knowledge 与不定冠词连用, 表示"对...有某种程度的了解"。
(1) A knowledge of language is always useful.
(2) He has a wide/good knowledge of history/London.
ii. trade(贸易、买卖) →作不可数名词用
(1) International trade is important to us all.
(2) England does a lot of trade with Australia.
考点13 定语从句命题有特点
1. Carol said the work would be done by October, personally
I doubt very much.
A. it B. that C. when D. which
题解: which引导出非限定性的定语从句。which =the work would be done by October.
该定语从句相当于: Personally I doubt very much that the work will be
done by October.
2.Dorothy was always speaking highly of her role in the play, ,
考点14 连词`before、while'的命题有新意
1. Someone called me up in the middle of the night, but they hung up
I could answer the phone.
A. as B. since C. until D. before
题解: 选项D `before'意为`还未来得及做某事, 就...', 以此说明前面动作结束之快。
点评: 不把连词before当作"在......之前"的这种用法还出现在NMET98书面表达的
答案里: The time passed quickly. Before we knew it, we had to say
goodbye to the workers. 由于该句式的使用, 使得该书面表达的结尾精彩、
有力。再请看其他例证:
(1) Before I had time to reply, he went away.
我还没来得及回答他就走了。
(2) I had not waited long before she came.
我没等多久她就来了。
(3) It was midnight before he returned.
他直到午夜时分才回来。
(4) It was long before she came.
她过了很久才来。
(5) It was not long before she came.
她没过多久就来了。
(6) They had not been married a month before they quarrelled.
他们结婚还没到一个月就反目了。
2. -- I'm going to the post office.
-- you're there, can you get me some stamps?
A. As B. While C. Because D. If
题解: i. `while'含`趁着你在那儿' 之意。
The teacher often says,`Ask me more questions while I'm here.'
ii. 选项A、C应改为As/Because you are going to the post office。
2004
第一节:单项填空(共15小题,每小题1分,满分15分)
从A、B、C和D、四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
21.—You were out when I dropped in at your house.
—Oh ,I _______ for a friend from England at the airport.
A.was waiting B.had waited C.am waiting D.have waited
22.—Which of the three ways shall I take to the village?
—_________ way as you please.
A.Each B.Every C.Any D.Either
23.It is ________world of wonders, world where anything can happen.
A.a ;the B.a; a C.the ; a D.不填;不填
24.She has set a new record ,that is ,the sales of her latest book ________ 50 million.
A.have reached B.has reached C.are reaching D.had reached
25.—Go for a picnic this weekend ,OK?
—_______ .I love getting close to nature.
A.I couldn’t agree more B.I’m afraid not
C.I believe not D.I don’t think so
26.I’d like to buy a house—modern ,comfortable ,and _______ in a quiet neighborhood.
A.in all B.above all C.after all D.at all
27.The news reporters hurried to the airport ,only________ the film stars had left.
A.to tell B.to be told C.telling D.told
28.—How do you we go to Beijing for our holidays?
—I think we’d better fly there. It’s much more comfortable.
A.insist B.want C.suppose D.suggest
29.The number of people present at the concert was _______than expected .There were many tickets left.
A.much smaller B.much more C.much larger D.many more
30.It was a pity that the great writer died _________his works unfinished.
A.for B.with C.from D.of
31.—Scientists say it may be five or six years it is possible to test this medicine on human patients.
A.since B.after C.before D.when
32.—I’ll tell Mary about her new job tomorrow.
—You________ her last week.
A.ought to tell B.would have told C.must tell D.should have told
33.It is certain that he will__________ his business to his son when he gets old.
A.take over B.think over C.hand over D.go over
34.Having been ill in bed for nearly a month ,he had a hard time________ the exam.
A.pass B.to pass C.passed D.passing
35.It was with great joy he received the news that his lost daughter had been found.
A.because B.which C.since D.that
21—25 ACBAA 26—30 BBDAB 31—35 CDCDD
NMET2005FJ
21.I made a call to my parents yesterday. To my disappointment. of them answered it.
A.either B.none C.neither D.nobody
22.—Would you like , sir?
—No, thanks. I have had much.
A.some more oranges B.any more oranges
C.some more orange D.any more orange
23.If anyone happens to drop in while I am out, him or her leave a message.
A.have B.get C.ask D.tell
24.—Did Jack come back early last night?
—Yes. It was not yet eight o’clock he arrived home.
A.before B.when C.that D.until
25.—James, I am sorry I used your computer when you were away this morning.
— .
A.That’s all right B.It’s a pleasure C.You are welcome D.Don’t mention it
26.Mum is coming. What present for your birthday?
A.you expect she has got B.you expect has she got
C.do you expect she has got D.do you expect has she got
27.The dictionary is being printed and it will soon .
A.turn out B.come out C.start out D.go out
28.Father for London on business upon my arrival, so I didn’t see him.
A.has left B.left C.was leaving D.had left
29.—Can the project be finished as planned?
—Sure, it completed in time, we’ll work two more hours a day.
A.having got B.to get C.getting D.get
30.The classroom is big enough , but we’ll have to move if we have more students.
A.for the moment B.on the moment C.in a moment D.for a moment
31.—Catherine, I have cleaned the room for you.
—Thanks. You it. I could manage it myself.
A.needn’t do B.needn’t have done
C.mustn’t do D.shouldn’t have done
32.Only after my friend came .
A.did the computer repair B.he repaired the computer
C.was the computer repaired D.the computer was repaired
33.When help, one often says “Thank you.” or “It’s kind of you.”
A.offering B.to offer C.to be offered D.offered
34.—Why didn’t you buy the camera you had longed for?
—I had planned to. But I was £50 .
A.fewer B.less C.cheap D.short
35.—Is that the small town you often refer to?
—Right, just the one you know I used to work for years.
A.that B.which C.where D.what
21.C 22.C 23.A 24.B 25.A 26.C 27.B 28.D 29.B 30.A 31.B 32.C 33.D 34.D 35.C
介绍NMET完形填空的几种较为有效的解题方法
作答NMET完形填空题, 除了使用比较、 推理、判断、 逻辑等方法或手段
以外, 还可借助事实先决、事实后决、同比排除、反比否定等方法。
1. 事实先决
所谓`事实先决'是指在选项中同时出现符合文意或接近事实的情形, 考生
面对此类情形可用`事实先决`的方法解题, 即按逻辑顺序对事实加以梳理和排
序, 找出第一事实或首要事实, 问题才有可能迎刃而解。
以NMET2000为例:
例1: And there on a well-made bed sat Amy, my new [ ], dressed
neatly.
(A) A. roommate B. classmate C. neighbour D. companion
题解: 选项[A]`roommate'指`同住宿舍一室的人'。 作者并非在教室等处首次遇到
Amy, 故排除掉选项[B]`classmate'; 也并非在宿舍楼道等处首次遇到Amy,
故排除掉选项[C]`neighbour', 至于选项[D]`companion(伙伴), 在逻辑顺序
上, 应先有 classmate, 后有companion。此题选项无论从命制上看, 还是从
解题上说, 都具备典型性, 是研读NMET完形填空命制以及解释所谓有关`事实
先决'的解题方法的好题材。
例2: Finally I turned the key in the lock and (1) the door
open, with Dad still complaining(抱怨) about a hurting knee or
something.
(C) (1) A. knocked B. forced C. pushed D. tried
一般开门动作的顺序是:
turn the key 转动钥匙 → open the door =push the door open 把门
推开 → force the door open 把门用力推开(如有必要)
例3: I knew then that Amy and I would be (2) and my first year
of college would be a success.
(B) (2) A. sisters B. friends C. students D. fellows
题解: 四个选项都存在符合文意的事实或成为以后发展成该事实的逻辑或可能性,
考生面对此类情形, 就可以考虑使用`事实先决`的方法解题, 对事实加以梳
理和排序: 受到时态`would be'的限制, 事实逻辑应是: 选项[B] friends为
第一事实, 选项[A]`sist